TAUBMAN CENTERS INC
10-Q, 1998-11-16
REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUSTS
Previous: HENLEY HEALTHCARE INC, 10QSB, 1998-11-16
Next: PENNCORP FINANCIAL GROUP INC /DE/, 10-Q, 1998-11-16





                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549


                                    Form 10-Q


                   QUARTERLY REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


                      For the Quarter Ended: June 30, 1998
                           Commission File No. 1-11530


                              Taubman Centers, Inc.
           ----------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


           Michigan                                        38-2033632
     ----------------------------------        ---------------------------
      (State or other jurisdiction of            (I.R.S. Employer
      incorporation or organization)             Identification No.)

  200 East Long Lake Road, Suite 300, P.O. Box 200, Bloomfield Hills, Michigan
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   (Address of principal executive offices)                         48303-0200
                                                                  ------------
                                                                    (Zip Code)

                                 (248) 258-6800
   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)


      Indicate by check mark  whether the  registrant  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.

      Yes   X   .  No      .
         -------      ------

      As of November 12, 1998, there were outstanding  52,922,823  shares of the
Company's common stock, par value $0.01 per share.


<PAGE>



                          PART 1. FINANCIAL INFORMATION


Item 1. Financial Statements.

The following  financial  statements of Taubman Centers,  Inc. (the Company) are
provided pursuant to the requirements of this item. The financial  statements of
The Taubman Realty Group Limited Partnership (TRG) are also provided.



                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

TAUBMAN CENTERS, INC.
- ---------------------

Balance Sheet as of September 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997.................  2
Statement of Operations for the three months ended 
 September 30, 1998 and 1997.................................................  3
Statement of Operations for the nine months ended 
 September 30, 1998 and 1997.................................................  4
Statement of Cash Flows for the nine months ended
 September 30, 1998 and 1997.................................................  5
Notes to Financial Statements................................................  6



THE TAUBMAN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
- --------------------------------------------

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997.... 12
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the three months ended
 September 30, 1998 and 1997................................................. 13
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the nine months ended
 September 30, 1998 and 1997................................................. 14
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the nine months ended
 September 30, 1998 and 1997................................................. 15
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................................... 16


                                      - 1 -

<PAGE>



                              TAUBMAN CENTERS, INC.

                                  BALANCE SHEET
                        (in thousands, except share data)


                                                September 30   December 31
                                                ------------   -----------
                                                    1998           1997
                                                    ----           ----

Assets:
 Investment in TRG (Notes 1 and 2):
  Partnership interest                                          $ 347,859
  Series A Preferred Equity interest                              200,000
                                                                ---------
                                                                $ 547,859
 Properties, net of accumulated
  depreciation and amortization of $167,259      $1,204,531
 Investment in Unconsolidated Joint Ventures         96,067
 Cash and cash equivalents                           33,804         8,965
 Accounts and notes receivable, less
  allowance for doubtful accounts of $386            14,249
 Accounts receivable from related parties             8,428
 Deferred charges and other assets                   21,302
                                                 ----------     ---------
                                                 $1,378,381     $ 556,824
                                                 ==========     =========

Liabilities:
 Unsecured notes payable                         $  441,496
 Mortgage notes payable                             241,969
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities           155,144     $     277
 Dividends payable                                   12,435        11,929
                                                 ----------     ---------
                                                 $  851,044     $  12,206
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 3)

Minority Interests (Note 1)

Shareowners' Equity (Notes 3 and 4):
 Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred
  Stock, $0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares
  authorized, $200 million liquidation
  preference, 8,000,000 shares issued and
  outstanding at September 30, 1998
  and December 31, 1997                          $       80     $      80
 Series B Non-Participating Convertible
  Preferred Stock, $0.001 par and liquidation
  value, 40,000,000 shares authorized at 
  September 30, 1998, none issued 
 Common Stock, $0.01 par value, 250,000,000
  shares authorized, 52,916,896 and 50,759,657
  issued and outstanding at September 30, 1998
  and December 31, 1997                                 529           508
 Additional paid-in capital                         697,088       668,951
 Dividends in excess of net income                 (170,360)     (124,921)
                                                 ----------     ---------
                                                 $  527,337     $ 544,618
                                                 ----------     ---------
                                                 $1,378,381     $ 556,824
                                                 ==========     =========



                       See notes to financial statements.


                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>



                              TAUBMAN CENTERS, INC.

                             STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                        (in thousands, except share data)




                                               Three Months Ended September 30
                                               -------------------------------
                                                      1998         1997
                                                      ----         ----


Income:
 Income before extraordinary item from
  investment in TRG (Note 2):
  Equity in TRG's income before extraordinary
   item allocable to  partnership unitholders       $  1,567      $ 6,408
  Series A Preferred Equity interest in TRG            4,150
 Interest and other                                      100           78
                                                    --------      -------
                                                    $  5,817      $ 6,486
                                                    --------      -------

Operating Expenses:
 General and administrative                         $    182      $   210
 Management fee                                           62           62
                                                    --------      -------
                                                    $    244      $   272
                                                    --------      -------
Income before extraordinary item                    $  5,573      $ 6,214
Equity in TRG's extraordinary item (Note 2)          (19,699)
                                                    --------      -------
Net income (loss)                                   $(14,126)     $ 6,214
Preferred dividends                                   (4,150)
                                                    --------      -------
Net income (loss) available to common
 shareowners                                        $(18,276)     $ 6,214
                                                    ========      =======

Basic earnings per common share:
 Income before extraordinary item                   $    .03      $   .12
                                                    ========      =======
 Net income (loss)                                  $   (.35)     $   .12
                                                    ========      =======

Diluted earnings per common share:
 Income before extraordinary item                   $    .03      $   .12
                                                    ========      =======
 Net income (loss)                                  $   (.34)     $   .12
                                                    ========      =======

Cash dividends declared per common share            $   .235      $   .23
                                                    ========      =======

Weighted average number of common
 shares outstanding                               52,899,013   50,745,241
                                                  ==========   ==========



                       See notes to financial statements.


                                      - 3 -

<PAGE>



                              TAUBMAN CENTERS, INC.

                             STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                        (in thousands, except share data)


                                                Nine Months Ended September 30
                                                ------------------------------
                                                      1998         1997
                                                      ----         ----


Income:
 Income before extraordinary items
  from investment in TRG (Note 2):
   Equity in TRG's income before extraordinary
    items allocable to partnership unitholders      $ 11,910     $ 19,102
   Series A Preferred Equity interest in TRG          12,450
 Interest and other                                      295          229
                                                    --------     --------
                                                    $ 24,655     $ 19,331

Operating Expenses:
 General and administrative                         $    582     $    591
 Management fee                                          187          187
                                                    --------     --------
                                                    $    769     $    778
                                                    --------     --------

Income before extraordinary items                   $ 23,886     $ 18,553
Equity in TRG's extraordinary items (Note 2)         (20,066)
                                                    --------     --------
Net income                                          $  3,820     $ 18,553
Preferred dividends                                  (12,450)
                                                    --------     --------
Net income (loss) available to common shareowners   $ (8,630)    $ 18,553
                                                    ========     ========

Basic earnings per common share:
 Income before extraordinary items                  $    .22     $    .37
                                                    ========     ========
 Net income (loss)                                  $   (.17)    $    .37
                                                    ========     ========

Diluted earnings per common share:
 Income before extraordinary items                  $    .22     $    .36
                                                    ========     ========
 Net income (loss)                                  $   (.17)    $    .36
                                                    ========     ========

Cash dividends declared per common share            $   .705     $    .69
                                                    ========     ========

Weighted average number of common
 shares outstanding                               51,949,256   50,730,179
                                                  ==========   ==========



                       See notes to financial statements.


                                      - 4 -

<PAGE>



                              TAUBMAN CENTERS, INC.

                             STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (in thousands)


                                                Nine Months Ended September 30
                                                ------------------------------
                                                      1998         1997
                                                      ----         ----


Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
 Income before extraordinary items                  $ 23,886     $ 18,553
 Adjustments to reconcile income before
  extraordinary items to net cash provided
  by operating activities:
   Increase in accounts payable
    and other liabilities                                136           26
   Increase in other assets                              (49)         (37)
                                                    --------     --------
Net Cash From Operating Activities                  $ 23,973     $ 18,542
                                                    --------     --------

Cash Flows Provided by Investing Activities:
 Purchase of additional interest in TRG             $(26,660)
 Distributions from TRG in excess of income
  before extraordinary items                          25,360     $ 16,147
                                                    --------     --------
Net Cash Provided By (Used In)
 Investing Activities                               $ (1,300)    $ 16,147
                                                    --------     --------

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
 Cash dividends to common shareowners               $(36,303)    $(35,001)
 Cash dividends to preferred shareowners             (12,450)
 Proceeds from stock issuance                         26,660
                                                    --------     --------
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities               $(22,093)    $(35,001)
                                                    --------     --------

Net Increase (Decrease) In Cash                     $    580     $   (312)

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period       8,965        9,388

Effect of consolidating TRG in connection
  with the GMPT Exchange (see below)                  24,259
                                                    --------     --------

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period          $ 33,804     $  9,076
                                                    ========     ========


  On  September  30,  1998,  the  Company  obtained a majority  and  controlling
interest in TRG as a result of the GMPT Exchange  (Note 1). Upon  obtaining this
controlling  interest,  the Company  consolidated the financial position of TRG,
its  investment in which the Company had previously  presented  under the equity
method. In replacing the Company's  investment in TRG with its underlying assets
and liabilities,  the Company's  consolidated  cash position  increased by TRG's
September 30, 1998 cash balance of $24.3 million. This amount is presented above
in the reconciliation between beginning and ending cash balances.



                       See notes to financial statements.


                                      - 5 -

<PAGE>



                              TAUBMAN CENTERS, INC.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      Nine months ended September 30, 1998



Note 1 -Organization and Basis of Presentation

  Taubman  Centers,  Inc. (the Company) is the managing  general  partner of The
Taubman Realty Group Limited  Partnership (TRG), which engages in the ownership,
management, leasing, acquisition,  development, and expansion of regional retail
shopping  centers and  interests  therein.  On September  30, 1998,  the Company
obtained a majority and controlling interest in TRG as a result of a transaction
in which TRG  exchanged  interests in 10 shopping  centers,  together  with $990
million of its debt,  for all of the  partnership  units owned by General Motors
Pension Trusts (GMPT),  representing approximately 37% of TRG's equity (the GMPT
Exchange)  (Note 2). As a result of the GMPT  Exchange,  the  Company's  general
partnership interest in TRG increased to 62.8%.

  The  consolidated  balance  sheet of the  Company  as of  September  30,  1998
includes all accounts of TRG and its consolidated subsidiaries; all intercompany
balances  have  been  eliminated.   Investments  in  entities  not  unilaterally
controlled  by  ownership  or  contractual   obligation   (Unconsolidated  Joint
Ventures) are accounted for under the equity method. As the net equity of TRG as
of  September  30,  1998  is less  than  zero,  the  ownership  interest  of the
noncontrolling  TRG  partners  (the  Minority  Interest)  is presented as a zero
balance. As the Company's obtaining of a controlling  ownership interest did not
occur until  September  30, 1998,  the balance sheet as of December 31, 1997 and
the statements of operations and cash flows of the Company reflect the financial
position and results of operations of TRG under the equity method.

  The unaudited interim financial  statements should be read in conjunction with
the audited  financial  statements  and related notes  included in the Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December 31, 1997. In the opinion
of management, all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments)
necessary for a fair  presentation  of the financial  statements for the interim
periods  have been made.  The  results of interim  periods  are not  necessarily
indicative of the results for a full year.

Note 2 - Investment in TRG

  The  Company's  ownership in TRG at  September  30, 1998 and December 31, 1997
consisted of a 62.8% and 36.70% managing general partnership  interest,  as well
as a preferred equity interest. Net income and distributions are allocable first
to the preferred equity interest,  and the remaining  amounts to the general and
limited TRG partners  generally in accordance with their  percentage  ownership.
The  Company's  average  ownership  percentage in TRG for the three months ended
September 30, 1998 and 1997 was 39.54% and 36.69%,  respectively.  The Company's
average ownership percentage in TRG for the nine months ended September 30, 1998
and 1997 was 38.96% and 36.69%, respectively.

  At September 30, 1998,  the excess of the Company's  cost of its investment in
TRG over the Company's share of TRG's  accumulated  partners' deficit was $390.4
million,  of which $176.6  million and $213.8  million has been allocated to the
Company's  bases in TRG's  properties  and  investment in  Unconsolidated  Joint
Ventures,  respectively.  The excess of the Company's  cost of its investment in
TRG  partnership  units  over  its  proportionate  share  of  TRG's  accumulated
partners' deficit at December 31, 1997 was $468.4 million.


                                      - 6 -

<PAGE>



                              TAUBMAN CENTERS, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-- (Continued)



  On September 30, 1998,  TRG exchanged  interests in 10 shopping  centers (nine
wholly owned and one Unconsolidated  Joint Venture),  together with $990 million
of debt, for all of GMPT's  partnership  units  (approximately  50 million units
with a fair  value of $675  million,  based on the  average  stock  price of the
Company's  shares of $13.50 for the two week period prior to the  closing).  TRG
will continue to manage the centers exchanged under a management  agreement with
GMPT that expires December 31, 1999. The management agreement is cancelable with
90 days  notice.  The amount of debt  allocated  to GMPT is subject to a working
capital  adjustment,  which is expected to be settled in the fourth  quarter.  A
gain of $1.1 billion on the exchange was  recognized  by TRG,  representing  the
difference  between the fair value of the GMPT units and the sum of the net book
values of the 10  shopping  centers,  the debt  assumed by GMPT,  the  estimated
working capital adjustment, and transaction costs. The Company did not recognize
a share of this gain because the transaction was an exchange  between the owners
of TRG.

  In anticipation of the GMPT Exchange,  TRG used the $1.2 billion proceeds from
two bridge loans  bearing  interest at one-month  LIBOR plus 1.30% to extinguish
approximately $1.1 billion of debt, including  substantially all of TRG's public
unsecured debt, its outstanding commercial paper, and borrowings on its existing
lines of credit.  The remaining  proceeds were used  primarily to pay prepayment
premiums and transaction costs. An extraordinary  charge of approximately  $49.8
million, consisting primarily of prepayment premiums, was incurred in connection
with the extinguishment of the debt.

  The balance on the first  bridge  loan of $902  million was assumed by GMPT in
connection with the GMPT Exchange. The second loan had a balance of $310 million
as of September  30, 1998.  This loan has a maximum  borrowing  capacity of $430
million and expires in June 1999.  TRG expects to  refinance  the balance on the
bridge loan during the first half of 1999. Additionally, TRG has obtained a $200
million line of credit, replacing TRG's previous revolving credit and commercial
paper facilities. The line of credit expires in September 2001.

  During the nine months ended  September 30, 1998,  the Company's  ownership of
TRG also  increased due to the  following  transactions.  In January  1998,  TRG
redeemed 6.1 million  units of  partnership  interest  from a partner.  In April
1998, the Company sold  approximately  2.0 million shares of its common stock at
$13.1875 per share, before deducting the underwriting commission and expenses of
the offering, under the Company's shelf registration statement. The Company used
the proceeds to acquire an additional equity interest in TRG. TRG paid all costs
of the offering.  Net proceeds of approximately $25 million were used by TRG for
general partnership purposes.  Also, the Company exchanged 0.1 million shares of
common stock for an equal number of TRG  partnership  units issued in connection
with the exercise of incentive  options,  pursuant to the  Company's  Continuing
Offer (Note 3).

  The  Company's  income from its  investment  in TRG included  $4.2 million and
$12.5  million  for  the  three  and  nine  months  ended  September  30,  1998,
respectively,  from its Series A Preferred Equity interest in TRG. The Company's
share of  TRG's  income  before  extraordinary  item  available  to  partnership
unitholders  for the three  months  ended  September  30, 1998 and 1997 was $3.9
million  and  $8.5  million,  respectively,  reduced  by $2.3  million  and $2.0
million,  respectively,  representing  adjustments  arising  from the  Company's
additional basis in TRG's net assets. The Company's share of TRG's income before
extraordinary  items  available to partnership  unitholders  for the nine months
ended  September  30,  1998  and 1997  was  $18.6  million  and  $25.2  million,
respectively,   reduced  by  $6.7  million  and  $6.1   million,   respectively,
representing  adjustments  arising form the Company's  additional basis in TRG's
net assets.  For the 1998 periods,  the  Company's  share of TRG's income before
extraordinary  items  includes  $4.2  million  related  to  the  loss  on  TRG's
restructuring which occurred concurrently with the GMPT Exchange.


                                      - 7 -

<PAGE>



                              TAUBMAN CENTERS, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-- (Continued)



  During the first quarter of 1998,  TRG recognized an  extraordinary  charge of
$1.0  million  relating  to the  extinguishment  of  debt  by  one of its  joint
ventures.  The  Company's  share of TRG's  extraordinary  item was $0.4 million.
During the third  quarter of 1998,  TRG  recognized an  extraordinary  charge of
$49.8  million  relating  to  debt  extinguished  in  anticipation  of the  GMPT
Exchange, of which the Company's share was $19.7 million.

  TRG's  summarized  balance  sheet and results of  operations  information  (in
thousands) are presented below,  followed by information  about TRG's beneficial
interest in the  operations of its  Unconsolidated  Joint  Ventures.  Beneficial
interest  is  calculated  based  on  TRG's  ownership  interest  in  each of the
Unconsolidated  Joint  Ventures.   The  Company's  balances  of  Properties  and
Investment  in  Unconsolidated  Joint  Ventures  differ  from the  corresponding
amounts  presented  in  TRG's  summarized  balance  sheet  due to the  Company's
additional basis in these assets.

                                               September 30   December 31
                                               ------------   -----------
                                                   1998          1997
                                                   ----          ----
Assets:
 Properties                                     $1,173,232    $1,593,350
  Accumulated depreciation
   and amortization                                145,256       268,658
                                                ----------    ----------
                                                $1,027,976    $1,324,692
  Other assets                                      68,189        72,134
                                                ----------    ----------
                                                $1,096,165    $1,396,826
                                                ==========    ==========

Liabilities:
  Unsecured notes payable                       $  441,496    $1,008,459
  Mortgage notes payable                           241,969       275,868
  Accounts payable and other liabilities           154,731       106,404
  Distributions in excess of net income of
    Unconsolidated Joint Ventures                  117,736      141,815
                                                ----------   ----------
                                                $  955,932   $1,532,546

Partnership Equity:
  Series A Preferred Equity                        192,840      192,840
  Partners' Accumulated Deficit                    (52,607)    (328,560)
                                                ----------   ----------
                                                $1,096,165   $1,396,826
                                                ==========   ==========


                                      - 8 -

<PAGE>



                              TAUBMAN CENTERS, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-- (Continued)



                                        Three Months            Nine Months
                                     Ended September 30     Ended September 30
                                     ------------------     ------------------
                                       1998       1997        1998       1997
                                       ----       ----        ----       ----
Revenues excluding GMPT
 Exchange gain                      $   90,932  $ 78,037   $  270,166  $223,961
Gain on GMPT Exchange                1,090,159              1,090,159
                                    ----------  --------   ----------  --------
                                    $1,181,091  $ 78,037   $1,360,325  $223,961
                                    ----------  --------   ----------  --------
Operating costs other than
 interest and depreciation
 and amortization                   $   53,942  $ 36,763   $  138,759  $108,651
Interest expense                        22,076    19,388       66,662    54,002
Depreciation and amortization           14,788    11,050       42,868    31,386
                                    ----------  --------   ----------  --------
                                    $   90,806  $ 67,201   $  248,289  $194,039
                                    ----------  --------   ----------  --------
Equity in income before
 extraordinary item of 
 Unconsolidated Joint Ventures          13,818    12,205       38,349    38,873
                                    ----------  --------   ----------  --------
Income before extraordinary items   $1,104,103  $ 23,041   $1,150,385  $ 68,795
Extraordinary items                    (49,817)               (50,774)
                                    ----------  --------   ----------  --------
Net income                          $1,054,286  $ 23,041   $1,099,611  $ 68,795
Preferred distributions                 (4,150)               (12,450)
                                    ----------  --------   ----------  --------
Net income available to
 unitholders                        $1,050,136  $ 23,041   $1,087,161  $ 68,795
                                    ==========  ========   ==========  ========

                                         Three Months           Nine Months
                                      Ended September 30     Ended September 30
                                      ------------------     ------------------
                                        1998       1997       1998       1997
                                        ----       ----       ----       ----
TRG's beneficial interest
 in Unconsolidated Joint 
 Ventures' operations:
  Revenues less recoverable
   and other operating expenses       $ 28,036   $ 23,187   $ 79,902   $ 68,503
  Interest expense                      (9,820)    (7,491)   (28,731)   (20,720)
  Depreciation and amortization         (4,398)    (3,491)   (12,822)    (8,910)
                                      --------   --------   ---------  --------
  Income before extraordinary item    $ 13,818   $ 12,205   $ 38,349   $ 38,873
                                      ========   ========   ========   ========


Note 3 - Commitments and Contingencies

  At the time of the Company's  initial public offering (IPO) and acquisition of
its  partnership  interest in TRG, the Company entered into an agreement with A.
Alfred Taubman,  who owns an interest in TRG, whereby he has the annual right to
tender to the Company units of  partnership  interest in TRG (provided  that the
aggregate  value is at least $50  million) and cause the Company to purchase the
tendered  interests  at a  purchase  price  based on a market  valuation  of the
Company on the trading date  immediately  preceding  the date of the tender (the
Cash  Tender  Agreement).  The  Company  will  have the  option to pay for these
interests  from  available  cash,  borrowed  funds  or from the  proceeds  of an
offering of the  Company's  common  stock.  Generally,  the  Company  expects to
finance  these  purchases  through  the sale of new  shares  of its  stock.  The
tendering  partner  will bear all market risk if the market  price at closing is
less than the  purchase  price and will bear the costs of sale.  Any proceeds of
the offering in excess of the purchase price will be for the sole benefit of the
Company.  At A. Alfred Taubman's  election,  his family and Robert C. Larson and
his family may participate in tenders.


                                      - 9 -

<PAGE>



                              TAUBMAN CENTERS, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-- (Continued)



  Based on a market value at September 30, 1998 of $14.00 per common share,  the
aggregate  value of interests in TRG which may be tendered under the Cash Tender
Agreement was  approximately  $333 million.  The purchase of these  interests at
September 30, 1998 would have resulted in the Company  owning an additional  28%
interest in TRG.

  The Company has made a continuing,  irrevocable  offer to all present  holders
(other than certain excluded holders, including A. Alfred Taubman), assignees of
all present holders, those future holders of partnership interests in TRG as the
Company may, in its sole discretion,  agree to include in the continuing  offer,
and all  existing  and  future  optionees  under  TRG's  incentive  option  plan
(described  below) to exchange shares of common stock for partnership  interests
in TRG (the Continuing Offer). Under the Continuing Offer agreement, one unit of
TRG partnership  interest is exchangeable  for one share of the Company's common
stock.

  Shares of common stock that were acquired by GMPT and the AT&T Master  Pension
Trust in  connection  with the IPO may be sold  through a  registered  offering.
Pursuant to a registration rights agreement with the Company, the owners of each
of these  shares  have the annual  right to cause the  Company to  register  and
publicly  sell their  shares of common stock  (provided  that the shares have an
aggregate   value  of  at  least  $50  million  and  subject  to  certain  other
restrictions).  All  expenses  of such a  registration  are to be  borne  by the
Company,  other than the underwriting  discounts or selling  commissions,  which
will be borne by the exercising party.

  Currently, options for 8.1 million units of partnership interest may be issued
under TRG's  incentive  option plan for employees of The Taubman Company Limited
Partnership  (the  Manager),   of  which  options  for  6.9  million  units  are
outstanding.  The Manager, which is approximately 99% beneficially owned by TRG,
provides various administrative,  management,  accounting, shareowner relations,
and other  services to the Company and TRG.  The  exercise  price of all options
outstanding  was  equal to  market  value on the  date of the  grant.  Incentive
options  generally  vest to the extent of  one-third of the units on each of the
third, fourth and fifth  anniversaries of the date of grant.  Options expire ten
years from the date of grant.  During the nine months ended  September 30, 1998,
options for 0.1 million  units were  exercised  at a weighted  average  price of
$11.04 per unit. There were no grants during the nine months ended September 30,
1998. As of September 30, 1998,  there were options  outstanding for 6.9 million
units  with a  weighted  average  exercise  price of $11.22  per unit,  of which
options for 6.1 million units were vested with a weighted average exercise price
of $11.29 per unit.

Note 4 - Series B Preferred Stock

  In connection with the GMPT Exchange, the Company became obligated to issue to
the  partners  in  TRG  other  than  the  Company  (Minority   Partners),   upon
subscription,  one share of  Series B  Non-Participating  Convertible  Preferred
Stock  (Series  B  Preferred  Stock)  for  each TRG  unit  held by the  Minority
Partners. The Company expects to have completed the initial issuance of Series B
Preferred  Stock to the Minority  Partners before the end of 1998. Each share of
Series  B  Preferred  Stock  entitles  the  holder  to one  vote on all  matters
submitted  to the  Company's  shareholders.  The  holders of Series B  Preferred
Stock,  voting as a class,  have the right to designate up to four  nominees for
election as  directors  of the  Company.  On all other  matters,  including  the
election of  directors,  the holders of Series B Preferred  Stock will vote with
the holders of common  stock.  The  holders of Series B Preferred  Stock are not
entitled to dividends or earnings.  Under  certain  circumstances,  the Series B
Preferred Stock is convertible  into common stock at a ratio of 14,000 shares of
Series B Preferred Stock for one share of common stock.


                                     - 10 -

<PAGE>



                              TAUBMAN CENTERS, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-- (Continued)



Note 5 - Earnings Per Share

  Basic earnings per common share are calculated by dividing earnings  available
to common  shareowners by the average number of common shares outstanding during
each period.  For diluted  earnings per common share,  the  Company's  ownership
interest in TRG (and  therefore  earnings) is adjusted  assuming the exercise of
all options for units of partnership  interest under TRG's incentive option plan
having exercise prices less than the average market value of the units using the
treasury stock method.  For the three months ended  September 30, 1998 and 1997,
options  for 0.2  million and 0.4 million  units of  partnership  interest  with
average exercise prices of $13.89 and $13.58,  respectively,  were excluded from
the  computation of diluted  earnings per share because the exercise prices were
greater than the average  market price for the period  calculated.  For the nine
months  ended  September  30,  1998 and 1997,  options  for 0.3  million and 0.4
million units of partnership interest with average exercise prices of $13.79 and
13.68, respectively,  were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per
share because the exercise prices were greater than the average market price for
the period calculated.


                                     Three Months             Nine Months
                                  Ended September 30      Ended September 30
                                  ------------------      ------------------
                                   1998        1997        1998        1997
                                   ----        ----        ----        ----
                                      (in thousands, except share data)

Income before extraordinary
 items allocable to common
 shareowners (Numerator):
   Basic income before 
    extraordinary items          $  1,423    $  6,214    $ 11,436    $ 18,553
   Effect of dilutive options         (35)        (58)       (157)       (194)
                                 --------    --------    --------    --------
   Diluted income before
    extraordinary items          $  1,388    $  6,156    $ 11,279    $ 18,359
                                 ========    ========    ========    ========

Shares (Denominator) -
 basic and diluted             52,899,013  50,745,241  51,949,256  50,730,179

Income before extraordinary
 items per common share:
   Basic                            $ .03       $ .12       $ .22       $ .37
                                    =====       =====       =====       =====
   Diluted                          $ .03       $ .12       $ .22       $ .36
                                    =====       =====       =====       =====


                                     - 11 -

<PAGE>



                  THE TAUBMAN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                                 (in thousands)



                                               September 30   December 31
                                               ------------   -----------
                                                   1998          1997
                                                   ----          ----

Assets:
  Properties                                    $1,173,232    $1,593,350
   Accumulated depreciation 
    and amortization                               145,256       268,658
                                                ----------    ----------
                                                $1,027,976    $1,324,692

  Cash and cash equivalents                         24,259         3,250
  Accounts and notes receivable, less
    allowance for doubtful accounts of
    $386 and $414 in 1998 and 1997                  14,249        17,803
  Accounts receivable from related parties           8,428         7,400
  Deferred charges and other assets                 21,253        43,681
                                                ----------    ----------
                                                $1,096,165    $1,396,826
                                                ==========    ==========

Liabilities:
  Unsecured notes payable                       $  441,496    $1,008,459
  Mortgage notes payable                           241,969       275,868
  Accounts payable and other liabilities           154,731       106,404
  Distributions in excess of net income of
    Unconsolidated Joint Ventures (Note 4)         117,736       141,815
                                                ----------    ----------
                                                $  955,932    $1,532,546

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 6)

Partnership Equity:
  Series A Preferred Equity                        192,840       192,840
  Partners' Accumulated Deficit                    (52,607)     (328,560)
                                                ----------    ----------
                                                   140,233      (135,720)
                                                ----------    ----------
                                                $1,096,165    $1,396,826
                                                ==========    ==========

Allocation of Partners' Accumulated Deficit:
  General Partners                              $  (36,965)   $ (254,474)
  Limited Partners                                 (15,642)      (74,086)
                                                ----------    ----------
                                                $  (52,607)   $ (328,560)
                                                ==========    ==========



                       See notes to financial statements.


                                     - 12 -

<PAGE>



                  THE TAUBMAN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                        (in thousands, except units data)

                                              Three Months Ended September 30
                                              -------------------------------
                                                    1998           1997
                                                    ----           ----
Revenues:
 Minimum rents                                   $   52,021     $  45,140
 Percentage rents                                     2,008         1,867
 Expense recoveries                                  28,339        24,476
 Other                                                6,676         4,379
 Revenues from management, leasing 
  and development services                            1,888         2,175
Gain on GMPT Exchange (Note 2)                    1,090,159
                                                 ----------     ---------
                                                 $1,181,091     $  78,037
                                                 ----------     ---------
Operating Costs:
 Recoverable expenses                            $   25,994     $  20,932
 Other operating                                     11,027         7,980
 Management, leasing and
  development services                                1,111         1,264
 General and administrative                           5,112         6,587
 Restructuring (Note 2)                              10,698
 Interest expense                                    22,076        19,388
 Depreciation and amortization                       14,788        11,050
                                                 ----------     ---------
                                                 $   90,806     $  67,201
                                                 ----------     ---------
Income before equity in net income
 of Unconsolidated Joint Ventures
 and extraordinary item                          $1,090,285     $  10,836
Equity in net income of Unconsolidated
 Joint Ventures (Note 4)                             13,818        12,205
                                                 ----------     ---------
Income before extraordinary item                 $1,104,103     $  23,041
Extraordinary item (Note 2)                         (49,817)
                                                 ----------     ---------
Net income                                       $1,054,286     $  23,041
Preferred distributions to TCO                       (4,150)
                                                 ----------     ---------
Net income available to unitholders              $1,050,136     $  23,041
                                                 ==========     =========

Allocation of net income to unitholders:
 General Partners                                $  985,981     $  17,845
 Limited Partners                                    64,155         5,196
                                                 ----------     ---------
                                                 $1,050,136     $  23,041
                                                 ==========     =========
Basic earnings per Unit of Partnership
 Interest (Note 7):
  Income before extraordinary item               $     8.22     $     .17
                                                 ==========     =========
  Net income                                     $     7.85     $     .17
                                                 ==========     =========

Diluted earnings per Unit of Partnership
 Interest (Note 7):
  Income before extraordinary item               $     8.15     $     .17
                                                 ==========     =========
  Net income                                     $     7.78     $     .17
                                                 ==========     =========

Weighted Average Number of Units of
  Partnership Interest Outstanding              133,775,064   138,277,110
                                                ===========   ===========



                       See notes to financial statements.


                                     - 13 -

<PAGE>




                  THE TAUBMAN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                        (in thousands, except units data)

                                               Nine Months Ended September 30
                                               ------------------------------
                                                    1998           1997
                                                    ----           ----
Revenues:
 Minimum rents                                   $  155,860     $ 130,406
 Percentage rents                                     5,219         5,030
 Expense recoveries                                  84,787        70,661
 Other                                               18,510        11,384
 Revenues from management, leasing
  and development services                            5,790         6,480
Gain on GMPT Exchange (Note 2)                    1,090,159
                                                 ----------     ---------
                                                 $1,360,325     $ 223,961
                                                 ----------     ---------
Operating Costs:
 Recoverable expenses                            $   74,416     $  60,223
 Other operating                                     31,392        26,218
 Management, leasing and
  development services                                3,536         3,553
 General and administrative                          18,717        18,657
 Restructuring (Note 2)                              10,698
 Interest expense                                    66,662        54,002
 Depreciation and amortization                       42,868        31,386
                                                 ----------     ---------
                                                 $  248,289     $ 194,039
                                                 ----------     ---------
Income before equity in income before
 extraordinary item of Unconsolidated
 Joint Ventures and extraordinary items          $1,112,036     $  29,922
Equity in income before extraordinary item
 of Unconsolidated Joint Ventures (Note 4)           38,349        38,873
                                                 ----------     ---------
Income before extraordinary items                $1,150,385     $  68,795
Extraordinary items (Note 2)                        (50,774)
                                                 ----------     ---------
Net Income                                       $1,099,611     $  68,795
Preferred distributions to TCO                      (12,450)
                                                 ----------     ---------
Net income available to unitholders              $1,087,161     $  68,795
                                                 ==========     =========

Allocation of net income available
 to unitholders:
  General Partners                               $1,016,042     $  53,278
  Limited Partners                                   71,119        15,517
                                                 ----------     ---------
                                                 $1,087,161     $  68,795
                                                 ==========     =========

Basic earnings per Unit of Partnership
 Interest (Note 7):
  Income before extraordinary items              $     8.53     $     .50
                                                 ==========     =========
  Net income                                     $     8.15     $     .50
                                                 ==========     =========

Diluted earnings per Unit of Partnership
 Interest (Note 7):
  Income before extraordinary items              $     8.46     $     .49
                                                 ==========     =========
  Net income                                     $     8.08     $     .49
                                                 ==========     =========

Weighted Average Number of Units of
  Partnership Interest Outstanding              133,354,554   138,261,847
                                                ===========   ===========



                       See notes to financial statements.


                                     - 14 -

<PAGE>



                  THE TAUBMAN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (in thousands)

                                                Nine Months Ended September 30
                                                ------------------------------
                                                       1998         1997
                                                       ----         ----
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
 Income before extraordinary items                 $ 1,150,385   $  68,795
 Adjustments to reconcile income before
  extraordinary items to net cash
  provided by operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization                        42,868      31,386
   Provision for losses on accounts receivable           1,077         828
   Amortization of deferred financing costs              2,129       1,740
   Other                                                   621         468
   Gains on sales of land                               (2,905)       (880)
   Gain on GMPT Exchange                            (1,090,159)
   Increase (decrease) in cash attributable
    to changes in assets and liabilities:
     Receivables, deferred charges and
      other assets                                      (8,602)     (6,129)
     Accounts payable and other liabilities             43,447      30,375
                                                   -----------   ---------
Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities          $   138,861   $ 126,583
                                                   -----------   ---------

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
 Purchase of interests in Centers                                $(124,783)
 Additions to properties                           $  (228,015)   (105,947)
 Proceeds from sales of land                             4,302       1,795
 Contributions to Unconsolidated Joint Ventures        (29,140)    (12,573)
 Distributions from Unconsolidated Joint Ventures
  in excess of income before extraordinary item         52,076      14,777
                                                   -----------   ---------
Net Cash Used In Investing Activities              $  (200,777)  $(226,731)
                                                   ===========   ========= 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
 Debt proceeds                                     $ 1,558,716   $ 243,991
 Debt payments                                        (130,913)    (54,544)
 Early extinguishment of debt                       (1,167,746)
 Debt issuance costs                                    (2,790)       (382)
 Redemption of partnership units                       (77,698)
 GMPT Exchange costs                                   (15,177)
 Equity offering                                        25,160
 Issuance of units of partnership interest               1,498         414
 Cash distributions to partnership unitholders         (95,675)    (96,065)
 Cash distributions to TCO for Series A
  Preferred Equity interest                            (12,450)
                                                   -----------   ---------
Net Cash Provided By Financing Activities          $    82,925   $  93,414
                                                   -----------   ---------

Net Increase (Decrease) In Cash                    $    21,009   $  (6,734)

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period         3,250       7,912
                                                   -----------   ---------

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period         $    24,259   $   1,178
                                                   ===========   =========

Interest  on mortgage  notes and other  loans paid during the nine months  ended
September 30, 1998 and 1997,  net of amounts  capitalized of $12,830 and $6,798,
was $69,077 and $39,149, respectively.



                       See notes to financial statements.


                                     - 15 -

<PAGE>



                  THE TAUBMAN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      Nine months ended September 30, 1998



Note 1 - Interim Financial Statements

  The Taubman Realty Group Limited  Partnership  (TRG) engages in the ownership,
management, leasing, acquisition,  development, and expansion of regional retail
shopping  centers  (Taubman  Shopping  Centers) and interests  therein.  Taubman
Centers,  Inc.  (TCO) is the  managing  general  partner of TRG.  Other  general
partners include TG Partners Limited Partnership, Taub-Co Management, Inc., and,
prior to September 30, 1998, General Motors Pension Trusts (GMPT).

  The unaudited interim financial  statements should be read in conjunction with
the audited  financial  statements  and related  notes  included in TRG's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December  31,  1997.  In the  opinion of
management,  all adjustments  (consisting only of normal recurring  adjustments)
necessary for a fair  presentation  of the financial  statements for the interim
periods  have been made.  The results for  interim  periods are not  necessarily
indicative of the results for a full year.

  Certain  prior  year  amounts  have  been  reclassified  to  conform  to  1998
classifications.

Note 2 - The GMPT Exchange and Related Transactions

  On September 30, 1998,  TRG exchanged  interests in 10 shopping  centers (nine
wholly owned (Briarwood,  Columbus City Center, The Falls, Hilltop,  Lakeforest,
Marley Station, Meadowood Mall, Stoneridge, and The Mall at Tuttle Crossing) and
one  Unconsolidated  Joint Venture  (Woodfield)),  together with $990 million of
debt, for all of the partnership  units of GMPT  (approximately 50 million units
with a fair  value of $675  million,  based on the  average  stock  price of TCO
shares  of  $13.50  for the two week  period  prior to the  closing)  (the  GMPT
Exchange).  TRG will continue to manage the centers exchanged under a management
agreement with GMPT that expires December 31, 1999. The management  agreement is
cancelable with 90 days notice.  The amount of debt allocated to GMPT is subject
to a working capital  adjustment,  which is expected to be settled in the fourth
quarter. A gain of $1.1 billion on the exchange was recognized, representing the
difference  between the fair value of the GMPT units and the sum of the net book
values of the 10  shopping  centers,  the debt  assumed by GMPT,  the  estimated
working capital adjustment, and transaction costs.

  During the three and nine months  ended  September  30,  1998,  the  exchanged
centers  contributed  $25.8  million  and $75.1  million  to TRG's  net  income,
respectively.  During the three and nine months ended  September  30, 1997,  the
exchanged  centers  contributed  $20.6  million  and $57.8  million to TRG's net
income, respectively.

  In anticipation of the GMPT Exchange,  TRG used the $1.2 billion proceeds from
two bridge loans  bearing  interest at one-month  LIBOR plus 1.30% to extinguish
approximately $1.1 billion of debt, including  substantially all of TRG's public
unsecured debt, its outstanding commercial paper, and borrowings on its existing
lines of credit.  The remaining  proceeds were used  primarily to pay prepayment
premiums and transaction costs. An extraordinary  charge of approximately  $49.8
million, consisting primarily of prepayment premiums, was incurred in connection
with the extinguishment of the debt.


                                     - 16 -

<PAGE>



                  THE TAUBMAN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)



  The balance on the first  bridge  loan of $902  million was assumed by GMPT in
connection with the GMPT Exchange. The second loan had a balance of $310 million
as of September 30, 1998.  This loan has a maximum  capacity of $430 million and
expires in June 1999.  TRG expects to  refinance  the balance on the bridge loan
during the first half of 1999.  Additionally,  TRG has  obtained a $200  million
line of credit,  replacing TRG's previous  revolving credit and commercial paper
facilities.  The line of credit  expires in  September  2001.  TRG entered  into
treasury lock agreements with a notional amount of $200 million at approximately
5%, plus credit spread. In October 1998, TRG effectively closed out its position
in the  treasury  locks at a cost of  approximately  $4  million,  which will be
deferred and amortized over the term of the anticipated new debt.

  Concurrent  with the GMPT Exchange,  TRG committed to a  restructuring  of its
operations.  TRG recognized a restructuring  charge of $10.7 million,  primarily
representing the cost of certain involuntary terminations of personnel.

Note 3 - Other Equity Transactions

  In January 1998,  TRG redeemed a partner's  6.1 million  units of  partnership
interest for approximately  $77.7 million  (including costs). The redemption was
funded through the use of an existing revolving credit facility.

  In April 1998, TCO sold  approximately  2.0 million shares of its common stock
at $13.1875 per share, before deducting the underwriting commission and expenses
of the offering, under TCO's shelf registration statement. TCO used the proceeds
to acquire  an  additional  equity  interest  in TRG.  TRG paid all costs of the
offering. Net proceeds of approximately $25 million were used by TRG for general
partnership purposes.

Note 4 - Investments in Unconsolidated Joint Ventures

  Following are TRG's  investments in various real estate  Unconsolidated  Joint
Ventures  which own regional  retail  shopping  centers.  TRG is  generally  the
managing general partner of these Unconsolidated Joint Ventures.  TRG's interest
in each Unconsolidated Joint Venture is as follows:

                                                                   TRG's %
                                                                  Ownership
                                                                    as of
   Unconsolidated Joint Venture     Taubman Shopping Center   September 30, 1998
   ----------------------------     -----------------------   ------------------

  Arizona Mills, L.L.C.                  Arizona Mills                  37%
  Fairfax Company of Virginia L.L.C.     Fair Oaks                      50
  Lakeside Mall Limited Partnership      Lakeside                       50
  Rich-Taubman Associates                Stamford Town Center           50
  Taubman-Cherry Creek
    Limited Partnership                  Cherry Creek                   50
  Twelve Oaks Mall Limited Partnership   Twelve Oaks Mall               50
  West Farms Associates                  Westfarms                      79
  Woodland                               Woodland                       50


                                     - 17 -

<PAGE>



                  THE TAUBMAN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


  In March 1998,  Fairfax Company of Virginia  L.L.C.  completed a $140 million,
6.60%,  secured  financing  maturing  in 2008.  The net  proceeds  were  used to
extinguish an existing  mortgage on Fair Oaks of  approximately  $39 million and
pay a prepayment penalty of approximately $1.8 million. In addition, proceeds of
$5.6 million were used to close out a treasury  lock  agreement  entered into in
1997, which resulted in an effective rate on the financing of approximately  7%.
The remaining proceeds were distributed to the owners. TRG used its 50% share of
the distributions to pay down its revolving credit facilities. TRG recognized an
extraordinary  charge of approximately $1.0 million on the extinguishment of the
Fair Oaks mortgage.

  TRG reduces its  investment  in  Unconsolidated  Joint  Ventures to  eliminate
intercompany   profits  on  sales  of  services  that  are  capitalized  by  the
Unconsolidated  Joint  Ventures.  As a  result,  the  carrying  value  of  TRG's
investment  in  Unconsolidated  Joint  Ventures  is less than TRG's share of the
deficiency   in  assets   reported  in  the  combined   balance   sheet  of  the
Unconsolidated  Joint Ventures by approximately $5.7 million and $8.1 million at
September 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997,  respectively.  These  differences are
amortized over the useful lives of the related assets.

  Combined  balance  sheet and results of operations  information  are presented
below (in thousands) for all  Unconsolidated  Joint Ventures,  followed by TRG's
beneficial  interest  in  the  combined  information.   Beneficial  interest  is
calculated based on TRG's ownership interest in each of the Unconsolidated Joint
Ventures.

                                                September 30  December 31
                                                ------------  -----------
                                                    1998          1997
                                                    ----          ----

Assets:
 Properties, net                                 $ 564,064     $ 623,981
 Other assets                                       62,209        84,397
                                                 ---------     ---------
                                                 $ 626,273     $ 708,378
                                                 =========     =========

Liabilities and partners'
 accumulated deficiency in assets:
  Debt                                           $ 825,311     $ 875,356
  Capital lease obligations                          5,574         6,509
  Other liabilities                                 43,156        94,801
  TRG accumulated deficiency in assets            (112,018)     (133,680)
  Unconsolidated Joint Venture Partners'
   accumulated deficiency in assets               (135,750)     (134,608)
                                                 ---------     ---------
                                                 $ 626,273     $ 708,378
                                                 =========     =========

TRG accumulated deficiency in assets (above)     $(112,018)    $(133,680)
Elimination of intercompany profit                  (5,718)       (8,135)
                                                 ---------     ---------
Distributions in excess of net income
  of Unconsolidated Joint Ventures               $(117,736)    $(141,815)
                                                 =========     =========



                                     - 18 -

<PAGE>



                  THE TAUBMAN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


                                         Three Months           Nine Months
                                      Ended September 30    Ended September 30
                                      ------------------    ------------------
                                       1998       1997       1998       1997
                                       ----       ----       ----       ----

Revenues                             $ 76,193   $ 62,541   $220,651   $187,574
                                     --------   --------   --------   --------
Recoverable and other
 operating expenses                  $ 26,831   $ 22,827   $ 78,078   $ 68,417
Interest expense                       18,431     13,588     53,788     38,459
Depreciation and amortization           8,508      6,112     25,168     16,728
                                     --------   --------   --------   --------
Total operating costs                $ 53,770   $ 42,527   $157,034   $123,604
                                     --------   --------   --------   --------
Income before extraordinary item     $ 22,423   $ 20,014   $ 63,617   $ 63,970
Extraordinary item                                           (1,913)
                                     --------   --------   --------   --------
Net Income                           $ 22,423   $ 20,014   $ 61,704   $ 63,970
                                     ========   ========   ========   ========

Net income attributable to TRG       $ 11,917   $ 11,234   $ 32,398   $ 35,035
Extraordinary item attributable
 to TRG                                                         957
Realized intercompany profit            1,901        971      4,994      3,838
                                     --------   --------   --------   --------
Equity in income before
 extraordinary item of 
 Unconsolidated Joint Ventures       $ 13,818   $ 12,205   $ 38,349   $ 38,873
                                     ========   ========   ========   ========


                                         Three Months           Nine Months
                                      Ended September 30    Ended September 30
                                      ------------------    ------------------
                                       1998       1997       1998       1997
                                       ----       ----       ----       ----
TRG's beneficial interest
 in Unconsolidated Joint
 Ventures' operations:
  Revenues less recoverable and
   other operating expenses          $ 28,036   $ 23,187   $ 79,902   $ 68,503
  Interest expense                     (9,820)    (7,491)   (28,731)   (20,720)
  Depreciation and amortization        (4,398)    (3,491)   (12,822)    (8,910)
                                     --------   --------   --------   --------
  Income before extraordinary item   $ 13,818   $ 12,205   $ 38,349   $ 38,873
                                     ========   ========   ========   ========


Note 5 - Beneficial Interest in Debt and Interest Expense

  TRG's beneficial  interest in the debt (excluding capital lease  obligations),
capitalized interest, and interest expense (net of capitalized interest) of TRG,
its  consolidated   subsidiaries  and  its  Unconsolidated   Joint  Ventures  is
summarized in the following table.  TRG's beneficial  interest for 1998 and 1997
excludes  the 30% minority  interest in the debt  outstanding  on the  MacArthur
Center construction facility.


                                     - 19 -

<PAGE>



                  THE TAUBMAN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                       Unconsolidated   TRG's Share of       TRG's        TRG's
                                            Joint       Unconsolidated   Consolidated  Beneficial
                                          Ventures      Joint Ventures   Subsidiaries   Interest
                                          --------      --------------   ------------   --------
<S>                                      <C>              <C>            <C>          <C>

Debt as of:
  September 30, 1998                     $ 825,311        $ 439,086      $  683,465   $1,094,655
  December 31, 1997                        875,356          465,556       1,284,327    1,737,211

Capitalized interest:
 Nine months ended September 30, 1998    $   1,748        $     869      $   12,830   $   12,575
 Nine months ended September 30, 1997        6,683            3,851           6,798       10,649

Interest expense
(Net of capitalized interest):
 Nine months ended September 30, 1998    $  53,788        $  28,731      $   66,662   $   95,393
 Nine months ended September 30, 1997       38,459           20,720          54,002       74,722
</TABLE>


Note 6 - Incentive Option Plan

  TRG has an incentive  option plan for  employees  of the  Manager.  Currently,
options for 8.1 million  units of  partnership  interest may be issued under the
plan, of which options for 6.9 million units are outstanding. The exercise price
of all  options  outstanding  was  equal to  market  value on the date of grant.
Incentive options generally vest to the extent of one-third of the units on each
of the  third,  fourth  and fifth  anniversaries  of the date of grant.  Options
expire ten years from the date of grant.  During the nine months ended September
30, 1998,  options for 0.1 million  units were  exercised at a weighted  average
price of $11.04 per unit.  There were no grants  during  the nine  months  ended
September 30, 1998. As of September 30, 1998, there were options outstanding for
6.9 million units with a weighted  average exercise price of $11.22 per unit, of
which options for 6.1 million units were vested with a weighted average exercise
price of $11.29 per unit.

Note 7 - Earnings Per Unit of Partnership Interest

  Basic  earnings  per unit of  partnership  interest  are based on the  average
number of units of partnership interest outstanding during each period.  Diluted
earnings per unit of  partnership  interest  are based on the average  number of
units of partnership interest outstanding during each period,  assuming exercise
of all options for units of partnership  interest  having  exercise  prices less
than the average market value of the units using the treasury stock method.  For
the three months ended September 30, 1998 and 1997,  options for 0.2 million and
0.4 million units of partnership interest with average exercise prices of $13.89
and $13.58 per unit, respectively, were excluded from the computation of diluted
earnings  per unit  because the  exercise  prices were  greater than the average
market price for the period calculated.  For the nine months ended September 30,
1998 and 1997,  options for 0.3 million  and 0.4  million  units of  partnership
interest with average exercise prices of $13.79 and $13.68,  respectively,  were
excluded from the computation of diluted  earnings per unit because the exercise
prices were greater than the average market price for the period calculated.


                                     - 20 -

<PAGE>



                  THE TAUBMAN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               Three Months                 Nine Months
                                            Ended September 30          Ended September 30
                                            ------------------          ------------------
                                            1998          1997          1998          1997
                                            ----          ----          ----          ----
                                                   (in thousands, except unit data)
<S>                                      <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>

Income before extraordinary items
 allocable to unitholders (Numerator)    $ 1,099,953   $    23,041   $ 1,137,935   $    68,795
                                         ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

Partnership units (Denominator):
 Basic                                   133,775,064   138,277,110   133,354,554   138,261,847
 Effect of dilutive options                1,221,332       980,773     1,136,390     1,068,494
                                         -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
 Diluted                                 134,996,396   139,257,883   134,490,944   139,330,341
                                         ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

Per unit:
 Basic                                        $ 8.22         $ .17        $ 8.53         $ .50
                                              ======         =====        ======         =====
 Diluted                                      $ 8.15         $ .17        $ 8.46         $ .49
                                              ======         =====        ======         =====
</TABLE>


                                     - 21 -

<PAGE>



Item 2.

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ---------------------------------------------

  The following  discussion  should be read in conjunction with the accompanying
Financial  Statements  of Taubman  Centers,  Inc. and the Notes  thereto and the
Consolidated   Financial   Statements  of  The  Taubman   Realty  Group  Limited
Partnership and the Notes thereto.

General Background and Performance Measurement

  The Company,  through its interest in and as managing  general partner of TRG,
participates in TRG's Owned Businesses.  TRG's Owned Businesses consist  of: (i)
Taubman   Shopping  Centers  that  TRG  controls  by  ownership  or  contractual
agreement,   development   projects  for  future   regional   shopping   centers
(Development   Projects)  and  The  Taubman  Company  Limited  Partnership  (the
Manager), (collectively, the Consolidated Businesses); and (ii) Taubman Shopping
Centers  partially  owned through joint ventures with third parties that are not
controlled  (Unconsolidated  Joint Ventures).  The Unconsolidated Joint Ventures
are  accounted  for under the  equity  method  in TRG's  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.

  Certain aspects of the performance of the Owned Businesses are best understood
by measuring  their  performance as a whole,  without regard to TRG's  ownership
interest.  For example,  mall tenant sales and shopping center  occupancy trends
fit this  category and are so analyzed  below.  In  addition,  trends in certain
items of revenue and expense are often best understood in the same fashion,  and
consequently,   in  addition  to  the   discussion  of  the  operations  of  the
Consolidated Businesses, the operations of the Unconsolidated Joint Ventures are
presented and discussed as a whole.

  On September 30, 1998,  TRG exchanged  interests in 10 shopping  centers (nine
Consolidated  Businesses  (Briarwood,  Columbus City Center, The Falls, Hilltop,
Lakeforest,  Marley Station,  Meadowood Mall, Stoneridge, and The Mall at Tuttle
Crossing) and one Unconsolidated Joint Venture (Woodfield)) and a share of TRG's
debt for all of the  partnership  units owned by General  Motors  Pension Trusts
(GMPT) (the GMPT  Exchange - see TRG - 1998  Transactions  -- GMPT  Exchange and
Related  Transactions).  Performance  statistics  for  periods  presented  below
include these ten centers (the GMPT Centers)  through the completion of the GMPT
Exchange,  while information  presented as of September 30, 1998, such as ending
occupancy,  excludes the GMPT Centers. In future periods, the GMPT Exchange will
impact the  presentation  of the Company's  results of operations and changes in
its financial  condition,  as the Company obtained a controlling interest in TRG
as a result of the transaction and will consolidate TRG's results.  However,  as
the exchange did not occur until  September 30, 1998,  the Company's  results of
operations and changes in its financial condition for periods presented continue
to be best understood  through separate analysis of the Company and TRG, and are
so discussed below.

Seasonality

  The regional shopping center industry is seasonal in nature,  with mall tenant
sales  highest in the  fourth  quarter  due to the  Christmas  season,  and with
lesser, though still significant,  sales fluctuations associated with the Easter
holiday and  back-to-school  events.  While  minimum  rents and  recoveries  are
generally not subject to seasonal  factors,  most leases are scheduled to expire
in the first quarter,  and the majority of new stores open in the second half of
the year in anticipation of the Christmas selling season. Accordingly,  revenues
and occupancy levels are generally highest in the fourth quarter.


                                     - 22 -

<PAGE>




  The following  table  summarizes  certain  quarterly  operating data for TRG's
Owned Businesses for 1997 and the first three quarters of 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                       1st       2nd       3rd        4th                    1st       2nd       3rd
                     Quarter   Quarter   Quarter    Quarter     Total      Quarter   Quarter   Quarter
                      1997      1997      1997       1997        1997       1998      1998      1998
                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      (in thousands)
<S>                 <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>

Mall tenant sales   $600,709  $629,906  $692,487  $1,163,157  $3,086,259  $740,104  $796,862  $809,802 (1)
Revenues             130,677   134,756   137,728     157,192     560,353   156,415   161,598   164,044
Occupancy:
 Average Occupancy     86.5%     86.8%     87.0%       89.5%       87.6%     88.5%     88.3%     89.2% (2)
 Ending Occupancy      86.4%     87.1%     87.2%       90.3%       90.3%     88.2%     88.4%     89.8% (3)
Leased Space           88.7%     89.5%     90.8%       92.3%       92.3%     91.3%     91.6%     92.4% (3)


(1)  Mall tenant sales  excluding the GMPT Centers were $507.1  million and $1.5
     billion  for  the  three  and  nine  months  ended   September   30,  1998,
     respectively.
(2)  Average  occupancy  excluding  the GMPT Centers was 89.5% and 89.1% for the
     three and nine months ended September 30, 1998, respectively.
(3)  Excludes GMPT Centers as of September 30, 1998.
</TABLE>

  Because the  seasonality of sales contrasts with the generally fixed nature of
minimum rents and  recoveries,  mall tenant  occupancy costs (the sum of minimum
rents,   percentage  rents  and  expense  recoveries)   relative  to  sales  are
considerably  higher in the first  three  quarters  than they are in the  fourth
quarter.  The following table summarizes  occupancy costs,  excluding utilities,
for mall tenants as a percentage of sales for 1997 and the first three  quarters
of 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                        1st       2nd       3rd       4th                 1st       2nd       3rd
                      Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter    Total    Quarter   Quarter   Quarter
                       1997      1997      1997      1997      1997      1998      1998      1998 (1)
                      -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Minimum rents          12.6%     11.8%     11.3%      7.3%     10.1%     12.0%     11.2%     11.2%
Percentage rents        0.2       0.3       0.3       0.2       0.3       0.2       0.3       0.3
Expense recoveries      5.2       5.1       4.7       3.5       4.4       4.8       4.9       4.7
                       ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
Mall tenant
 occupancy costs       18.0%     17.2%     16.3%     11.0%     14.8%     17.0%     16.4%     16.2%
                       ====      ====      ====      ====      ====      ====      ====      ====

(1)  Mall tenant  occupancy  costs as a percentage  of sales  excluding the GMPT
     Centers were 15.9% for both the three and nine months ended  September  30,
     1998.
</TABLE>


Rental Rates

  Average base rent per square foot for all mall tenants at the 18 Centers owned
and open for at  least  five  years  was  $39.44  for the  twelve  months  ended
September 30, 1998, compared to $38.62 for the twelve months ended September 30,
1997.  Excluding the GMPT Centers, the average base rent per square foot for all
mall tenants at the remaining centers owned and open for at least five years (10
of the 15 remaining  centers) was $41.98 for the twelve  months ended  September
30, 1998.

  As leases have expired in the Taubman Shopping Centers, TRG has generally been
able to rent the available space, either to the existing tenant or a new tenant,
at rental rates that are higher than those of the expired leases. In a period of
increasing sales, rents on new leases will tend to rise as tenants' expectations
of future  growth  become  more  optimistic.  In  periods  of  slower  growth or
declining  sales,  rents on new leases will grow more slowly or will decline for
the opposite reason.  However,  Center revenues  nevertheless  increase as older
leases roll over or are terminated early and replaced with new leases negotiated
at current  rental  rates that are usually  higher  than the  average  rates for
existing leases.


                                     - 23 -

<PAGE>



  The annual spread between  average  annualized base rent of stores opening and
closing,  excluding  renewals,  has ranged  between four and eleven  dollars per
square foot during the past five years.  TRG anticipates that the spread between
opening and  closing  rents for the 1998 fiscal year will be at or below the low
end of TRG's  historical  range.  This statistic is difficult to predict in part
because  TRG's  leasing  policies  and  practices  may  result  in  early  lease
terminations  with actual average  closing rents which may vary from the average
rent per square foot of scheduled lease expirations. In addition, the opening or
closing of large  tenant  spaces,  which  generally  pay a lower rent per square
foot, can significantly change the spread in a given year.

Results of Operations

Comparison  of the Three and Nine Months Ended  September  30, 1998 to the Three
and Nine Months Ended September 30, 1997

Taubman Centers, Inc.

  The Company's average ownership of TRG was 39.54% and 38.96% for the three and
nine months  ended  September  30, 1998,  respectively,  and 36.69% for both the
three and nine months ended September 30, 1997. Since the first quarter of 1997,
the  Company's  ownership  in TRG  has  changed  as a  result  of the  following
transactions.

The GMPT Exchange and Related Transactions

  On  September  30,  1998,  the  Company  obtained a majority  and  controlling
interest in TRG as a result of the GMPT  Exchange  (TRG - 1998  Transactions  --
GMPT Exchange and Related Transactions), which increased the Company's ownership
of TRG  to  62.8%.  Concurrent  with  the  GMPT  Exchange,  TRG  committed  to a
restructuring of its operations, consisting primarily of involuntary termination
of personnel.  Also, in anticipation of the GMPT Exchange, TRG used the proceeds
from bridge loans to  extinguish  substantially  all of TRG's  public  unsecured
debt, its outstanding  commercial paper, and borrowings on its existing lines of
credit.

  Upon obtaining the controlling  interest in TRG, the Company  consolidated the
financial position of TRG. In future periods, the Company's results will include
the results of TRG on a consolidated basis and will reflect the effects of TRG's
revised portfolio, its restructured operations, and its new debt structure.

Other Transactions

  In October 1997,  the Company used the proceeds  from its $200 million  public
offering  of  eight  million  shares  of 8.3%  Series  A  Cumulative  Redeemable
Preferred  Stock to acquire a Series A  Preferred  Equity  interest  in TRG that
entitles  the  Company to income and  distributions  (in the form of  guaranteed
payments) in amounts  equal to the dividends  payable on the Company's  Series A
Preferred  Stock. In January 1998, TRG redeemed 6.1 million units of partnership
interest from a partner,  increasing  the  Company's  ownership of TRG. In April
1998, the Company sold  approximately  2.0 million shares of its common stock at
$13.1875 per share, before deducting the underwriting commission and expenses of
the  offering.  The Company  used the proceeds to acquire an  additional  equity
interest in TRG. TRG paid all costs of the offering.  Also, during 1997 and 1998
the Company  exchanged common stock for TRG units of partnership  interest newly
issued in connection with the exercise of incentive options.


                                     - 24 -

<PAGE>



Comparison of Operating Results

  The  Company's  income from TRG for the three months ended  September 30, 1998
consisted  of $4.2  million from its  preferred  equity  interest in TRG and the
Company's  $3.9 million  share of TRG's net income  before  extraordinary  item,
which includes the Company's $4.2 million share of TRG's restructuring loss. For
the three  months  ended  September  30,  1997,  the  Company's  income from TRG
consisted of its $8.5 million share of TRG's net income.  The Company's share of
1998 and 1997 income was reduced by $2.3 million and $2.0 million, respectively,
representing  adjustments  arising from the Company's  additional basis in TRG's
net  assets.  During  the third  quarter  of 1998,  the  Company  recognized  an
extraordinary  item  of  $19.7  million,   consisting  of  its  share  of  TRG's
extraordinary  charge relating to debt  extinguished in anticipation of the GMPT
Exchange. Net income (loss) available to common shareowners for the three months
ended September 30, 1998 was $(18.3)  million,  compared to $6.2 million for the
third quarter of 1997.

  The  Company's  income from TRG for the nine months ended  September  30, 1998
consisted of $12.5  million from its  preferred  equity  interest in TRG and the
Company's $18.6 million share of TRG's income before  extraordinary items, which
includes the  Company's  $4.2 share of TRG's  restructuring  loss.  For the nine
months ended September 30, 1997, the Company's  income from TRG consisted of its
$25.2  million share of TRG's net income.  The Company's  share of 1998 and 1997
income was reduced by $6.7 million and $6.1 million, respectively,  representing
adjustments  arising from the  Company's  additional  basis in TRG's net assets.
During the first nine months of 1998, Company recognized  extraordinary items of
$20.1 million,  consisting of its share of TRG's extraordinary  charges relating
primarily to debt extinguished in anticipation of the GMPT Exchange.  Net income
(loss)  available to common  shareowners for the nine months ended September 30,
1998 was $(8.6) million, compared to $18.6 million for the same period in 1997.

  In the third  quarter of 1998,  TRG  recognized  a gain on the GMPT  Exchange,
representing  the  difference  between  the fair  value  and  book  value of the
interests  exchanged.  The Company did not recognize a share of the gain because
the transaction was an exchange between the owners of TRG.

TRG

1998 Transactions - GMPT Exchange and Related Transactions

  On September 30, 1998,  TRG exchanged  interests in 10 shopping  centers (nine
wholly owned and one Unconsolidated  Joint Venture),  together with $990 million
of debt, for all of GMPT's  partnership  units  (approximately  50 million units
with a fair  value of $675  million,  based on the  average  stock  price of the
Company's  shares of $13.50 for the two week period prior to the  closing).  TRG
will continue to manage the centers exchanged under a management  agreement with
GMPT that expires December 31, 1999. The management agreement is cancelable with
90 days  notice.  The amount of debt  allocated  to GMPT is subject to a working
capital  adjustment,  which is expected to be settled in the fourth  quarter.  A
gain of $1.1 billion on the exchange was recognized, representing the difference
between  the fair value of the GMPT units and the sum of the net book  values of
the 10 shopping centers, the debt assumed by GMPT, the estimated working capital
adjustment,  and  transaction  costs.  During  the three and nine  months  ended
September 30, 1998, the exchanged  centers  contributed $32.3 million and $100.8
million  to TRG's  EBITDA,  respectively  (EBITDA is defined  and  described  in
Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Distributions).


                                     - 25 -

<PAGE>



  In anticipation of the GMPT Exchange,  TRG used the $1.2 billion proceeds from
two bridge loans  bearing  interest at one-month  LIBOR plus 1.30% to extinguish
$1.1 billion of debt,  including  substantially  all of TRG's  public  unsecured
debt, its outstanding  commercial  paper, and borrowings on its existing line of
credit.  The remaining  proceeds were used primarily to pay prepayment  premiums
and transaction costs. An extraordinary  charge of approximately  $49.8 million,
consisting primarily of prepayment  premiums,  was recognized in connection with
the  extinguishment  of the debt.  GMPT's share of debt received in the exchange
included  the $902  million  balance  on the  first  bridge  loan,  $86  million
representing  50% of the debt on the Joint Venture owned  shopping  center,  and
$1.6 million of assessment bond obligations. After the GMPT Exchange, TRG's debt
and  its  beneficial  interest  in  its  joint  ventures  totaled  $1.1  billion
(Liquidity and Capital Resources - TRG).

  Concurrent  with the GMPT Exchange,  TRG committed to a  restructuring  of its
operations.  A restructuring charge of approximately $10.7 million was incurred,
consisting  primarily of costs related to involuntary  termination of personnel.
TRG  expects  to  reduce  its  annual  general  and  administrative  expense  by
approximately  $10 million by 1999.  This is a forward  looking  statement,  and
certain  significant  factors could cause the actual reductions in TRG's general
and administrative  expense to differ materially,  including but not limited to:
1) actual payroll reductions achieved; 2) actual results of negotiations; 3) use
of outside consultants; and 4) changes in TRG's owned or managed portfolio.


1998 Transactions - Other

  In January 1998,  TRG redeemed a partner's  6.1 million  units of  partnership
interest for approximately  $77.7 million  (including costs). The redemption was
funded through the use of an existing revolving credit facility.

  In March  1998,  a 50% owned  Unconsolidated  Joint  Venture  completed a $140
million,  6.60%,  secured financing maturing in 2008. The net proceeds were used
to  extinguish  an  existing  mortgage  of  approximately  $39 million and pay a
prepayment penalty of approximately $1.8 million. In addition,  proceeds of $5.6
million were used to close out a treasury lock  agreement  entered into in 1997,
which  resulted in an effective rate on the financing of  approximately  7%. The
remaining  proceeds were  distributed  to the owners.  TRG used its share of the
distribution to pay down its revolving credit facilities.

1997 Transactions

  During 1997,  TRG  completed  the following  acquisitions:  Regency  Square in
September,  The Falls in  December,  and the  leasehold  interest in The Mall at
Tuttle Crossing (Tuttle Crossing), also in December. In addition, TRG opened the
following new centers and expansions:  Tuttle Crossing in July, Arizona Mills in
November,  Westfarms'  expansion in August, and Biltmore's  expansion throughout
the last half of the year.

Occupancy and Mall Tenant Sales

  The average  occupancy rate in the Taubman  Shopping Centers was 89.2% for the
three  months  ended  September  30, 1998  compared to 87.0% for the  comparable
period in 1997. For the nine months ended  September 30, 1998 average  occupancy
was 88.7%  compared to 86.8% in the same period in 1997. The increase in average
occupancy  was primarily due to increases in occupancy at Centers owned and open
prior to 1997.  The ending  occupancy rate for the Taubman  Shopping  Centers at
September 30, 1998 was 89.8% versus 87.2% at the same date in 1997. Leased space
at  September  30,  1998 was 92.4%  compared  to 90.8% at the same date in 1997.
Statistics as of September 30, 1998 exclude the GMPT Centers.


                                     - 26 -

<PAGE>



  Total sales for Taubman Shopping Center mall tenants in the three months ended
September 30, 1998 were $809.8 million,  a 16.9% increase from $692.5 million in
the same period in 1997.  Tenant sales  increased  22.0% to $2.3 billion for the
nine months ended September 30, 1998 from $1.9 billion in the comparable  period
in 1997. Mall tenant sales per square foot,  excluding Arizona Mills,  increased
3.0% and 3.9% for the three and nine months  ended  September  30, 1998 over the
same periods in 1997.  Mall tenant  sales for Centers  owned and open for all of
the first nine months of 1998 and 1997 were $698.1  million and $2.0  billion in
the third  quarter and first nine  months of 1998,  a 5.7%  increase  and a 6.7%
increase, respectively, from the same periods in 1997.


                                     - 27 -

<PAGE>


Comparison  of the Three  Months  Ended  September  30, 1998 to the Three Months
Ended September 30, 1997

  The following  table sets forth operating  results for TRG's Owned  Businesses
for the three months ended  September 30, 1998 and  September 30, 1997,  showing
the results of the Consolidated Businesses and Unconsolidated Joint Ventures:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Three Months Ended September 30, 1998         Three Months Ended September 30, 1997
                                -------------------------------------------   -------------------------------------------
                                         TRG  UNCONSOLIDATED          TOTAL            TRG  UNCONSOLIDATED          TOTAL
                                CONSOLIDATED           JOINT          OWNED   CONSOLIDATED           JOINT          OWNED
                                  BUSINESSES(1)     VENTURES(2)  BUSINESSES     BUSINESSES(1)     VENTURES(2)  BUSINESSES
                                -------------------------------------------   -------------------------------------------
                                                                 (in millions of dollars)
<S>                                    <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
REVENUES:
 Minimum rents                            50.1          46.3           96.4           43.2            38.2           81.4
 Percentage rents                          1.7           1.0            2.8            1.8             0.9            2.6
 Expense recoveries                       27.7          26.0           53.8           23.8            21.8           45.6
 Management, leasing and
  development                              1.9                          1.9            2.2                            2.2
 Other                                     6.6           2.5            9.2            4.3             1.7            6.0
                                         -----         -----          -----          -----           -----          -----
Total revenues                            88.1          75.9          164.0           75.2            62.5          137.7

OPERATING COSTS:
 Recoverable expenses                     25.0          22.4           47.4           20.1            18.8           38.9
 Other operating                           9.0           2.7           11.7            6.0             2.4            8.5
 Management, leasing and
  development                              1.1                          1.1            1.3                            1.3
 General and administrative                5.1                          5.1            6.6                            6.6
 Interest expense                         22.1          18.5           40.6           19.4            13.7           33.1
 Depreciation and amortization            14.7           8.4           23.1           11.0             6.0           17.0
                                         -----         -----          -----          -----           -----          -----
Total operating costs                     77.0          52.0          129.0           64.3            41.0          105.3
Net results of Memorial City (1)          (0.3)                        (0.3)          (0.1)                          (0.1)
                                         -----         -----          -----          -----           -----          -----
                                          10.8          23.9           34.7           10.8            21.5           32.4
                                                       =====          =====                          =====          =====
Equity in net income of
 Unconsolidated Joint Ventures            13.8                                        12.2
                                         -----                                       -----
Income before extraordinary
 and unusual items                        24.6                                        23.0
Gain on GMPT Exchange                  1,090.2
Restructuring loss                       (10.7)
                                       -------                                       -----
Income before extraordinary item       1,104.1                                        23.0
Extraordinary item                       (49.8)
                                       -------                                       -----
Net income                             1,054.3                                        23.0
Preferred distributions to TCO            (4.2)
                                       -------                                       -----
Net income available to unitholders    1,050.1                                        23.0
                                       =======                                       =====


SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION (3):
EBITDA contribution                       47.7          28.0           75.7           41.3            23.2           64.5
TRG's Beneficial Interest Expense        (22.1)         (9.8)         (31.9)         (19.4)           (7.5)         (26.9)
Non-real estate depreciation              (0.5)                        (0.5)          (0.5)                          (0.5)
Preferred distributions to TCO            (4.2)                        (4.2)
                                         -----         -----          -----          -----           -----          -----
Distributable Cash Flow contribution      20.9          18.2           39.1           21.4            15.7           37.1
                                         =====         =====          =====          =====           =====          =====

(1)  The results of operations of Memorial City are presented net in this table.
     TRG expects that Memorial City's net operating  income will approximate the
     ground rent payable under the lease for the immediate future.
(2)  With the exception of the Supplemental Information,  amounts represent 100%
     of the  Unconsolidated  Joint  Ventures.  Amounts  are net of  intercompany
     profits.  The  Unconsolidated  Joint  Ventures are  accounted for under the
     equity method in TRG's Consolidated Financial Statements.
(3)  EBITDA,  TRG's Beneficial  Interest Expense and Distributable Cash Flow are
     defined and discussed in Liquidity and Capital Resources - Distributions.
(4)  Amounts in the table may not add due to rounding.
(5)  Certain   1997  amounts   have  been   reclassified   to  conform  to  1998
     classifications.
</TABLE>


                                     - 28 -

<PAGE>



TRG --Consolidated Businesses
- -----------------------------

  Total  revenues  for the three  months  ended  September  30,  1998 were $88.1
million, a $12.9 million, or 17.2%, increase over the comparable period in 1997.
Minimum rents increased $6.9 million, of which $5.1 million was caused by Tuttle
Crossing and the 1997  acquisitions.  Minimum  rents also  increased  due to the
expansion  at  Biltmore  and  tenant  rollovers.  Expense  recoveries  increased
primarily  due to  Tuttle  Crossing  and the  acquired  Centers.  Other  revenue
increased primarily due to gains on sales of peripheral land.

  Total operating  costs  increased  $12.7 million,  or 19.8%, to $77.0 million.
Recoverable and depreciation and amortization  expenses increased  primarily due
to Tuttle Crossing and the  acquisitions.  Other operating expense increased due
to the acquisitions,  management  expenses,  and professional  fees. General and
administrative  expense  decreased  primarily due to decreases in  compensation,
employee relocation,  and recruiter costs.  Interest expense increased due to an
increase in debt used to finance Tuttle  Crossing,  the acquisition of The Falls
and the  redemption  of a  partner's  interest  in TRG,  partially  offset  by a
decrease in debt paid down with the  proceeds of the October 1997 and April 1998
equity offerings. In addition,  interest expense increased due to an increase in
debt  used to fund  capital  expenditures,  offset  by the  related  capitalized
interest.

  Revenues  and expenses as  presented  in the  preceding  table differ from the
amounts  shown in TRG's  consolidated  statement  of  operations  by the amounts
representing  Memorial City's revenues and expenses,  which are presented in the
preceding table as a net amount.

Unconsolidated Joint Ventures
- -----------------------------

  Total  revenues  for the three  months  ended  September  30,  1998 were $75.9
million, a $13.4 million, or 21.4%, increase from the comparable period of 1997.
The  increase  in minimum  rents and expense  recoveries  was  primarily  due to
Arizona Mills and the expansion at Westfarms.  Minimum rents also  increased due
to tenant  rollovers.  Other revenue  increased by $0.8 million primarily due to
increases in lease cancellation revenue.

  Total operating  costs increased by $11.0 million,  or 26.8%, to $52.0 million
for the three months ended September 30, 1998.  Recoverable and depreciation and
amortization  expenses  increased  primarily due to Arizona Mills and Westfarms.
Other  operating  expense  increased  primarily due to Arizona  Mills.  Interest
expense  increased  primarily due to an increase in debt used to finance Arizona
Mills and the  Westfarms  expansion,  and a  decrease  in  capitalized  interest
related to these two  projects.  Operating  costs as presented in the  preceding
table  differ  from the  amounts  shown in the  combined,  summarized  financial
statements  of the  Unconsolidated  Joint  Ventures  (Note 4 to TRG's  financial
statements) by the amount of intercompany profit.

  As a result of the foregoing,  net income of the Unconsolidated Joint Ventures
increased  by $2.4  million,  or 11.2%,  to $23.9  million.  TRG's equity in net
income of the Unconsolidated  Joint Ventures was $13.8 million, a 13.1% increase
from the comparable period in 1997.

Net Income
- ----------

  As a result of the foregoing,  TRG's income before  extraordinary  and unusual
items  increased  $1.6  million,  or 7.0%, to $24.6 million for the three months
ended  September 30, 1998.  During the third quarter of 1998,  TRG  recognized a
$1.1 billion gain on the GMPT  Exchange and a $10.7  million loss on the related
restructuring,  which  primarily  represented  the cost of  certain  involuntary
terminations of personnel. Also, TRG recognized an extraordinary charge of $49.8
million,  related to debt  extinguished  in  anticipation  of the GMPT Exchange,
consisting  primarily of prepayment  premiums.  After payment of $4.2 million in
preferred  distributions  to the Company,  net income  available to  partnership
unitholders  for the third  quarter of 1998 was $1.1  billion  compared to $23.0
million in 1997.


                                     - 29 -

<PAGE>


Comparison of the Nine Months Ended  September 30, 1998 to the Nine Months Ended
September 30, 1997

  The following  table sets forth operating  results for TRG's Owned  Businesses
for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 and September 30, 1997, showing the
results of the Consolidated Businesses and Unconsolidated Joint Ventures:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Nine Months Ended September 30, 1998          Nine Months Ended September 30, 1997
                                -------------------------------------------   -------------------------------------------
                                         TRG  UNCONSOLIDATED          TOTAL            TRG  UNCONSOLIDATED          TOTAL
                                CONSOLIDATED           JOINT          OWNED   CONSOLIDATED           JOINT          OWNED
                                  BUSINESSES(1)     VENTURES(2)  BUSINESSES     BUSINESSES(1)     VENTURES(2)  BUSINESSES
                                -------------------------------------------   -------------------------------------------
                                                                 (in millions of dollars)
<S>                                    <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
REVENUES:
 Minimum rents                           150.1         135.2          285.3          124.5           112.9          237.3
 Percentage rents                          4.8           2.7            7.4            4.7             2.0            6.7
 Expense recoveries                       82.8          75.1          157.9           68.5            64.6          133.0
 Management, leasing and
  development                              5.8                          5.8            6.5                            6.5
 Other                                    18.2           7.4           25.6           11.2             8.3           19.6
                                         -----         -----          -----          -----           -----          -----
Total revenues                           261.7         220.4          482.1          215.3           187.8          403.2

OPERATING COSTS:
 Recoverable expenses                     71.5          63.7          135.2           57.4            55.3          112.7
 Other operating                          25.3           9.9           35.2           20.3             8.5           28.8
 Management, leasing and
  development                              3.5                          3.5            3.6                            3.6
 General and administrative               18.7                         18.7           18.7                           18.7
 Interest expense                         66.7          54.0          120.7           54.0            38.9           92.9
 Depreciation and amortization            42.6          24.3           66.9           31.2            16.3           47.5
                                         -----         -----          -----          -----           -----          -----
Total operating costs                    228.3         151.9          380.2          185.1           118.9          304.1
Net results of Memorial City (1)          (0.8)                        (0.8)          (0.3)                          (0.3)
                                         -----         -----          -----          -----           -----          -----
                                          32.6          68.5          101.1           29.9            68.9           98.8
                                                       =====          =====                          =====          =====

Equity in income before
 extraordinary item of 
 Unconsolidated Joint Ventures            38.3                                        38.9
                                         -----                                       -----
Income before extraordinary
 and unusual items                        70.9                                        68.8
Gain on GMPT Exchange                  1,090.2
Restructuring loss                       (10.7)
                                       -------                                       -----
Income before extraordinary items      1,150.4                                        68.8
Extraordinary items                      (50.8)
                                       -------                                       -----
Net income                             1,099.6                                        68.8
Preferred distributions to TCO           (12.5)
                                       -------                                       -----
Net income available to unitholders    1,087.2                                        68.8
                                       =======                                       =====


SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION (3):
EBITDA contribution                      142.1          79.9          222.0          115.3            68.5          183.8
TRG's Beneficial Interest Expense        (66.7)        (28.7)         (95.4)         (54.0)          (20.7)         (74.7)
Non-real estate depreciation              (1.6)                        (1.6)          (1.6)                          (1.6)
Preferred distributions to TCO           (12.5)                       (12.5)
                                         -----         -----          -----          -----           -----          -----
Distributable Cash Flow contribution      61.4          51.2          112.6           59.7            47.8          107.5
                                         =====         =====          =====          =====           =====          =====

(1)  The results of operations of Memorial City are presented net in this table.
     TRG expects that Memorial City's net operating  income will approximate the
     ground rent payable under the lease for the immediate future.
(2)  With the exception of the Supplemental Information,  amounts represent 100%
     of the  Unconsolidated  Joint  Ventures.  Amounts  are net of  intercompany
     profits.  The  Unconsolidated  Joint  Ventures are  accounted for under the
     equity method in TRG's Consolidated Financial Statements.
(3)  EBITDA,  TRG's Beneficial  Interest Expense and Distributable Cash Flow are
     defined and discussed in Liquidity and Capital Resources - Distributions.
(4)  Amounts in the table may not add due to rounding.
(5)  Certain   1997  amounts   have  been   reclassified   to  conform  to  1998
     classifications.
</TABLE>


                                     - 30 -
<PAGE>



TRG --Consolidated Businesses
- -----------------------------

  Total  revenues  for the nine  months  ended  September  30,  1998 were $261.7
million, a $46.4 million, or 21.6%, increase over the comparable period in 1997.
Minimum  rents  increased  $25.6  million,  of which $21.5 million was caused by
Tuttle Crossing and the 1997  acquisitions.  Minimum rents also increased due to
the expansion at Biltmore and tenant  rollovers.  Expense  recoveries  increased
primarily  due to  Tuttle  Crossing  and the  acquired  Centers.  Other  revenue
increased  primarily due to an increase in lease cancellation  revenue and gains
on sales of peripheral land.

  Total operating  costs  increased $43.2 million,  or 23.3%, to $228.3 million.
Recoverable,   other  operating,  and  depreciation  and  amortization  expenses
increased primarily due to Tuttle Crossing and the acquisitions. Other operating
expense also increased due to professional fees and management expense.  General
and administrative  expense remained consistent between periods,  with increases
in compensation  attributable to the phase-in of the long-term compensation plan
being offset by decreases in employee  relocation and recruiter costs.  Interest
expense  increased due to an increase in debt used to finance  Tuttle  Crossing,
the acquisition of The Falls and the redemption of a partner's  interest in TRG,
partially  offset by a  decrease  in debt paid  down  with the  proceeds  of the
October  1997 and April 1998 equity  offerings.  In addition,  interest  expense
increased due to an increase in debt used to fund capital  expenditures,  offset
by the related capitalized interest.

  Revenues  and expenses as  presented  in the  preceding  table differ from the
amounts  shown in TRG's  consolidated  statement  of  operations  by the amounts
representing  Memorial City's revenues and expenses,  which are presented in the
preceding table as a net amount.

Unconsolidated Joint Ventures
- -----------------------------

  Total  revenues  for the nine  months  ended  September  30,  1998 were $220.4
million, a $32.6 million, or 17.4%, increase from the comparable period of 1997.
The  increase  in minimum  rents and expense  recoveries  was  primarily  due to
Arizona Mills and the expansion at Westfarms.  Minimum rents also  increased due
to tenant rollovers.  Other revenue decreased by $0.9 million primarily due to a
decrease in gains on peripheral land sales,  partially  offset by an increase in
lease cancellation revenue.

  Total operating costs increased by $33.0 million,  or 27.8%, to $151.9 million
for the nine months ended September 30, 1998.  Recoverable and  depreciation and
amortization  expenses  increased  primarily due to Arizona Mills and Westfarms.
Other  operating  expense  increased  primarily due to Arizona  Mills.  Interest
expense  increased  primarily due to an increase in debt used to finance Arizona
Mills and the  Westfarms  expansion,  and a  decrease  in  capitalized  interest
related to these two  projects.  Operating  costs as presented in the  preceding
table  differ  from the  amounts  shown in the  combined,  summarized  financial
statements  of the  Unconsolidated  Joint  Ventures  (Note 4 to TRG's  financial
statements) by the amount of intercompany profit.

  As a  result  of  the  foregoing,  income  before  extraordinary  item  of the
Unconsolidated  Joint  Ventures  decreased by $0.4  million,  or 0.6%,  to $68.5
million.  TRG's equity in income before extraordinary item of the Unconsolidated
Joint Ventures was $38.3 million,  a 1.5% decrease from the comparable period in
1997.


                                     - 31 -

<PAGE>



Net Income
- ----------

  As a result of the foregoing,  TRG's income before  extraordinary  and unusual
items  increased  $2.1  million,  or 3.1%,  to $70.9 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 1998. During the first nine months of 1998, TRG recognized a
$1.1 billion gain on the GMPT  Exchange and a $10.7  million loss on the related
restructuring,  which  primarily  represented  the cost of  certain  involuntary
terminations of personnel.  Also, TRG recognized  $50.8 million in extraordinary
charges related to the  extinguishment  of debt,  including debt extinguished in
anticipation of the GMPT Exchange,  primarily consisting of prepayment premiums.
After payment of $12.5 million in preferred  distributions  to the Company,  net
income available to partnership  unitholders for the nine months ended September
30, 1998 was $1.1 billion compared to $68.8 million for the comparable period in
1997.


                                     - 32 -

<PAGE>



Liquidity and Capital Resources

Taubman Centers, Inc.

  On  September  30,  1998,  the  Company  obtained a majority  and  controlling
interest  in TRG as a  result  of  the  GMPT  Exchange  (Results  of  Operations
- --TRG--1998  Transactions  above). As of that date the Company  consolidated the
accounts of TRG in the Company's  financial  statements.  Prior to that date the
Company   accounted  for  its   investment  in  TRG  under  the  equity  method.
Consequently,  the  Company's and TRG's cash flows for the three and nine months
ended September 30, 1998 are discussed separately.

  In April 1998, the Company sold approximately 2.0 million shares of its common
stock at $13.1875 per share,  before deducting the  underwriting  commission and
expenses of the offering,  under the Company's shelf registration statement. The
Company used the proceeds to acquire an additional  equity  interest in TRG. TRG
paid all costs of the offering.  TRG used the net proceeds of approximately  $25
million for general partnership purposes.

  In October  1997,  the Company  issued eight  million  shares of 8.3% Series A
Preferred  Stock under its equity shelf  registration  statement.  Dividends are
payable  in  arrears on or before  the last day of each  calendar  quarter.  The
Company used the proceeds to acquire a Series A Preferred Equity interest in TRG
that entitles the Company to distributions (in the form of guaranteed  payments)
in amounts  equal to the dividends  payable on the Company's  Series A Preferred
Stock.

  As of September 30, 1998, the Company had a consolidated cash balance of $33.8
million.  As of  September  30, 1998,  the Company had 52.9 million  outstanding
shares of common stock compared to 50.8 million at September 30, 1997.

  During  the  first  nine  months  of  1998  and  1997,  the  Company  received
distributions  from its  partnership  interest in TRG of $37.3 million and $35.2
million,   respectively.    Additionally,   the   Company   received   preferred
distributions from TRG of $12.5 million in 1998.

  The Company  pays  regular  quarterly  dividends  to its common and  preferred
shareowners.  The  principal  factor  affecting  the  Company's  ability  to pay
dividends is the receipt of distributions  from TRG. The Company's  dividends to
its common  shareowners  are at the  discretion  of the Board of  Directors  and
depend on the cash available to the Company,  its financial  condition,  capital
and other  requirements,  and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems
relevant.  Preferred  dividends  accrue  regardless  of whether  earnings,  cash
availability, or contractual obligations were to prohibit the current payment of
dividends. Because of the Company's controlling interest in TRG, the Company now
has control  over TRG's  distribution  policies;  however  the Company  does not
currently  anticipate a material  change in TRG's  distribution  policies or the
Company's corresponding dividend policy (TRG -- Distributions).

  On September 8, 1998, the Company declared a quarterly  dividend of $0.235 per
common share payable  October 20, 1998 to shareowners of record on September 30,
1998. The Board of Directors also declared a quarterly  dividend of $0.51875 per
share on the Company's 8.3% Series A Preferred Stock for the quarterly  dividend
period  ended  September  30,  1998,  which was paid on  September  30,  1998 to
shareowners of record on September 18, 1998.

  The Company is presently  determining  the effect of the GMPT Exchange and the
related  refinancing  and  restructuring  on the tax  status of its  common  and
preferred dividends.


                                     - 33 -

<PAGE>



TRG

  In anticipation of the GMPT Exchange,  TRG used the $1.2 billion proceeds from
two bridge loans  bearing  interest at one-month  LIBOR plus 1.30% to extinguish
approximately $1.1 billion of debt, including  substantially all of TRG's public
unsecured debt, its outstanding commercial paper, and borrowings on its existing
lines of credit.  The remaining  proceeds were used  primarily to pay prepayment
premiums and transaction costs.


  The balance of the first  bridge  loan of $902  million was assumed by GMPT at
the time of the GMPT Exchange.  The second loan had a balance of $310 million at
September 30, 1998. This loan has a maximum  borrowing  capacity of $430 million
and  expires in June 1999.  TRG expects to  refinance  the balance on the bridge
loan  during  the first  half of 1999.  Additionally,  TRG has  obtained  a $200
million line of credit, replacing TRG's previous revolving credit and commercial
paper facilities. The line of credit expires in September 2001.

  TRG also has available an unsecured  bank line of credit of up to $40 million.
The line had no  outstanding  borrowings as of September 30, 1998 and expires in
August 1999.

  Proceeds from other borrowings and equity issuances of $373.4 million provided
funding  for the first nine  months of 1998  (including  $77.7  million  for the
redemption  of 6.1  million  units of  partnership  interest  in  January  1998)
compared to $244.4 million in the comparable  period of 1997  (including  $123.9
million for the acquisition of Regency Square in September 1997).  Additionally,
the  proceeds  were  used  to fund  capital  expenditures  for the  Consolidated
Businesses and contributions to  Unconsolidated  Joint Ventures for construction
costs.

  In March  1998,  a 50% owned  Unconsolidated  Joint  Venture  completed a $140
million, 6.60% secured financing maturing in 2008. The net proceeds were used to
extinguish  an  existing  mortgage  of  approximately  $39  million  and  pay  a
prepayment penalty of approximately $1.8 million. In addition,  proceeds of $5.6
million were used to close out a treasury lock  agreement  entered into in 1997,
which  resulted in an effective rate on the financing of  approximately  7%. The
remaining proceeds were distributed to the owners. TRG used its 50% share of the
distribution to pay down its revolving credit facilities.

  At September 30, 1998,  TRG's debt and its beneficial  interest in the debt of
its Consolidated and Unconsolidated  Joint Ventures totaled $1,094.7 million. As
shown in the following table, $299.0 million of this debt was floating rate debt
that  remained  unhedged at  September  30,  1998.  Interest  rates shown do not
include  amortization  of debt issuance  costs and interest rate hedging  costs.
These items are reported as interest expense in TRG's results of operations.  In
the  aggregate,  these costs added  0.49% to the  effective  rate of interest on
TRG's  beneficial  interest in debt at  September  30,  1998.  Included in TRG's
beneficial  interest  in debt is debt  used to fund  development  and  expansion
costs.  TRG's  beneficial   interest  in  assets  on  which  interest  is  being
capitalized  totaled $334.5 million as of September 30, 1998.  TRG's  beneficial
interest in  capitalized  interest  was $5.2  million and $12.6  million for the
three and nine months ended September 30, 1998, respectively.


                                     - 34 -

<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Beneficial Interest in Debt
                                 -------------------------------------------------------
                                 Amount         Interest   LIBOR     Frequency   LIBOR
                                 (In millions   Rate at    Cap       of Rate     at
                                 of dollars)    9/30/98    Rate      Resets      9/30/98
                                 ----------     -------    ----      ------      -------
<S>                                 <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>
Total beneficial interest
 in fixed rate debt                   408.9     8.01%(1)

Floating rate debt hedged
 via interest rate caps:
  Through July 1999                    65.0     6.41       7.00      Monthly     5.38
  Through December 1999               200.0     6.79(1)    9.50(2)   Monthly     5.38
  Through October 2001                 25.0     6.04       8.55      Monthly     5.38
  Through January 2002                 53.4     6.88(1)    9.50      Monthly     5.38
  Through July 2002                    43.4     7.07       6.50      Monthly     5.38
Other floating rate debt              299.0     6.79(1)
                                    -------

Total beneficial interest in debt   1,094.7     7.22(1)
                                    =======

(1) Denotes weighted average interest rate.
(2) Rate reduces to 7.0% in December 1998.
</TABLE>

  In September  1998, TRG entered into treasury lock  agreements with a notional
amount of $200 million at approximately 5%, plus credit spread. In October 1998,
TRG  effectively  closed out its  position  in the  treasury  locks at a cost of
approximately $4 million.

  TRG's loan and facility  agreements  contain  various  restrictive  covenants,
including  minimum debt service and fixed  charges  coverage  ratios,  a maximum
payout ratio on distributions,  and a minimum debt yield ratio, the latter being
the most restrictive. TRG is in compliance with all of such covenants.

Distributions

  A principal factor that TRG considers in determining distributions to partners
is TRG's  Distributable  Cash  Flow,  which is  defined  as  EBITDA  less  TRG's
Beneficial Interest Expense, non-real estate depreciation and amortization,  and
preferred   distributions.   Capital  structure,   in  addition  to  operations,
influences this measure of performance.  TRG defines EBITDA as TRG's  beneficial
interest in (or pro rata share of ) the revenues,  less  operating  costs before
interest,  depreciation  and  amortization,  and  unusual  items  of  the  Owned
Businesses.  The  Company  calculates  its Funds from  Operations  by adding the
Company's  beneficial interest in TRG's Distributable Cash Flow to the Company's
other income, less the Company's operating expenses. EBITDA,  Distributable Cash
Flow and Funds from Operations do not represent cash flows from  operations,  as
defined  by  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,   and  should  not  be
considered  to be an  alternative  to net income as an  indicator  of  operating
performance or to cash flows from operations as a measure of liquidity. However,
the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts (NAREIT) suggests that
Funds from Operations is a useful supplemental measure of operating  performance
for REITs.


                                     - 35 -

<PAGE>



  The following table summarizes TRG's Distributable Cash Flow and the Company's
Funds from Operations for the three months ended September 30, 1998 and 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    Three months ended                          Three months ended
                                                    September 30, 1998                          September 30, 1997
                                        -----------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
                                                 TRG  Unconsolidated                         TRG  Unconsolidated
                                        Consolidated           Joint                Consolidated           Joint
                                          Businesses        Ventures(1)     Total     Businesses        Ventures(1)    Total
                                        -----------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
                                                                       (in millions of dollars)

<S>                                            <C>            <C>          <C>             <C>             <C>         <C>
TRG's Net Income(2)                                                        1,054.3                                      23.0
Extraordinary item (3)                                                        49.8
Net gain on GMPT Exchange and
  restructuring charge                                                    (1,079.5)
Depreciation and Amortization(4)                                              19.2                                      14.5
TRG's Beneficial Interest Expense                                             31.9                                      26.9
                                                                             -----                                     -----
EBITDA                                          47.7           28.0           75.7          41.3            23.2        64.5
TRG's Beneficial Interest Expense              (22.1)          (9.8)         (31.9)        (19.4)           (7.5)      (26.9)
Non-real estate depreciation                    (0.5)                         (0.5)         (0.5)                       (0.5)
Preferred distributions to TCO                  (4.2)                         (4.2)
                                               -----          -----          -----         -----           -----       -----
Distributable Cash Flow                         20.9           18.2           39.1          21.4            15.7        37.1
                                               =====          =====          =====         =====           =====       =====

The Company's share of
 Distributable Cash Flow                                                      15.5                                      13.6
Other income/ expenses, net                                                   (0.1)                                     (0.2)
                                                                             -----                                     -----
Funds from Operations                                                         15.3                                      13.4
                                                                             =====                                     =====

(1)  Amounts  represent  TRG's  beneficial  interest  in the  operations  of its
     Unconsolidated Joint Ventures.
(2)  Includes  TRG's  share of gains on  peripheral  land sales of $2.9 and $0.6
     million for the three months ended September 30, 1998 and 1997.
(3)  Extraordinary  charge  related  to the  extinguishment  of debt,  primarily
     consisting of prepayment premiums.
(4)  Includes   $1.1  million  and  $1.0   million  of  mall  tenant   allowance
     amortization in the third quarter of 1998 and 1997, respectively.
(5)  Amounts may not add due to rounding.
</TABLE>

  The following table summarizes TRG's Distributable Cash Flow and the Company's
Funds from Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 and 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     Nine months ended                           Nine months ended
                                                    September 30, 1998                          September 30, 1997
                                        -----------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
                                                 TRG  Unconsolidated                         TRG  Unconsolidated
                                        Consolidated           Joint                Consolidated           Joint
                                          Businesses        Ventures(1)     Total     Businesses        Ventures(1)    Total
                                        -----------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
                                                                       (in millions of dollars)

<S>                                            <C>            <C>          <C>             <C>             <C>         <C>
TRG's Net Income(2)                                                        1,099.6                                      68.8
Extraordinary items(3)                                                        50.8
Net gain on GMPT Exchange and
  restructuring charge                                                    (1,079.5)
Depreciation and Amortization(4)                                              55.7                                      40.3
TRG's Beneficial Interest Expense                                             95.4                                      74.7
                                                                             -----                                     -----
EBITDA                                         142.1           79.9          222.0         115.3            68.5       183.8
TRG's Beneficial Interest Expense              (66.7)         (28.7)         (95.4)        (54.0)          (20.7)      (74.7)
Non-real estate depreciation                    (1.6)                         (1.6)         (1.6)                       (1.6)
Preferred distributions to TCO                 (12.5)                        (12.5)
                                               -----          -----          -----         -----           -----       -----
Distributable Cash Flow                         61.4           51.2          112.6          59.7            47.8       107.5
                                               =====          =====          =====         =====           =====       =====

The Company's share of
 Distributable Cash Flow                                                      43.9                                      39.4
Other income/ expenses, net                                                   (0.5)                                     (0.6)
                                                                             -----                                     -----
Funds from Operations                                                         43.4                                      38.9
                                                                             =====                                     =====

(1)  Amounts  represent  TRG's  beneficial  interest  in the  operations  of its
     Unconsolidated Joint Ventures.
(2)  Includes TRG's share of gains on peripheral  land sales of $3.3 million and
     $2.5  million  for the nine  months  ended  September  30,  1998 and  1997,
     respectively.
(3)  Extraordinary  charges  related to the  extinguishment  of debt,  primarily
     consisting of prepayment premiums.
(4)  Includes   $3.3  million  and  $2.8   million  of  mall  tenant   allowance
     amortization  for the nine  months  ended  September  30,  1998  and  1997,
     respectively.
(5)  Amounts may not add due to rounding.
</TABLE>


                                     - 36 -

<PAGE>



  For the third quarter of 1998, EBITDA and  Distributable  Cash Flow were $75.7
million and $39.1  million,  compared to $64.5 million and $37.1 million for the
same  period  in  1997.  In  addition  to $4.2  million  representing  preferred
distributions to the Company on TRG's Series A Preferred Equity, TRG distributed
$32.1  million to its partners in both the third  quarter of 1998 and 1997.  The
Company's Funds from Operations for the third quarter of 1998 was $15.3 million,
compared to $13.4 million for the same period in 1997.

  During the first nine months of 1998, EBITDA and Distributable  Cash Flow were
$222.0 million and $112.6 million, compared to $183.8 million and $107.5 million
for the  same  period  in  1997.  In  addition  to $12.5  million  in  preferred
distributions to the Company, TRG distributed $95.7 million and $96.1 million to
its  partners  in the nine month  periods  ended  September  30,  1998 and 1997,
respectively.  The Company's  Funds from  Operations for 1998 was $43.4 million,
compared to $38.9 million for the same period in 1997.

  The  annual  determination  of TRG's  distributions  is  based on  anticipated
Distributable  Cash Flow available after preferred  distributions to the Company
on TRG's  Series A Preferred  Equity,  as well as financing  considerations  and
other appropriate  factors.  Further, the Company has decided that the growth in
distributions  will be less than the growth in  Distributable  Cash Flow for the
immediate future.

  Except under unusual  circumstances,  TRG's  practice is to  distribute  equal
monthly  installments of the determined  amount of distributions  throughout the
year.  Due  to  seasonality  and  the  fact  that  cash  available  to  TRG  for
distributions  may be  more  or less  than  net  cash  provided  from  operating
activities  plus  distributions  from Joint  Ventures  during the year,  TRG may
borrow  from  unused  credit  facilities  (described  in  Liquidity  and Capital
Resources -- TRG above).

  Each Joint Venture may make distributions only in accordance with the terms of
its partnership agreement. TRG, in general, acts as the managing partner and has
the right to determine the amount of cash  available for  distribution  from the
Joint  Venture.  In general,  the  provisions  of these  agreements  require the
distribution of all available cash (as defined in each  partnership  agreement),
but most do not allow borrowing to finance distributions without approval of the
Joint Venture Partner.

  As a result,  distribution  policies of many Joint  Ventures will not parallel
those of TRG.  While TRG may not,  therefore,  receive as much in  distributions
from each Joint Venture as it intends to  distribute  with respect to that Joint
Venture,   the  Company  does  not  believe  this  will  impede  TRG's  intended
distribution  policy  because  of TRG's  overall  access  to  liquid  resources,
including borrowing capacity.

  Any inability of TRG or its Joint Ventures to secure  financing as required to
fund  maturing  debts,  capital  expenditures  and  changes in working  capital,
including development activities and expansions,  may require the utilization of
cash to satisfy such  obligations,  thereby possibly  reducing  distributions to
partners of TRG and funds available to the Company for the payment of dividends.


                                     - 37 -

<PAGE>



Capital Spending

  Capital  spending for routine  maintenance of the Taubman  Shopping Centers is
generally recovered from tenants. The following table summarizes planned capital
spending,  which is not  recovered  from  tenants and  assuming no  acquisitions
during 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           1998
                               --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           TRG's Share of
                                                   Unconsolidated     Consolidated Businesses
                               Consolidated             Joint            and Unconsolidated
                                 Businesses           Ventures(1)         Joint Ventures(1)(2)
                               --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                (in millions of dollars)
<S>                                <C>                <C>                    <C>
Development, renovation,
  and expansion                    285.7(3)            98.9(4)               259.2
Mall tenant allowances               7.9                7.3                   11.7
Pre-construction development
  and other                         54.5                2.6                   55.7
                                   -----              -----                  -----
Total                              348.1              108.8                  326.6
                                   =====              =====                  =====

(1)  Costs are net of intercompany profits.
(2)  Includes TRG's share of construction costs for Great Lakes Crossing (an 80%
     owned   consolidated   joint  venture),   MacArthur  Center  (a  70%  owned
     consolidated  joint  venture),  and  Tampa  International  (a  50.1%  owned
     consolidated joint venture).
(3)  Includes costs related to MacArthur Center,  Great Lakes Crossing and Tampa
     International.
(4)  Includes costs related to the expansion project at Cherry Creek.
</TABLE>

  At Cherry Creek,  an ongoing  expansion  includes a newly  constructed  Lord &
Taylor store,  which opened in November  1997,  and the addition of 132 thousand
square feet of mall GLA,  which began opening in stages in August and continuing
throughout the fall of 1998. The expansion is expected to cost approximately $50
million. TRG has a 50% ownership interest in Cherry Creek.

  Great Lakes Crossing, an enclosed value super-regional mall being developed by
TRG in Auburn Hills,  Michigan,  will open in November  1998. The Center will be
1.4 million  square feet and its 11 anchors will include Bass Pro Shops  Outdoor
World, Neiman Marcus Last Call Clearance Center, JCPenney Outlet Store, Oshman's
SuperSports USA, and a 25-screen 100,000 square foot Star Theatre megaplex. This
Center is presently  owned by a joint venture in which TRG has a controlling 80%
interest and is projected to cost approximately $215 million.

  MacArthur  Center, a new Center under  construction in Norfolk,  Virginia,  is
expected  to open in March  1999.  The 930  thousand  square  foot  Center  will
initially be anchored by Nordstrom and Dillard's. This Center will be owned by a
joint  venture in which TRG has a 70%  controlling  interest and is projected to
cost approximately $150 million.

  Tampa  International,  a new Center located in Tampa,  Florida, is expected to
begin  construction  in the fourth quarter of 1998 and open in the fall of 2001.
The Center is expected to open with 1.2 million square feet and will be anchored
by Nordstrom,  Lord & Taylor and Neiman  Marcus.  This Center will be owned by a
joint  venture  in which  TRG will  have a  controlling  50.1%  interest  and is
projected to cost approximately $265 million.

  In 1996,  TRG entered  into an agreement  to lease  Memorial  City Mall, a 1.4
million square foot shopping center located in Houston,  Texas. Memorial City is
anchored by Sears, Foley's,  Montgomery Ward and Mervyn's. TRG has the option to
terminate  the  lease  after the third  full  year by paying $2  million  to the
lessor.   TRG  is  using  this  option  period  to  evaluate  the  redevelopment
opportunities  of the  Center.  Under the terms of the lease,  TRG has agreed to
invest a minimum of $3  million  during the three  year  option  period.  If the
redevelopment  proceeds,  TRG is required to invest an additional $22 million in
property  expenditures not recoverable from tenants during the first 10 years of
the lease term.


                                     - 38 -

<PAGE>



  TRG and The  Mills  Corporation  have  formed an  alliance  to  develop  value
super-regional  projects in major metropolitan  markets.  The ten-year agreement
calls for the two  companies to jointly  develop and own at least seven of these
centers, each representing approximately $200 million of capital investment. The
initial  scope of the  arrangement  will  include  joint  ventures  in  projects
currently  under  development by TRG in Detroit (Great Lakes Crossing) and Mills
in Houston as well as proposed  projects in Philadelphia and Boston. A number of
other locations across the nation are targeted for future initiatives.

  TRG anticipates that its share of costs for development  projects scheduled to
be completed in 1999 will be as much as $71 million in 1999.  TRG's estimates of
1998 and 1999 capital spending  include only projects  approved by the Company's
board of  directors  and,  consequently,  TRG's  estimates  will  change  as new
projects  are  approved.  Currently,  TRG  expects to open on  average  one $175
million to $200 million  shopping center each year.  TRG's  estimates  regarding
capital expenditures presented above are forward-looking  statements and certain
significant  factors  could  cause the  actual  results  to  differ  materially,
including but not limited to: 1) actual  results of  negotiations  with anchors,
tenants and contractors; 2) changes in the scope and number of projects; 3) cost
overruns; 4) timing of expenditures; 5) financing considerations;  and 6) actual
time to complete projects.

Year 2000 Matters

  The approach of the calendar  year 2000 (Year 2000)  presents  issues for many
financial,  information, and operational systems that may not properly recognize
the Year 2000. The Company has developed a high-level  plan to address the risks
posed by the Year 2000 issue,  covering affected  application and infrastructure
systems.  Affected  systems include both  informational  (such as accounting and
payroll)  and  operational  (such as  elevators,  security  and  lighting).  The
Company's plan also addresses the effect of third parties with which it conducts
business,  including tenants, vendors,  contractors,  creditors, and others. The
Company has completed the assessment,  inventory and planning phases of its plan
and has determined that the majority of the Company's  internal  systems and all
of its mission critical systems are already Year 2000 compliant. The Company has
requested  information  and is  obtaining  commitments  from  tenants,  vendors,
suppliers  and business  partners  and is  developing  alternative  solutions to
minimize the impact on the Company in the event they do not meet their Year 2000
commitments.

  The  Company  expects to  remediate  any  remaining  issues  encountered  with
application  and  infrastructure  systems  through repair and/or  replacement by
early 1999; the estimated  costs of addressing this issue are not expected to be
material to 1998 or 1999 operations.  The Company will also continue  monitoring
the progress of material  third parties'  responses to the Year 2000 issue.  The
Company  believes  that its most  likely  exposure  will be the failure of third
parties  in  comprehensively  addressing  the  issue.  For  example,  failure of
tenants'  information  systems could delay the payment of rents.  The Company is
developing  contingency  plans in response  to such  exposure,  as  appropriate.
Failure by the Company or those with which it conducts  business to successfully
respond  to the Year  2000  issue  may have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
Company.

Cash Tender Agreement

  A.  Alfred  Taubman  has the annual  right to tender to the  Company  units of
partnership  interest in TRG (provided that the aggregate  value is at least $50
million) and cause the Company to purchase the tendered  interests at a purchase
price based on a market valuation of the Company on the trading date immediately
preceding  the date of the tender  (the Cash  Tender  Agreement).  At A.  Alfred
Taubman's  election,  his  family,  and  Robert C.  Larson  and his  family  may
participate  in  tenders.  The  Company  will  have the  option to pay for these
interests  from  available  cash,  borrowed  funds,  or from the  proceeds of an
offering of the  Company's  common  stock.  Generally,  the  Company  expects to
finance  these  purchases  through  the sale of new  shares  of its  stock.  The
tendering  partner  will bear all market risk if the market  price at closing is
less than the  purchase  price and will bear the costs of sale.  Any proceeds of
the offering in excess of the purchase price will be for the sole benefit of the
Company.


                                     - 39 -

<PAGE>



  Based on a market value at September 30, 1998 of $14.00 per common share,  the
aggregate  value of interests in TRG that may be tendered  under the Cash Tender
Agreement was  approximately  $333 million.  The purchase of these  interests at
September 30, 1998 would have resulted in the Company  owning an additional  28%
interest in TRG.

Capital Resources

  The  Company  believes  that its net cash  provided by  operating  activities,
distributions  from the Joint  Ventures,  the  unutilized  portion of its credit
facilities,  and its  ability  to access  the credit  markets,  assure  adequate
liquidity to conduct its  operations in  accordance  with its  distribution  and
financing  policies.  TRG's  borrowings  are not and will not be recourse to the
Company without its consent.


                                     - 40 -

<PAGE>



                                    PART II

                                OTHER INFORMATION

Item 6.  Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K

         a) Exhibits

           3 (a)  -- Restated Articles of Incorporation of Taubman Centers, Inc.

           3 (b)  -- Restated By-Laws of Taubman Centers, Inc.

           4      -- Revolving  Credit Agreement  dated as of September 21, 1998
                     among The  Taubman Realty  Group  Limited  Partnership,  as
                     Borrower, UBS AG, New  York Branch, as a  Bank and UBS  AG,
                     New York Branch, as Administrative Agent.

           10     -- The  Second  Amendment  and  Restatement  of  Agreement  of
                     Limited Partnership  of the  Taubman Realty  Group  Limited
                     Partnership dated September 30, 1998.

           12 (a) -- Statement Re: Computation of Taubman Centers, Inc. Ratio of
                     Earnings to Preferred Stock Dividends.

           12 (b) -- Statement Re: Computation  of TRG's Ratios  of  Earnings to
                     Fixed Charges and Preferred Distributions.

           27     -- Financial Data Schedule.

         b) Current Reports on Form 8-K.

             The Company  voluntarily  filed a current  report on Form 8-K dated
          September  30,  1998  to  report  a  press  release  announcing  TRG's
          completion of the  redemption of the General  Motors  Pension  Trusts'
          holding in TRG.

             The Company  voluntarily  filed a current  report on Form 8-K dated
          August  20,  1998  to make  available  information  regarding  certain
          current  developments  in the  form of a press  release  and  investor
          supplements.


                                     - 41 -

<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES


  Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  the
Registrant has caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned
thereunto duly authorized.


                                                TAUBMAN CENTERS, INC.



Date:    November 16, 1998                      By: /s/ Lisa A. Payne
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                    Lisa A. Payne
                                                    Executive Vice President and
                                                    Chief Financial Officer


<PAGE>



                                  EXHIBIT INDEX



         Exhibit
         Number
         ------


           3 (a)  -- Restated Articles of Incorporation of Taubman Centers, Inc.

           3 (b)  -- Restated By-Laws of Taubman Centers, Inc.

           4      -- Revolving  Credit Agreement  dated as of September 21, 1998
                     among The  Taubman Realty  Group  Limited  Partnership,  as
                     Borrower, UBS AG, New  York Branch, as a  Bank and UBS  AG,
                     New York Branch, as Administrative Agent.

           10     -- The  Second  Amendment  and  Restatement  of  Agreement  of
                     Limited Partnership  of the  Taubman Realty  Group  Limited
                     Partnership dated September 30, 1998.

           12 (a) -- Statement Re: Computation of Taubman Centers, Inc. Ratio of
                     Earnings to Preferred Stock Dividends.

           12 (b) -- Statement Re: Computation  of TRG's Ratios  of  Earnings to
                     Fixed Charges and Preferred Distributions.

           27     -- Financial Data Schedule.







                       RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                              TAUBMAN CENTERS, INC.

          1.   These Restated  Articles of Incorporation  are executed on behalf
               of Taubman  Centers,  Inc.  (the  "Corporation")  pursuant to the
               provisions  of Section 643 of the Michigan  Business  Corporation
               Act (the "Act").

          2.   The present name of the Corporation is: Taubman Centers, Inc.

          3.   The  corporation  identification  number  (CID)  assigned  by the
               Bureau is: 011-602.

          4.   Except for the  Corporation=s  present name, the  Corporation has
               not used any name other than Taubman Realty, Inc.

          5.   The date of filing the  original  articles of  incorporation  was
               November 21, 1973.

          6.   These Restated Articles of Incorporation were duly adopted by the
               Board of  Directors of the  Corporation  in  accordance  with the
               provisions of Section 641(4) of the Act.

          7.   The following Restated Articles of Incorporation only restate and
               integrate  (and do not further  amend) the  Corporation's  Second
               Amended and Restated  Articles of  Incorporation,  as  previously
               amended.  There is no material discrepancy between the provisions
               of the  Corporation's  Second  Amended and  Restated  Articles of
               Incorporation, as amended, and the following Restated Articles of
               Incorporation  (referred to below as "these  Amended and Restated
               Articles of Incorporation").

                                    ARTICLE I
                                      Name

      The name of the Corporation is:  Taubman Centers, Inc.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                     Purpose

      The purpose for which the Corporation is organized is to:

          1.   own,  hold,  develop  and  dispose  of and  invest in any type of
               retail real property or mixed use real  property  having a retail
               component  of  significant  value in relation to the value of the
               entire  mixed  use real  property,  including  any  entity  whose
               material assets include such real properties  including,  but not
               limited to,  partnership  interests  in The Taubman  Realty Group
               Limited  Partnership,  a Delaware  limited  partnership,  and any
               successor thereto ("TRG");

          2.   act as managing general partner of TRG; 

          3.   at such  time,  if ever,  as TRG  distributes  its  assets to its
               partners,  own, hold, manage,  develop and dispose of said assets
               and in all other respects, carry on the business of TRG;

          4.   qualify as a REIT (as hereinafter defined); and

          5.   engage in any other lawful act or activity for which corporations
               may be organized under the Michigan  Business  Corporation Act in
               addition to any of the  foregoing  purposes,  that is  consistent
               with the Corporation's qualification as a REIT.


                                        1

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE III
                                     Capital

      1.    Classes and Number of Shares.

      The total  number of shares of all  classes of stock that the  Corporation
shall  have  authority  to issue is  300,000,000  shares.  The  classes  and the
aggregate number of shares of stock of each class are as follows:

            250,000,000  shares of Common Stock,  par value $0.01 per share (the
      "Common  Stock"),  which shall have the rights and  limitations  set forth
      below.

            50,000,000 shares of preferred stock (the "Preferred Stock"),  which
      may  be  issued  in  one or  more  series  having  such  relative  rights,
      preferences,  priorities, privileges, restrictions, and limitations as the
      Board of Directors may determine from time to time.

      2. Certain Powers, Rights, and Limitations of Capital Stock.

      (a) Common Stock. Subject to the rights, preferences, and limitations that
the Board of Directors designates with respect to any series of Preferred Stock,
a statement of certain  powers,  rights,  and  limitations  of the shares of the
Common Stock is as follows:

            (i) Dividend Rights. The holders of shares of the Common Stock shall
      be entitled to receive  such  dividends as may be declared by the Board of
      Directors of the Corporation with respect to the Common Stock,  subject to
      the preferential rights of any series of Preferred Stock designated by the
      Corporation's Board of Directors.

            (ii)  Rights  Upon   Liquidation.   Subject  to  the  provisions  of
      Subsection  (e) of this Section 2 of this Article III, in the event of any
      voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of, or any
      distribution of the assets of, the  Corporation,  each holder of shares of
      the Common  Stock shall be entitled  to receive,  ratably  with each other
      holder of shares of the Common  Stock,  that  portion of the assets of the
      Corporation  available for distribution to its holders of shares of Common
      Stock as the  number of shares of the  Common  Stock  held by such  holder
      bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock  (including  shares of
      Common Stock that have become Excess Stock) then outstanding.

      (b) Voting  Rights.  Subject to the  provisions of Subsection  (e) of this
Section 2 of this  Article  III, the holders of shares of the Common Stock shall
be  entitled  to vote on all matters  (for which a common  shareholder  shall be
entitled  to  vote  thereon)  at  all  meetings  of  the   shareholders  of  the
Corporation,  and shall be  entitled  to one vote for each  share of the  Common
Stock  entitled  to  vote  at  such  meeting.  Any  action  to be  taken  by the
shareholders,  other than the  election of  directors  or  adjourning a meeting,
including, but not limited to, the approval of an amendment to these Amended and
Restated  Articles of  Incorporation  (other than an  amendment  by the Board of
Directors to establish the relative rights, preferences, priorities, privileges,
restrictions,  and  limitations of Preferred Stock as provided in Subsection (c)
of this Section 2 of this Article III, which amendment by the Board of Directors
shall require no action to be taken by the shareholders), shall be authorized if
approved by the  affirmative  vote of  two-thirds of the shares of Capital Stock
entitled to vote thereon.  Directors shall be elected if approved by a plurality
of the votes cast at an election.

      (c) Preferred  Stock. The Preferred Stock shall have such relative rights,
preferences,  priorities, privileges, restrictions, and limitations as the Board
of Directors may determine from time to time by one or more  amendments to these
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation.

            (i)  Series A  Preferred  Stock.  Subject  in all cases to the other
      provisions  of this  Section 2 of this  Article  III,  including,  without
      limitation,  those  provisions  restricting  the Beneficial  Ownership and
      Constructive  Ownership  of shares of Capital  Stock and those  provisions
      with respect to Excess Stock,  the following  sets forth the  designation,
      preferences, limitations as to dividends, voting and other rights, and the
      terms  and  conditions  of  redemption  of the  Series A  Preferred  Stock
      (defined below) of the Corporation.


                                        2

<PAGE>



                  (a) There is hereby  established  a series of Preferred  Stock
            designated  "8.30% Series A Cumulative  Redeemable  Preferred Stock,
            par value  $0.01 per share" (the  "Series A Preferred Stock"), which
            shall consist of 8,000,000 authorized shares.

                  (b)  All  shares  of  Series  A  Preferred   Stock   redeemed,
            purchased, exchanged, or otherwise acquired by the Corporation shall
            be  restored  to the status of  authorized  but  unissued  shares of
            Preferred Stock.

                  (c) The  Series A  Preferred  Stock  shall,  with  respect  to
            dividend rights, rights upon liquidation, winding up or dissolution,
            and  redemption  rights,  rank (i)  junior  to any  other  series of
            Preferred Stock hereafter duly established by the Board of Directors
            of the  Corporation,  the terms of which  specifically  provide that
            such series  shall rank prior to the Series A Preferred  Stock as to
            the payment of dividends and distribution of assets upon liquidation
            (the  "Senior  Preferred  Stock"),  (ii) pari  passu  with any other
            series of Preferred Stock hereafter duly established by the Board of
            Directors  of the  Corporation,  the  terms  of  which  specifically
            provide  that such  series  shall  rank pari passu with the Series A
            Preferred  Stock as to the payment of dividends and  distribution of
            assets upon liquidation (the "Parity  Preferred  Stock"),  and (iii)
            prior to any  other  class or series of  Capital  Stock,  including,
            without limitation, the Common Stock of the Corporation, whether now
            existing or hereafter created (collectively, the "Junior Stock").

                  (d) (1) Subject to the rights of any Senior  Preferred  Stock,
            the  holders of the then  outstanding  shares of Series A  Preferred
            Stock  shall be entitled  to  receive,  as and when  declared by the
            Board of Directors,  out of funds legally  available for the payment
            of dividends,  cumulative  preferential cash dividends at the annual
            rate of 8.30% of the $25.00 per share liquidation  preference (i.e.,
            $2.075 per annum per  share).  Such  dividends  shall  accrue and be
            cumulative  from the date of original  issue and shall be payable in
            equal quarterly amounts in arrears on or before the last day of each
            March,  June,  September,  and  December  or,  if such  day is not a
            business day, the next  succeeding  business day (each,  a "Dividend
            Payment  Date") (for the purposes of this  Subparagraph  (1) of this
            Paragraph  (d), a "business  day" is any day, other than a Saturday,
            Sunday, or legal holiday, on which banks in Detroit,  Michigan,  are
            open for  business).  The  first  dividend,  which  shall be paid on
            December  31,  1997,  will  be for  less  than a full  quarter.  All
            dividends on the Series A Preferred  Stock,  including  any dividend
            for any partial dividend period, shall be computed on the basis of a
            360-day year  consisting of twelve 30-day months.  Dividends will be
            payable to holders of record as they appear in the stock  records of
            the  Corporation at the close of business on the  applicable  record
            date, which shall be the 15th day of the calendar month in which the
            applicable  Dividend  Payment  Date  falls  or on  such  other  date
            designed  by the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Corporation  for the
            payment of dividends that is not more than 30 nor less than ten days
            prior to such  Dividend  Payment  Date  (each,  a  "Dividend  Record
            Date").

                        (2) No dividends  on the Series A Preferred  Stock shall
            be  declared  by the  Board of  Directors  or paid or set  apart for
            payment  by the  Corporation  at such time as any  agreement  of the
            Corporation,  including any agreement  relating to its indebtedness,
            prohibits such declaration, payment, or setting apart for payment or
            provides  that  such  declaration,  payment,  or  setting  apart for
            payment  would  constitute  a breach  of, or a default  under,  such
            agreement or if such declaration, payment, or setting aside shall be
            restricted or prohibited by law.

                        (3)  Dividends  on the Series A  Preferred  Stock  shall
            accrue and be cumulative  regardless of whether the  Corporation has
            earnings,  regardless of whether  there are funds legally  available
            for the payment of such  dividends,  and  regardless of whether such
            dividends are declared. Accrued but unpaid dividends on the Series A
            Preferred Stock will  accumulate as of the Dividend  Payment Date on
            which they first become  payable.  Except as set forth below in this
            Subparagraph  (3),  no  dividends  shall be  declared or paid or set
            apart  for  payment  on any  Common  Stock or any  other  series  of
            Preferred Stock ranking, as to dividends, on a parity with or junior
            to the Series A Preferred  Stock (other than a dividend in shares of
            Junior Stock) for any period unless full  cumulative  dividends have
            been or  contemporaneously  are  declared and paid or declared and a
            sum sufficient for


                                        3

<PAGE>



            the  payment  thereof is set apart for such  payment on the Series A
            Preferred  Stock for all past dividend  periods and the then current
            dividend  period.  When  dividends  are not paid in full  (and a sum
            sufficient  for such  full  payment  is not so set  apart)  upon the
            Series A  Preferred  Stock and the  shares  of any  other  series of
            Preferred  Stock ranking on a parity as to dividends with the Series
            A  Preferred  Stock,  all  dividends  declared  upon  the  Series  A
            Preferred Stock and any other series of Preferred Stock ranking on a
            parity as to  dividends  with the Series A Preferred  Stock shall be
            declared  pro rata,  so that the amount of  dividends  declared  per
            share of Series A Preferred Stock and such other series of Preferred
            Stock  shall in all cases  bear to each  other the same  ratio  that
            accrued dividends per share on the Series A Preferred Stock and such
            other series of Preferred Stock (which shall not include any accrual
            in respect of unpaid  dividends for prior  dividend  periods if such
            Preferred  Stock does not have a cumulative  dividend)  bear to each
            other.  No  interest  shall be payable  in  respect of any  dividend
            payment on the  Series A  Preferred  Stock  that may be in  arrears.
            Holders  of  shares of the  Series A  Preferred  Stock  shall not be
            entitled to any  dividend,  whether  payable in cash,  property,  or
            stock,  in  excess  of full  cumulative  dividends  on the  Series A
            Preferred  Stock as provided  above.  Any  dividend  payment made on
            shares of the  Series A  Preferred  Stock  shall  first be  credited
            against  the  earliest  accumulated  but  unpaid  dividend  due with
            respect to such shares that remains payable.

                        (4)  Except  as  provided  in  Subparagraph  (3) of this
            Paragraph  (d) of  this  Item  (i) of  this  Subsection  (c) of this
            Section 2 of this Article III, unless full  cumulative  dividends on
            the  Series A  Preferred  Stock have been or  contemporaneously  are
            declared and paid or declared and a sum  sufficient  for the payment
            thereof is set apart for payment for all past  dividend  periods and
            the then current  dividend  period:  (i) no dividends (other than in
            shares of Junior  Stock)  shall be declared or paid or set aside for
            payment  nor shall any other  distribution  be declared or made upon
            the Common Stock (or any other  Preferred Stock ranking junior to or
            on a parity with the Series A  Preferred  Stock as to  dividends  or
            upon liquidation);  and (ii) no shares of Common Stock (or any other
            Preferred Stock of the Corporation  ranking junior to or on a parity
            with  the  Series  A  Preferred   Stock  as  to  dividends  or  upon
            liquidation) shall be redeemed, purchased, or otherwise acquired for
            any consideration (nor shall any moneys be paid to or made available
            for a sinking  fund for the  redemption  of any such  shares) by the
            Corporation  (except  by  conversion  into or  exchange  for  Junior
            Stock).

                        (5) If for any taxable  year the  Corporation  elects to
            designate as "capital gains dividends" (as defined in Section 857 of
            the Code) any portion (the "Capital  Gains Amount") of the dividends
            paid or made  available  for the year to holders  of all  classes of
            Capital  Stock  (the  "Total  Dividends"),  then the  portion of the
            Capital  Gains  Amount  that shall be  allocable  to the  holders of
            Series  A  Preferred  Stock  shall  be the  amount  that  the  total
            dividends  paid or made  available  to the  holders  of the Series A
            Preferred Stock for the year bears to the Total Dividends.

                  (e)  Subject  to the  rights  of any  Senior  Stock,  upon any
            voluntary or involuntary liquidation,  dissolution, or winding up of
            the  affairs of the  Corporation,  and before  any  distribution  of
            assets shall be made in respect of any Junior Stock,  the holders of
            the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the
            assets of the Corporation  legally available for distribution to its
            shareholders  a  liquidation  preference of $25.00 per share in cash
            (or property  having a fair market value as  determined by the Board
            of  Directors  valued at $25.00 per share),  plus an amount equal to
            any  accrued  but unpaid  dividends  to the date of  payment.  After
            payment of the full amount of the liquidating distributions to which
            they are  entitled,  the holders of Series A  Preferred  Stock shall
            have no  right  or  claims  to any of the  remaining  assets  of the
            Corporation.  Neither the consolidation or merger of the Corporation
            with or into any other  corporation,  trust,  or  entity  (or of any
            other corporation with or into the Corporation) nor the sale, lease,
            or  conveyance  of all or  substantially  all  of  the  property  or
            business  of  the  Corporation  shall  be  deemed  to  constitute  a
            liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the  Corporation  for the
            purpose of this Paragraph (e) of this Item (i).

                  (f) (1) The Series A Preferred  Stock is not redeemable  prior
            to October 3, 2002. On and after October 3, 2002,  the  Corporation,
            at its option upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days'


                                        4

<PAGE>



            written notice,  may redeem shares of the Series A Preferred  Stock,
            in whole or in part,  at any time and from time to time,  for a cash
            redemption  price of $25.00 per share,  plus all  accrued and unpaid
            dividends  to the date  fixed for  redemption  (except  as  provided
            below).

                        (2) The redemption price of the Series A Preferred Stock
            (other than the  portion  thereof  consisting  of accrued but unpaid
            dividends) shall be payable solely out of the sale proceeds of other
            "capital  stock" of the  Corporation.  For purposes of the preceding
            sentence,  the term "capital  stock" means any equity  securities of
            the  Corporation  (including  Common  Stock  and  Preferred  Stock),
            shares,  interest,   participation,  or  other  ownership  interests
            (however  designated)  and any rights  (other  than debt  securities
            convertible into or exchangeable  for equity  securities) or options
            to  purchase  any of the  foregoing.  Holders of Series A  Preferred
            Stock to be  redeemed  shall  surrender  such  shares  at the  place
            designated in the notice of redemption  and shall be entitled to the
            redemption price and any accrued and unpaid  dividends  payable upon
            such redemption  following such  surrender.  If notice of redemption
            has been  given  and if the  Corporation  has set aside in trust the
            funds  necessary  for  the  redemption,  then  from  and  after  the
            redemption  date: (i) dividends shall cease to accrue on such shares
            of Series A Preferred Stock;  (ii) such shares of Series A Preferred
            Stock shall no longer be deemed outstanding; and (iii) all rights of
            the  holders of such  shares  shall  terminate,  except the right to
            receive the redemption  price.  If less than all of the  outstanding
            Series A Preferred  Stock is to be redeemed,  the Series A Preferred
            Stock to be redeemed shall be selected pro rata (as nearly as may be
            practicable  without  creating  fractional  shares)  or by any other
            equitable method determined by the Corporation.

                        (3) Unless full  cumulative  dividends  on all shares of
            Series A Preferred  Stock shall have been or  contemporaneously  are
            declared and paid or declared and a sum  sufficient  for the payment
            thereof set apart for payment, no shares of Series A Preferred Stock
            shall  be  redeemed  unless  all  outstanding  shares  of  Series  A
            Preferred  Stock are  simultaneously  redeemed,  and the Corporation
            shall not purchase or otherwise  acquire  directly or indirectly any
            shares of Series A Preferred  Stock  (except by exchange  for Junior
            Stock);  however,  the  foregoing  shall not prevent the purchase or
            acquisition  of shares of Series A  Preferred  Stock  pursuant  to a
            purchase or exchange  offer made on the same terms to holders of all
            outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

                        (4) Notice of redemption  shall be given by  publication
            in a newspaper of general  circulation in The City of New York, such
            publication  to be  made  once  a  week  for  two  successive  weeks
            commencing  not  less  than 30 nor  more  than 60 days  prior to the
            redemption   date.   A  similar   notice  shall  be  mailed  by  the
            Corporation, postage prepaid, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days
            prior to the redemption date, addressed to the respective holders of
            record  of the  Series A  Preferred  Stock to be  redeemed  at their
            respective addresses as they appear on the stock transfer records of
            the  Corporation.  No failure to give or defect in such notice shall
            affect the validity of the  proceedings  for the  redemption  of any
            shares of Series A Preferred  Stock  except as to the holder to whom
            notice was defective or not given.  Each notice shall state: (i) the
            redemption  date;  (ii) the  redemption  price;  (iii) the number of
            shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed; (iv) the place or
            places where the Series A Preferred  Stock is to be surrendered  for
            payment  of the  redemption  price;  and (v) that  dividends  on the
            shares to be redeemed will cease to accrue on such redemption  date.
            If fewer than all shares of the Series A Preferred Stock held by any
            holder are to be  redeemed,  the notice  mailed to such holder shall
            also specify the number of shares of Series A Preferred  Stock to be
            redeemed from such holder.

                        (5) The holders of Series A Preferred Stock at the close
            of business  on a Dividend  Record Date shall be entitled to receive
            the dividend  payable with respect to such Series A Preferred  Stock
            on the  corresponding  Dividend  Payment  Date  notwithstanding  the
            redemption  thereof  between  such  Dividend  Record  Date  and  the
            corresponding  Dividend Payment Date or the Corporation's default in
            the  payment of the  dividend  due.  Except as provided  above,  the
            Corporation will make no payment or allowance for unpaid  dividends,
            regardless  of  whether in  arrears,  on called  Series A  Preferred
            Stock.


                                        5

<PAGE>



                        (6) The Series A Preferred  Stock has no stated maturity
            and  shall  not  be  subject  to  any  sinking   fund  or  mandatory
            redemption. The Series A Preferred Stock is not convertible into any
            other  securities of the  Corporation,  but is subject to the Excess
            Stock (and all other) provisions of this Article III.

                  (g)  (1)  Except  as may be  required  by law or as  otherwise
            expressly  provided in this Item (i) of this  Subsection (c) of this
            Section 2 of this  Article  III,  the  holders of Series A Preferred
            Stock shall not be entitled to vote.  On all matters with respect to
            which the Series A Preferred  Stock is entitled to vote,  each share
            of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote.

                        (2) Whenever  dividends on the Series A Preferred  Stock
            are in  arrears  for six or more  quarterly  periods,  the number of
            directors  then   constituting  the  Board  of  Directors  shall  be
            increased  by two,  and the  holders  of  Series A  Preferred  Stock
            (voting  separately  as a class with all other  series of  Preferred
            Stock upon which like  voting  rights  have been  conferred  and are
            exercisable)  ("Voting  Parity  Preferred")  shall have the right to
            elect two directors of the  Corporation at a special  meeting called
            by the  holders of record of at least 10% of the Series A  Preferred
            Stock or at least 10% of any other  Voting  Parity  Preferred  so in
            arrears  (unless such  request is received  less than 90 days before
            the date  fixed  for the  next  annual  or  special  meeting  of the
            shareholders) or at the next annual meeting of shareholders,  and at
            each subsequent annual meeting,  until all dividends  accumulated on
            the Series A Preferred  Stock for the past dividend  periods and the
            then current  dividend period have been fully paid or declared and a
            sum  sufficient for the payment of such dividends has been set aside
            for payment. If and when all accumulated  dividends and the dividend
            for the then current dividend period on the Series A Preferred Stock
            shall have been paid in full or set aside for  payment in full,  the
            holders of the Series A  Preferred  Stock  shall be  divested of the
            foregoing  voting rights,  and if all accumulated  dividends and the
            dividend for the then  current  period have been paid in full or set
            aside for payment in full on all series of Voting Parity  Preferred,
            the term of office of each director so elected by the holders of the
            Series A  Preferred  Stock and the  Voting  Parity  Preferred  shall
            terminate.

                        (3) As long as any  shares of Series A  Preferred  Stock
            remain   outstanding,   the  Corporation   shall  not,  without  the
            affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of
            the  outstanding  shares of Series A  Preferred  Stock  (voting as a
            separate class): (i) authorize or create, or increase the authorized
            or issued amount of, any Capital Stock ranking  senior to the Series
            A Preferred  Stock with  respect to the payment of  dividends or the
            distribution of assets upon liquidation,  dissolution, or winding up
            or reclassify any authorized  Capital Stock of the Corporation  into
            such  shares,  or  create,  authorize,  or issue any  obligation  or
            security  convertible  into or evidencing  the right to purchase any
            such shares; or (ii) amend, alter, or repeal the provisions of these
            Amended and Restated Articles of  Incorporation,  whether by merger,
            consolidation,  or otherwise (an "Event"),  so as to materially  and
            adversely affect any right,  preference,  privilege, or voting power
            of the Series A Preferred Stock or the holders thereof;  however, as
            long as the Series A Preferred  Stock remains  outstanding  with its
            terms  materially  unchanged,  taking  into  account  that  upon the
            occurrence  of an Event,  the  Corporation  may not be the surviving
            entity, the occurrence of an Event described in clause (ii) above of
            this  Subparagraph  (3)  shall  not  be  deemed  to  materially  and
            adversely  affect such rights,  preferences,  privileges,  or voting
            power of the  holders  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock,  and (x) any
            increase  in the  amount of the  authorized  Preferred  Stock or the
            creation or issuance of any other series of Preferred  Stock, or (y)
            any  increase  in the  amount of  authorized  shares of the Series A
            Preferred Stock or any other series of Preferred Stock, in each case
            ranking on a parity with or junior to the Series A  Preferred  Stock
            with respect to payment of dividends or the  distribution  of assets
            upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, shall not be deemed to
            materially   and   adversely   affect  such   rights,   preferences,
            privileges, or voting powers.

                        (4)   Notwithstanding   the  foregoing,   the  Series  A
            Preferred  Stock shall not be entitled  to vote,  and the  foregoing
            voting  provisions  shall not apply, if at or prior to the time when
            the act with respect to which such vote would  otherwise be required
            is effected,  all outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock
            have been redeemed or called for  redemption,  and sufficient  funds
            have


                                        6

<PAGE>



            been deposited in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Series
            A Preferred Stock to effect such redemption.

            (ii)  Series B  Preferred  Stock.  Subject in all cases to the other
      provisions  of this  Section 2 of this  Article  III,  including,  without
      limitation,  those  provisions  restricting  the Beneficial  Ownership and
      Constructive  Ownership  of shares of Capital  Stock and those  provisions
      with respect to Excess Stock,  the following  sets forth the  designation,
      preference,  limitation as to dividends,  voting,  and other rights of the
      Series B Preferred  Stock (defined below) of the  Corporation.  Terms that
      are used and not  otherwise  defined  in this Item (ii) have the  meanings
      ascribed  to them  elsewhere  in these  Amended and  Restated  Articles of
      Incorporation or, if not so defined, their conventional meanings.

                  (a) There is hereby  established  a series of Preferred  Stock
            designated "Series B NonParticipating  Convertible Preferred Stock,"
            (the "Series B Preferred  Stock"),  which shall initially consist of
            40,000,000  authorized  shares,  subject to one or more increases in
            the  authorized  shares of the series by a further  amendment(s)  to
            these Amended and Restated  Articles of  Incorporation to permit the
            issuance of additional  shares upon the issuance of additional Units
            (defined  below) to Registered  Unitholders  (defined  below) and to
            accommodate stock dividends or stock splits as provided below.

                  (b)  All  shares  of  Series  B  Preferred  Stock   purchased,
            exchanged,  or  otherwise  acquired by the  Corporation  or that are
            converted  into  Common  Stock  shall be  restored  to the status of
            authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock.

                  (c) Except upon the dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of
            the Corporation, the Series B Preferred Stock shall have no right to
            any assets of the Corporation, and (except as expressly set forth in
            this  Item  (ii))  shall  have  no  right  to  cash   dividends   or
            distributions (from whatever source),  but shall have the preference
            rights upon  dissolution,  liquidation,  and winding up that are set
            forth in this Item (ii) of this  Section 2. The  Series B  Preferred
            Stock ranks (i) junior to the Series A Preferred Stock and junior to
            any Parity  Preferred Stock or Senior  Preferred Stock (the Series A
            Preferred   Stock,  the  Parity  Preferred  Stock,  and  the  Senior
            Preferred Stock are collectively referred to as the "Series B Senior
            Preferred  Stock"),  (ii)  pari  passu  with  any  other  series  of
            Preferred Stock hereafter duly established by the Board of Directors
            of the  Corporation,  the terms of which  specifically  provide that
            such series shall rank pari passu with the Series B Preferred  Stock
            as to the  distribution  of assets upon  liquidation  (the "Series B
            Parity  Preferred  Stock"),  and (iii)  prior to any other  class or
            series of Capital Stock, including,  without limitation,  the Common
            Stock of the Corporation,  whether now existing or hereafter created
            (collectively,  the  "Series B Junior  Stock").  If shares of Common
            Stock or other  securities  are  distributed  on the Common Stock or
            other voting  Capital  Stock (as a stock  dividend or  otherwise) (a
            "Voting  Stock  Dividend"),  then each  share of Series B  Preferred
            Stock  shall  receive a  distribution  of the  number of shares  (or
            warrants or rights to acquire shares,  as the case may be) of Series
            B  Preferred  Stock that would then be  necessary  to  preserve  the
            relative  voting  power of the Series B Preferred  Stock  (i.e.,  in
            relation  to the voting  power of all  outstanding  shares of voting
            Capital Stock) that existed prior to the Voting Stock Dividend.

                  (d)  Subject to the  rights of the  Series B Senior  Preferred
            Stock, upon any voluntary or involuntary  dissolution,  liquidation,
            or winding  up of the  affairs  of the  Corporation,  and before any
            distribution  of assets  shall be made in  respect  of any  Series B
            Junior Stock,  the holders of the Series B Preferred  Stock shall be
            entitled  to be paid out of the  assets of the  Corporation  legally
            available  for   distribution  to  its  shareholders  a  liquidation
            preference  of $0.001 per share in cash (or  property  having a fair
            market  value as  determined  by the  Board of  Directors  valued at
            $0.001  per  share).  After  payment  of  the  full  amount  of  the
            liquidating distributions to which they are entitled, the holders of
            Series B Preferred Stock shall have no right or claims to any of the
            remaining assets of the Corporation.

                  (e) The Series B Preferred  Stock has no stated  maturity  and
            shall not be subject to redemption; however, the foregoing shall not
            be a restriction on the Corporation's otherwise lawful


                                       7

<PAGE>



            redemption  of shares of Series B  Preferred  Stock on a  consensual
            basis with each holder of the shares to be redeemed.

                  (f) (1) The Series B Preferred Stock is convertible,  and will
            be automatically  converted under the circumstances described below,
            into Common Stock at a  conversion  ratio of  14,000:1;  i.e.,  each
            14,000 shares of Series B Preferred  Stock may be converted into one
            share of Common Stock.  In lieu of issuing less than a full share (a
            "fractional  share") of Common  Stock upon the  conversion  of fewer
            than  14,000  shares (or an integral  multiple of 14,000  shares) of
            Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall redeem the shares of
            Series B Preferred Stock that would otherwise be convertible  into a
            fractional share of Common Stock (the "Scrip Shares"),  and from and
            after the date of the conversion, the Scrip Shares shall cease to be
            outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, shall not constitute
            any other class of Capital Stock,  and shall entitle the holder only
            to receive the cash redemption price, as provided below.

                        (2) The  Corporation  will initially  issue the Series B
            Preferred Stock to each Person who, on the initial date of issuance,
            is a  Registered  Unitholder  at the rate of one share for each Unit
            held by such Registered  Unitholder,  if such Registered  Unitholder
            subscribes  for the  shares  and pays to the  Corporation  an amount
            equal to the product of $0.001 multiplied by the number of shares of
            Series B  Preferred  Stock to be issued  to him.  Shares of Series B
            Preferred Stock may be issued only in certificated, fully registered
            form  and  may  be  issued  only  to  Registered  Unitholders.   The
            Corporation may issue fractional shares of Series B Preferred Stock.
            Following the initial issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock, each
            Registered Unitholder acquiring one or more newly issued Units shall
            be  entitled  to  receive  from the  Corporation  shares of Series B
            Preferred  Stock equal in number to the number of newly issued Units
            acquired by such Registered Unitholder, provided that the Registered
            Unitholder  subscribes for the shares and pays to the Corporation an
            amount  equal to the product of $0.001  multiplied  by the number of
            shares of Series B  Preferred  Stock to be issued to him.  Except as
            provided  below, a holder of shares of Series B Preferred  Stock may
            freely effect a transfer of the shares to any Person (subject to the
            Transfer being in compliance  with, or (to the  satisfaction  of the
            Corporation)   exempt   from,   applicable   securities   laws   and
            regulations). Upon a Registered Unitholder's Transfer of one or more
            Units to another Registered  Unitholder,  then (to the extent of the
            transferring  Registered  Unitholder's  then  ownership  of Series B
            Preferred  Stock) the  transferring  Registered  Unitholder shall be
            deemed to have transferred to the transferee of the Units (i) shares
            of  Series B  Preferred  Stock  equal in  number  to the  number  of
            transferred  Units or if, after giving effect to the Unit  Transfer,
            the transferring  Registered Unitholder will cease to own any Units,
            (ii)  all of the  transferring  Registered  Unitholder's  shares  of
            Series  B  Preferred  Stock.   Notwithstanding   the  foregoing,   a
            Registered Unitholder shall have the right (which shall be exercised
            by delivering written notice at the time of the Unit Transfer to the
            Corporation  and the  transferee  of the Units) to negate the deemed
            simultaneous  Transfer of Series B  Preferred  Stock.  A  Registered
            Unitholder  desiring to sell (by exchange or otherwise) Units to the
            Corporation  shall be required to surrender to the  Corporation  for
            conversion shares of Series B Preferred Stock equal in number to the
            number of Units being sold (by exchange or  otherwise),  but only if
            and to the extent  that,  after giving  effect to the  Corporation's
            proposed  purchase  of Units,  the number of  outstanding  shares of
            Series B Preferred  Stock will exceed the aggregate  number of Units
            held by all  Registered  Unitholders.  Shares of Series B  Preferred
            Stock  surrendered  for  conversion  as provided in the  immediately
            preceding sentence shall be converted into Common Stock, as provided
            in  subparagraph  (1) of this Paragraph (f), upon the  Corporation's
            purchase of the Units of the surrendering Registered Unitholder, and
            the Corporation shall promptly redeem any resulting Scrip Shares for
            cash,  as  provided   below.   Except  as  provided  above  in  this
            subparagraph (f)(2), a holder of Series B Preferred Stock shall have
            no  voluntary  conversion  rights  with  respect  to  the  Series  B
            Preferred  Stock,  but  shares of  Series B  Preferred  Stock  shall
            automatically  convert into Common Stock as provided in subparagraph
            (3) of this Paragraph (f).

                        (3)  After  giving  effect  to a  Transfer  of shares of
            Series B Preferred Stock to a Registered Unitholder,  the transferee
            Registered  Unitholder  is  permitted  to own  shares  of  Series  B
            Preferred  Stock up to (i) the  number of Units  then  owned by such
            transferee  Registered  Unitholder  or  (ii)  5% of the  outstanding
            shares of Series B Preferred Stock, whichever is greater (any shares
            in  excess  of  a  transferee  Registered   Unitholder's   permitted
            ownership of Series B Preferred

                                        8
<PAGE>



            Stock  are  referred  to as the  "Disproportionate  Shares").  After
            giving effect to a Transfer of shares of Series B Preferred Stock to
            any Person who is not a Registered  Unitholder,  the  transferee  is
            permitted  to own up to 5% of the  outstanding  shares  of  Series B
            Preferred  Stock  (any  shares  held by a  transferee  of  Series  B
            Preferred Stock who is not a Registered Unitholder in excess of such
            5% limit are  referred to as the "Greater  than 5% Shares").  Upon a
            Transfer of Series B Preferred  Stock  resulting  in the  transferee
            holding  Disproportionate  Shares  or  Greater  than 5%  Shares,  as
            applicable,  the Disproportionate  Shares or Greater than 5% Shares,
            as  applicable,  shall  automatically  convert  into Common Stock as
            provided in subparagraph (1) of this Paragraph (f) without action on
            the part of anyone,  and the  Corporation  shall promptly redeem any
            resulting  Scrip Shares for cash, as provided  below.  Upon any such
            automatic conversion,  each certificate  evidencing converted shares
            of Series B Preferred Stock shall instead represent the whole number
            of  shares  of  Common  Stock  into  which  such  shares of Series B
            Preferred  Stock were  converted  and the right to receive  the cash
            redemption   payment  for  any  Scrip   Shares   evidenced  by  such
            certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation
            for cancellation in exchange for a Common Stock  certificate and the
            redemption price of the Scrip Shares (if any).

                        (4) Upon  conversion of any shares of Series B Preferred
            Stock,  no  payment  or  adjustment  shall  be  made on  account  of
            dividends  declared and payable to holders of Common Stock of record
            on a date prior to the date of conversion.

                        (5) As soon  as  practicable  on or  after  the  date of
            conversion  of shares of Series B Preferred  Stock and the surrender
            to the  Corporation of the  certificate(s)  evidencing the converted
            shares,  the  Corporation  will  issue  and  deliver  to or  at  the
            direction of the  converting  shareholder a  certificate(s)  for the
            whole  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock   issuable   upon  such
            conversion. The Corporation shall redeem Scrip Shares resulting from
            a voluntary or automatic  conversion of Series B Preferred Stock for
            a cash payment  equal to the fair value of the  fractional  share of
            Common  Stock  into  which  the  Scrip  Shares  would  otherwise  be
            convertible  (the fair value  shall be the  product of the  relevant
            fraction  multiplied by the closing price of the Common Stock on the
            trading date next  preceding the date of conversion on the principal
            national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed (or
            the  average of the high and low prices of the Common  Stock on such
            date on the  principal  national  market  system on which the Common
            Stock is traded) or (if the Common Stock is not so listed or traded)
            the fair value of the Common Stock on such date as determined by the
            Corporation's   Board  of  Directors).   The  Corporation  shall  be
            responsible  for any stamp or other  issuance taxes payable upon the
            issuance  of  Common   Stock  in   exchange   for   surrendered   or
            automatically converted shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

                  (g) (1) On all matters with respect to which  shareholders  of
            the  Corporation  vote, each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall
            be entitled to one vote.  On all matters  with  respect to which the
            Series B Preferred  Stock is  entitled to vote as a separate  class,
            including the nomination of directors  pursuant to subparagraph  (2)
            of this  Paragraph  (g), the action shall be  determined by the vote
            (which may be by non-unanimous written consent) of a majority of the
            outstanding  shares of Series B Preferred Stock entitled to vote. On
            all other matters, including the election of directors, the Series B
            Preferred  Stock will vote as a single class with all other  Capital
            Stock entitled to vote.

                        (2)  With   respect  to  each  annual   meeting  of  the
            Corporation's  shareholders,  commencing  with the annual meeting of
            the Corporation's  shareholders to be held in 1999 (the "1999 Annual
            Meeting"),  the holders of shares of Series B Preferred  Stock shall
            have the right,  voting as a separate class,  to designate  nominees
            for  election  as  directors  of the  Corporation  and to have  such
            nominees included as such in the  Corporation's  proxy statement and
            ballots (or, if none, in a specially  prepared  proxy  statement and
            ballots)  submitted to the shareholders of the Corporation  entitled
            to  vote  in a  timely  manner  prior  to the  annual  meeting.  The
            Corporation  shall use all reasonable  efforts,  consistent with the
            Board of Directors' exercise of its fiduciary duties, to cause the


                                        9

<PAGE>



            election  of the  nominees  designated  by the  holders  of Series B
            Preferred  Stock.  With  respect  to the 1999  Annual  Meeting,  the
            holders  of  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  shall  have  the  right to
            designate  four  nominees.  With respect to each  succeeding  annual
            meeting of shareholders,  the number of nominees to be designated by
            the holders of Series B Preferred  Stock (the "Base Number of Series
            B Nominees")  shall be equal to the difference  between (i) four and
            (ii) the number of directors whose terms commenced prior to and will
            continue  after such  meeting and who were  nominated  to serve such
            terms by the  holders  of  Series B  Preferred  Stock,  voting  as a
            separate class.  The Base Number of Series B Nominees  calculated as
            set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall be reduced (i)
            by one, if as of the record date for  determining  the  shareholders
            entitled  to vote for the  election  of  directors  at the  relevant
            annual  meeting  (the "Record  Date"),  the  Registered  Unitholders
            collectively  own less  than 25%  (but at  least  15%) of the  Fully
            Diluted Common Stock of the  Corporation,  (ii) by two, if as of the
            Record Date, the Registered  Unitholders  collectively own less than
            15% (but at least  10%) of the  Fully  Diluted  Common  Stock of the
            Corporation,  (iii)  by  three,  if  as  of  the  Record  Date,  the
            Registered Unitholders  collectively own less than 10% (but at least
            5%) of the Fully Diluted Common Stock of the  Corporation,  and (iv)
            to  zero,  if as of the  Record  Date,  the  Registered  Unitholders
            collectively  own less than 5% of the Fully Diluted  Common Stock of
            the Corporation. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence,
            (i) "Fully Diluted Common Stock of the Corporation" means all shares
            of Common Stock issued and  outstanding on the relevant Record Date,
            plus all shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of vested
            employee stock options to acquire Common Stock and issuable upon the
            exchange of Units owned by the  Registered  Unitholders  (assuming a
            1:1 exchange  ratio and  calculated  without  regard to  limitations
            imposed on the ability or rights of certain  Registered  Unitholders
            to  exchange  Units  for  Common  Stock),  and (ii)  the  Registered
            Unitholders  shall be deemed  to  "collectively  own" all  shares of
            Common  Stock  that  they own in fact,  that  they have the right to
            acquire upon the exercise of vested employee stock options, and that
            would be issued upon the  exchange  (without  regard to  limitations
            imposed on the ability or rights of certain  Registered  Unitholders
            to exchange  Units for Common Stock) of all  outstanding  Units (and
            Units  issuable upon the exercise of options to acquire  Units) held
            by the Registered Unitholders.

                  (h) At all times when the holders of Series B Preferred Stock,
            voting as a separate class,  are entitled to designate  nominees for
            election as directors of the Corporation, (i) the Board of Directors
            shall  consist of nine  directors  (other  than  during any  vacancy
            caused by the death,  resignation,  or removal of a director),  plus
            the number of directors that any series of Preferred  Stock,  voting
            separately  as a  class,  has the  right  to  elect  because  of the
            Corporation's  default in the payment of preferential  dividends due
            on such  series,  and  (ii) a  majority  of the  directors  shall be
            "independent"  (for these  purposes,  an individual  shall be deemed
            "independent"  if such  individual  is  neither  an  officer  nor an
            employee  of  the  Corporation  or any of  its  direct  or  indirect
            subsidiaries).  At such time as the  holders  of Series B  Preferred
            Stock  no  longer  have the  right to  designate  any  nominees  for
            election as directors of the  Corporation,  the size of the Board of
            Directors  shall be as determined in accordance  with the provisions
            of the By-Laws of the Corporation.

                  (i) For purposes of this Item (ii) of this  Subsection  (c) of
            this Section 2 of this Article  III,  the  following  terms have the
            indicated meanings:

                        (1) "Registered  Unitholder" means a Person,  other than
            the  Corporation,  (i) who at the relevant  time is reflected in the
            records of The Taubman Realty Group Limited Partnership as a partner
            in such  partnership (or who as the result of a Transfer of Units is
            being admitted as a partner in such  partnership) or (ii) who is (or
            upon  completion  of the  relevant  Transfer  (including,  for these
            purposes,  the exercise of an option to acquire a Unit) will become)
            a beneficial owner of Units.

                        (2) "Units" means Units of  Partnership  Interest in The
            Taubman Realty Group Limited  Partnership (and its successors),  and
            any securities  into which such Units of Partnership  Interest (as a
            class)  are  converted  or for which  such  Units  (as a class)  are
            exchanged,  whether by merger,  reclassification,  or otherwise. All
            references in this Item (ii) of this  Subsection (c) of this Section
            2


                                       10

<PAGE>



            of this Article III to numbers of Units shall be adjusted to reflect
            any  splits,  reverse  splits,  or  reclassifications  of  Units  of
            Partnership Interest.

                  (j) As long as  shares  of  Series B  Preferred  Stock  remain
            outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without the affirmative vote
            or consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of
            Series B Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class):

                        (1) create,  authorize,  or issue any  securities or any
            obligation or security  convertible  into or evidencing the right to
            purchase any such securities,  the issuance of which could adversely
            and (relative to the other  outstanding  Capital Stock)  disparately
            affect the voting  power or voting  rights of the Series B Preferred
            Stock or the  holders of Series B  Preferred  Stock  (including  the
            rights under  Paragraph (g) of this Item (ii) of this Subsection (c)
            of this Section 2 of this Article III, and  disregarding,  for these
            purposes,  the right of any series of Preferred  Stock,  voting as a
            separate  class, to elect directors of the Corporation as the result
            of the  Corporation's  default  in  the  payment  of a  preferential
            dividend to which the holders of such series of Preferred  Stock are
            entitled);

                        (2)  amend,  alter,  or repeal the  provisions  of these
            Amended and Restated Articles of  Incorporation,  whether by merger,
            consolidation, or otherwise, in a manner that could adversely affect
            the voting power or voting rights of the Series B Preferred Stock or
            the holders of Series B Preferred Stock  (including the rights under
            Paragraph  (g) of this  Item  (ii) of  this  Subsection  (c) of this
            Section 2 of this Article III, and disregarding, for these purposes,
            the right of any  series of  Preferred  Stock,  voting as a separate
            class,  to elect  directors of the  Corporation as the result of the
            Corporation's  default in the payment of a preferential  dividend to
            which the holders of such series of Preferred Stock are entitled);

                        (3) be a party  to a  material  transaction  (including,
            without limitation, a merger,  consolidation,  or share exchange) (a
            "Series B Transaction") if the Series B Transaction  could adversely
            and (relative to the other  outstanding  Capital Stock)  disparately
            affect the voting  power or voting  rights of the Series B Preferred
            Stock or the  holders of Series B  Preferred  Stock  (including  the
            rights under  Paragraph (g) of this Item (ii) of this Subsection (c)
            of this Section 2 of this Article III, and  disregarding,  for these
            purposes,  the right of any series of Preferred  Stock,  voting as a
            separate  class, to elect directors of the Corporation as the result
            of the  Corporation's  default  in  the  payment  of a  preferential
            dividend to which the holders of such series of Preferred  Stock are
            entitled).  The provisions of this  subparagraph  (3) shall apply to
            successive Series B Transactions; or

                        (4) issue any  shares  of  Series B  Preferred  Stock to
            anyone other than a Registered  Unitholder  as provided in Paragraph
            (c) or subparagraph (f)(2) of this Item (ii).

            (d) Restrictions on Transfer.

            (i)  Definitions.  The  following  terms  shall  have the  following
      meanings  for  purposes  of  these   Amended  and  Restated   Articles  of
      Incorporation:

                  "Affiliate"  and  "Affiliates"  mean,  (i) with respect to any
      individual,  any member of such  individual's  Immediate  Family, a Family
      Trust with  respect to such  individual,  and any  Person  (other  than an
      individual)  in  which  such  individual  and/or  his  Affiliate(s)  owns,
      directly or indirectly,  more than 50% of any class of Equity  Security or
      of the aggregate Beneficial Interest of all beneficial owners, or in which
      such  individual or his Affiliate is the sole general  partner,  or is the
      sole managing general  partner,  or which is controlled by such individual
      and/or his Affiliates;  and (ii) with respect to any Person (other than an
      individual),  any Person (other than an  individual)  which  controls,  is
      controlled  by, or is under common  control  with,  such  Person,  and any
      individual  who is the sole general  partner or the sole managing  general
      partner in, or who  controls,  such  Person.  The terms  "Affiliated"  and
      "Affiliated with" shall have the correlative meanings.

                  "Beneficial  Interest" means an interest,  whether as partner,
      joint  venturer,  cestui que trust,  or otherwise,  a contract right, or a
      legal or equitable  position under or by which the possessor  participates
      in


                                       11

<PAGE>



      the economic or other results of the Person (other than an  individual) to
      which such interest, contract right, or position relates.

                  "Beneficial  Ownership"  means  ownership of shares of Capital
      Stock  (including  Capital Stock that may be acquired  upon  conversion of
      Debentures)  (i) by a Person who owns such shares of Capital  Stock in his
      own name or is  treated  as an  owner  of such  shares  of  Capital  Stock
      constructively  through the  application  of Section  544 of the Code,  as
      modified by Sections 856(h)(1)(B) and 856(h)(3)(A) of the Code; or (ii) by
      a person who falls  within the  definition  of  "Beneficial  Owner"  under
      Section  776(4) of the Act. The terms  "Beneficial  Owner",  "Beneficially
      Owns" and "Beneficially Owned" shall have the correlative meanings.

                  "Capital  Stock"  means the  Common  Stock  and the  Preferred
      Stock,  including  shares of Common  Stock and  Preferred  Stock that have
      become Excess Stock.

                  "Charitable  Proceeds" means the amounts due from time to time
      to  the  Designated   Charity,   consisting  of  (i)  dividends  or  other
      distributions,  including  capital gain  distributions  (but not including
      liquidating  distributions  not otherwise  within the definition of Excess
      Liquidation Proceeds), paid with respect to Excess Stock, (ii) in the case
      of a sale of Excess Stock,  the excess,  if any, of the Net Sales Proceeds
      over the amount due to the Purported  Transferee as determined  under Item
      (iii)(b) of  Subsection  (e) of this  Section 2 of this  Article  III, and
      (iii) in the case of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution
      or winding up of the Corporation, the Excess Liquidation Proceeds.

                  "Code"  means the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended
      from time to time.

                  "Constructive  Ownership" means ownership of shares of Capital
      Stock  (including  Capital Stock that may be acquired  upon  conversion of
      Debentures)  by a Person who owns such shares of Capital  Stock in his own
      name or would be  treated  as an owner of such  shares  of  Capital  Stock
      constructively  through the  application  of Section  318 of the Code,  as
      modified  by  Section  856  (d)(5)  of the Code.  The terms  "Constructive
      Owner",  "Constructively  Owns" and "Constructively  Owned" shall have the
      correlative meanings.

                  "Control(s)"  (and its correlative  terms  "Controlled By" and
      "Under Common Control With") means, with respect to any Person (other than
      an  individual),  possession  by the  applicable  Person or Persons of the
      power,  acting alone (or solely among such  applicable  Person or Persons,
      acting  together),  to designate and direct or cause the  designation  and
      direction of the  management  and policies  thereof,  whether  through the
      ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

                  "Debentures"   means  any  convertible   debentures  or  other
      convertible debt securities issued by the Corporation from time to time.

                  "Demand" means the written notice to the Purported  Transferee
      demanding  delivery to the  Designated  Agent of (i) all  certificates  or
      other  evidence  of  ownership  of shares of Excess  Stock and (ii) Excess
      Share  Distributions.  Any reference to "the date of the Demand" means the
      date upon  which the  Demand is  mailed or  otherwise  transmitted  by the
      Corporation.

                  "Designated  Agent" means the agent designated by the Board of
      Directors,  from  time  to  time,  to  act  as  attorney-in-fact  for  the
      Designated  Charity and to take delivery of certificates or other evidence
      of ownership of shares of Excess Stock and Excess Share Distributions from
      a Purported Transferee.

                  "Designated  Charity"  means  any  one or  more  organizations
      described  in  Sections  501(c)(3)  and  170(c)  of  the  Code,  as may be
      designated  by the Board of  Directors  from time to time to  receive  any
      Charitable Proceeds.

                  "Equity  Security"  has  the  meaning  ascribed  to it in  the
      Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended  from time to time,  and the
      rules  and  regulations  thereunder  (and any  successor  laws,  rules and
      regulations of similar import).

                  "Excess Liquidation Proceeds" means, with respect to shares of
      Excess Stock, the excess,  if any, of (i) the amount which would have been
      due to the Purported Transferee pursuant to


                                       12

<PAGE>



      Subsection  (a)(ii) of this  Section 2 of this Article III with respect to
      such  stock  in the  case of any  voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,
      dissolution  or winding up of the  Corporation  if the  Transfer  had been
      valid  under Item (ii) of this  Subsection  (d) of this  Section 2 of this
      Article  III,  over (ii) the amount  due to the  Purported  Transferee  as
      determined  under Item  (iii)(b)(2) of Subsection (e) of this Section 2 of
      this Article III.

                  "Excess  Share   Distributions"   means   dividends  or  other
      distributions,  including, without limitation,  capital gain distributions
      and  liquidating  distributions,  paid  with  respect  to shares of Excess
      Stock.

                  "Excess  Stock"  means  shares of Common  Stock and  shares of
      Preferred  Stock that have been  automatically  converted  to Excess Stock
      pursuant to the  provisions of Item (iii) of this  Subsection  (d) of this
      Section 2 of this Article III, and which are subject to the  provisions of
      Subsection (e) of this Section 2 of this Article III.

                  "Existing  Holder"  means (i) the General  Motors  Hourly-Rate
      Employes Pension Trust,  (ii) the General Motors Salaried Employes Pension
      Trust (such trusts referred to in (i) or (ii) are hereinafter  referred to
      as "GMPTS"),  (iii) the AT&T Master Pension Trust, (iv) any nominee of the
      foregoing,  and  (v) any  Person  to whom  an  Existing  Holder  transfers
      Beneficial  Interest  of Regular  Capital  Stock if (x) the result of such
      transfer  would be to cause the transferee to  Beneficially  Own shares of
      Regular  Capital Stock in excess of the greater of the Ownership  Limit or
      any  pre-existing  Existing  Holder Limit with respect to such  transferee
      (such excess being herein referred to as the "Excess  Amount") and (y) the
      transferor  Existing  Holder,  by notice to the  Corporation in connection
      with such transfer,  designates  such  transferee as a successor  Existing
      Holder (it being  understood  that,  upon any such transfer,  the Existing
      Holder Limit for the  transferor  Existing  Holder shall be reduced by the
      Excess Amount and the then  applicable  Ownership Limit or Existing Holder
      Limit for the transferee Existing Holder shall be increased by such Excess
      Amount).

                  "Existing  Holder Limit" (i) for any Existing Holder who is an
      Existing  Holder  by  virtue  of  Clauses  (i) and (ii) of the  definition
      thereof means the greater of (x) 9.9% of the  outstanding  Capital  Stock,
      reduced  (but  not  below  the  Ownership  Limit)  by  any  Excess  Amount
      transferred  in accordance  with clause (v) of the  definition of Existing
      Holder and (y) 4,365,713  shares of Regular  Capital Stock (as adjusted to
      reflect any increase in the number of outstanding  shares as the result of
      a stock  dividend or any increase or decrease in the number of outstanding
      shares resulting from a stock split or reverse stock split),  reduced (but
      not below  the  Ownership  Limit)  by any  Excess  Amount  transferred  in
      accordance with clause (v) of the definition of Existing Holder,  (ii) for
      any Existing Holder who is an Existing Holder by virtue of Clause (iii) of
      the definition  thereof means the greater of (x) 13.74% of the outstanding
      Capital Stock,  reduced (but not below the Ownership  Limit) by any Excess
      Amount  transferred  in  accordance  with clause (v) of the  definition of
      Existing  Holder and (y)  6,059,080  shares of Regular  Capital  Stock (as
      adjusted to reflect any  increase in the number of  outstanding  shares as
      the result of a stock  dividend or any  increase or decrease in the number
      of  outstanding  shares  resulting  from a stock  split or  reverse  stock
      split),  reduced (but not below the Ownership  Limit) by any Excess Amount
      transferred  in accordance  with Clause (v) of the  definition of Existing
      Holder,  (iii) for any Existing Holder who is an Existing Holder by virtue
      of Clause  (iv) of the  definition  thereof  means the  percentage  of the
      outstanding  Capital  Stock or the  number of  shares  of the  outstanding
      Regular  Capital  Stock that the  Beneficial  Owner for whom the  Existing
      Holder is acting as nominee is permitted to own under this definition, and
      (iv) for any Existing Holder who is an Existing Holder by virtue of Clause
      (v) of the definition thereof means the greater of (x) a percentage of the
      outstanding  Capital  Stock equal to the Ownership  Limit or  pre-existing
      Existing  Holder Limit  applicable  to such Person plus the Excess  Amount
      transferred  to such Person  pursuant to clause (v) of the  definition  of
      Existing  Holder  and (y) the  number  of shares  of  outstanding  Regular
      Capital Stock equal to the Ownership Limit or pre-existing Existing Holder
      Limit applicable to such Person plus the Excess Amount transferred to such
      Person pursuant to clause (v) of the definition of Existing Holder.


                                      13

<PAGE>



                  "Family Trust" means,  with respect to an individual,  a trust
      for the  benefit of such  individual  or for the  benefit of any member or
      members of such  individual's  Immediate Family or for the benefit of such
      individual and any member or members of such individual's Immediate Family
      (for the purpose of determining  whether or not a trust is a Family Trust,
      the  fact  that  one or  more  of the  beneficiaries  (but  not  the  sole
      beneficiary)  of the trust  includes  a Person or  Persons,  other  than a
      member of such individual's  Immediate Family,  entitled to a distribution
      after the death of the settlor if he, she, it, or they shall have survived
      the settlor of such trust and/or includes an organization or organizations
      exempt from federal  income taxes  pursuant to the  provisions  of Section
      501(a) of the Code and described in Section  501(c)(3) of the Code,  shall
      be disregarded); provided, however, that in respect of transfers by way of
      testamentary or inter vivos trust, the trustee or trustees shall be solely
      such  individual,  a member  or  members  of such  individual's  Immediate
      Family, a responsible  financial  institution and/or an attorney that is a
      member of the bar of any state in the United States.

                  "Immediate  Family" means, with respect to a Person,  (i) such
      Person's spouse (former or then current),  (ii) such Person's  parents and
      grandparents,  and (iii) ascendants and descendants  (natural or adoptive,
      of the whole or half blood) of such Person's  parents or of the parents of
      such Person's spouse (former or then current).

                  "Look  Through  Entity"  means any  Person  that (i) is not an
      individual or an organization described in Sections 401(a), 501(c)(17), or
      509(a) of the Code or a portion of a trust  permanently set aside or to be
      used exclusively for the purposes  described in Section 642(c) of the Code
      or a corresponding  provision of a prior income tax law, and (ii) provides
      the Corporation with (a) a written  affirmation and  undertaking,  subject
      only to such  exceptions as are acceptable to the  Corporation in its sole
      discretion,  that  (x) it is not an  organization  described  in  Sections
      401(a),  501(c)(17)  or  509(a)  of  the  Code  or a  portion  of a  trust
      permanently set aside or to be used exclusively for the purposes described
      in  Section  642(c) of the Code or a  corresponding  provision  of a prior
      income tax law,  (y) after the  application  of the rules for  determining
      stock  ownership,  as set forth in Section 544(a) of the Code, as modified
      by Sections  856(h)(1)(B)  and  856(h)(3)(A)  of the Code, no "individual"
      would own,  Beneficially or Constructively,  more than the then-applicable
      Ownership Limit, taking into account solely for the purpose of determining
      such "individual's" ownership for the purposes of this clause (y) (but not
      for  determining  whether  such  "individual"  is in  compliance  with the
      Ownership Limit for any other purpose) only such "individual's" Beneficial
      and Constructive Ownership derived solely from such Person and (z) it does
      not  Constructively  Own 10% or  more of the  equity  of any  tenant  with
      respect to real  property  from which the  Corporation  or TRG receives or
      accrues  any rent  from  real  property,  and (b) such  other  information
      regarding the Person that is relevant to the Corporation's  qualifications
      to be taxed as a REIT as the Corporation may reasonably request.

                  "Market  Price" means,  with respect to any class or series of
      shares of Regular  Capital  Stock,  the last reported  sales price of such
      class or series of shares  reported on the New York Stock  Exchange on the
      trading day  immediately  preceding the relevant date, or if such class or
      series of shares of Regular  Capital  Stock is not then  traded on the New
      York Stock Exchange, the last reported sales price of such class or series
      of shares on the trading day  immediately  preceding  the relevant date as
      reported  on any  exchange  or  quotation  system over which such class or
      series of shares  may be  traded,  or if such class or series of shares of
      Regular  Capital  Stock is not then traded over any  exchange or quotation
      system,  then the  market  price of such  class or series of shares on the
      relevant date as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
      Corporation.

                  "Net Sales Proceeds" means the gross proceeds  received by the
      Designated  Agent  upon a sale of  Regular  Capital  Stock that has become
      Excess Stock, reduced by (i) all expenses (including,  without limitation,
      any legal expenses or fees) incurred by the Designated  Agent in obtaining
      possession of (x) the  certificates  or other evidence of ownership of the
      Regular  Capital  Stock  that had become  Excess  Stock and (y) any Excess
      Share  Distributions,  and  (ii)  any  expenses  incurred  in  selling  or
      transferring such shares  (including,  without  limitation,  any brokerage
      fees,  commissions,  stock  transfer  taxes  or  other  transfer  fees  or
      expenses).


                                       14

<PAGE>



                  "Ownership Limit" means 8.23% of the value of the  outstanding
      Capital Stock of the Corporation.

                  "Person"  means (a) an individual,  corporation,  partnership,
      estate,  trust  (including  a trust  qualified  under  Section  401(a)  or
      501(c)(17) of the Code), a portion of a trust permanently set aside for or
      to be used exclusively for the purposes described in Section 642(c) of the
      Code, association, private foundation within the meaning of Section 509(a)
      of the Code,  joint stock  company or other entity and (b) also includes a
      group  as that  term is used  for  purposes  of  Section  13(d)(3)  of the
      Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended  from time to time,  and the
      rules  and  regulations  thereunder  (and any  successor  laws,  rules and
      regulations of similar import).

                  "Purported  Transferee"  means,  with respect to any purported
      Transfer  which  results  in  Excess  Stock,   the  purported   beneficial
      transferee  for whom the shares of Regular  Capital  Stock would have been
      acquired  if  such  Transfer  had  been  valid  under  Item  (ii)  of this
      Subsection (d) of this Section 2 of this Article III.

                  "Regular  Capital  Stock"  means  shares of  Common  Stock and
      Preferred Stock that are not Excess Stock.

                  "REIT" means a Real Estate Investment Trust defined in Section
      856 of the Code.

                  "Transfer" means any sale, transfer, gift, assignment,  devise
      or other disposition of Capital Stock,  (including (i) the granting of any
      option or  entering  into any  agreement  for the sale,  transfer or other
      disposition  of Capital  Stock or (ii) the sale,  transfer,  assignment or
      other  disposition  of any  securities or rights  convertible  into or for
      Capital Stock),  whether  voluntary or  involuntary,  whether of record or
      beneficial ownership, and whether by operation of law or otherwise.

            (ii) Restriction on Transfers.

                  (a) Except as provided in Item (viii) of this  Subsection  (d)
            of this  Section 2 of this  Article  III,  no Person  (other than an
            Existing Holder) shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares
            of  Capital  Stock  having  an  aggregate  value  in  excess  of the
            Ownership  Limit,  and No Existing Holder shall  Beneficially Own or
            Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in excess of the Existing
            Holder Limit for such Existing Holder.

                  (b) Except as provided in Item (viii) of this  Subsection  (d)
            of this  Section  2 of this  Article  III,  any  Transfer  that,  if
            effective,  would  result  in any  Person  (other  than an  Existing
            Holder)  Beneficially  Owning  or  Constructively  Owning  shares of
            Regular  Capital  Stock having an  aggregate  value in excess of the
            Ownership  Limit shall be void ab initio as to the  Transfer of such
            shares which would be otherwise Beneficially Owned or Constructively
            Owned by such  Person  in  excess of the  Ownership  Limit,  and the
            intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares.

                  (c) Except as provided in Item (viii) of this  Subsection  (d)
            of this  Section  2 of this  Article  III,  any  Transfer  that,  if
            effective,  would result in any Existing Holder  Beneficially Owning
            or  Constructively  Owning shares of Regular Capital Stock in excess
            of the applicable  Existing  Holder Limit shall be void ab initio as
            to the Transfer of such shares which would be otherwise Beneficially
            Owned or  Constructively  Owned by such Existing Holder in excess of
            the applicable Existing Holder Limit, and such Existing Holder shall
            acquire no rights in such shares.

                  (d) Except as provided in Item (viii) of this  Subsection  (d)
            of this  Section  2 of this  Article  III,  any  Transfer  that,  if
            effective,  would  result in the Capital  Stock  being  beneficially
            owned by fewer than 100 Persons (determined without reference to any
            rules of attribution)  shall be void ab initio as to the Transfer of
            such  shares  which  would be  otherwise  beneficially  owned by the
            transferee,  and the intended  transferee shall acquire no rights in
            such shares.

                  (e) Any  Transfer  that,  if  effective,  would  result in the
            Corporation  being  "closely  held"  within  the  meaning of Section
            856(h) of the Code shall be void ab initio as to the Transfer of the
            shares of


                                       15

<PAGE>



            Regular  Capital  Stock  which  would  cause the  Corporation  to be
            "closely held" within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code, and
            the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares.

                  (f) In  determining  the shares which any Person  Beneficially
            Owns (or would  Beneficially Own following a purported  Transfer) or
            Constructively  Owns  (or  would   Constructively  Own  following  a
            purported   Transfer)  for  purposes  of  applying  the  limitations
            contained in Paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this Item (ii)
            of this Subsection (d) of this Article III:

                        (1) shares of Capital  Stock that may be  acquired  upon
            conversion of Debentures  Beneficially Owned or Constructively Owned
            by such  Person,  but not  shares of  Capital  Stock  issuable  upon
            conversion  of  Debentures   held  by  others,   are  deemed  to  be
            outstanding.

                        (2) a pension  trust  shall be  treated  as  owning  all
            shares  of  Capital  Stock  (including  Capital  Stock  that  may be
            acquired upon  conversion of Debentures) as are (x) owned in its own
            name  or  with   respect   to  which  it  is  treated  as  an  owner
            constructively through the application of Section 544 of the Code as
            modified  by  Section  856(h)(1)(B)  of the Code but not by  Section
            856(h)(3)(A)  of the Code and (y) owned by, or  treated as owned by,
            constructively through the application of Section 544 of the Code as
            modified  by  Section  856(h)(1)(B)  of the Code but not by  Section
            856(h)(3)(A)  of the Code, all pension trusts  sponsored by the same
            employer  as  such  pension  trust  or  sponsored  by  any  of  such
            employer's  Affiliates.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  (y) above
            shall not apply in the case of either Motors  Insurance  Corporation
            and its  subsidiaries  (collectively,  "MIC") or any pension  trusts
            sponsored by the General Motors Corporation,  a Delaware corporation
            ("GMC"), or the American Telephone and Telegraph Company, a New York
            corporation  ("AT&T"),  or by any of  their  respective  Affiliates,
            provided  that  with  respect  to MIC and each  such  pension  trust
            sponsored by GMC, AT&T or any of their respective Affiliates,  other
            than the  Existing  Holders  described  in (i) through  (iii) in the
            definition  thereof,  all of the following  conditions  are met: (i)
            each such pension  trust is  administered,  and will  continue to be
            administered,  by persons who do not serve in an  administrative  or
            other  capacity to any other such pension trust  sponsored by GMC or
            any  Affiliate  of  GMC  or  AT&T  or  any  Affiliate  of  AT&T,  as
            applicable,  including the Existing Holders described in (i) through
            (iv) in the definition  thereof,  (it being understood that the fact
            that any two such pension trusts may have in common one or more, but
            less than a majority,  of the  persons  having  ultimate  investment
            authority for such pension  trusts shall not cause such trusts to be
            treated as one Person,  provided that they are otherwise  separately
            administered as hereinbefore described),  (ii) day to day investment
            decisions  with  respect  to MIC are  made by a  person  or  persons
            different than the person or persons who make such decisions for the
            pension  trusts  sponsored by GMC or its  affiliates,  including the
            Existing  Holders  described in (i), (ii) and, in respect of (i) and
            (ii),  item (iv) in the  definition  thereof,  (although MIC and the
            pension  trusts  sponsored  by GMC may have in common  the person or
            persons with ultimate investment  authority for such entities),  and
            the investment of MIC in the  Corporation  does not exceed 2% of the
            value of the  outstanding  Capital Stock of the  Corporation,  (iii)
            neither MIC nor any such pension  trust acts or will act, in concert
            with MIC, any other pension trust  sponsored by GMC or any Affiliate
            of GMC or AT&T or any  Affiliate of AT&T, as  applicable,  including
            the Existing Holders described in (i) through (iv) in the definition
            thereof, with respect to its investment in the Corporation, and (iv)
            as from  time to time  requested  by the  Corporation,  MIC and each
            pension trust shall provide the  Corporation  with a  representation
            and undertaking in writing to the foregoing effect.

                        (3) If  there  are two or more  classes  of  stock  then
            outstanding,  the total value of the outstanding Capital Stock shall
            be allocated among the different classes and series according to the
            relative  value of each class or series,  as determined by reference
            to the Market  Price per share of each such  class or series,  using
            the date on which the Transfer  occurs as the relevant  date, or the
            effective  date of the change in capital  structure  as the relevant
            date, as appropriate.

                  (g) If any shares are transferred  resulting in a violation of
            the Ownership  Limit or Paragraphs (b), (c), (d) or (e) of this Item
            (ii) of this Subsection (d) of this Section 2 of this


                                       16

<PAGE>



            Article III, such Transfer  shall be valid only with respect to such
            amount of shares  transferred  as does not result in a violation  of
            such limitations, and such Transfer otherwise shall be null and void
            ab initio.

            (iii) Conversion to Excess Stock.

                  (a) If, notwithstanding the other provisions contained in this
            Article  III,  at any time there is a  purported  Transfer  or other
            change in the capital  structure  of the  Corporation  such that any
            Person (other than an Existing Holder) would Beneficially Own or any
            Person  (other than an Existing  Holder)  would  Constructively  Own
            shares of Regular Capital Stock in excess of the Ownership Limit, or
            that any Person who is an Existing Holder would  Beneficially Own or
            any Person who is an Existing Holder would Constructively Own shares
            of Regular  Capital  Stock in excess of the Existing  Holder  Limit,
            then, except as otherwise provided in Item (viii) of this Subsection
            (d) of this  Section 2 of this  Article  III,  such shares of Common
            Stock or Preferred  Stock, or both, in excess of the Ownership Limit
            or Existing  Holder  Limit,  as the case may be,  (rounded up to the
            nearest whole share) shall  automatically  become Excess Stock. Such
            conversion  shall be  effective  as of the close of  business on the
            business  day prior to the date of the Transfer or change in capital
            structure.

                  (b) If, notwithstanding the other provisions contained in this
            Article  III, at any time,  there is a  purported  Transfer or other
            change  in the  capital  structure  of  the  Corporation  which,  if
            effective,  would cause the  Corporation  to become  "closely  held"
            within the meaning of Section  856(h) of the Code then the shares of
            Common Stock or Preferred  Stock, or both, being  Transferred  which
            would cause the  Corporation to be "closely held" within the meaning
            of Section  856(h) of the Code or held by a Person in excess of that
            Person's  Ownership  Limit or Existing  Holder Limit,  as applicable
            (rounded up to the nearest whole share) shall  automatically  become
            Excess Stock.  Such conversion shall be effective as of the close of
            business on the  business  day prior to the date of the  Transfer or
            change in capital structure.

                  (c) Shares of Excess  Stock  shall be issued  and  outstanding
            stock of the  Corporation.  The Purported  Transferee  shall have no
            rights  in such  shares  of  Excess  Stock  except  as  provided  in
            Subsection (e) of this Section 2 of this Article III.

            (iv)  Notice of  Restricted  Transfer.  Any Person who  acquires  or
      attempts to acquire  shares in violation  of Item (ii) of this  Subsection
      (d) of  this  Section  2 of  this  Article  III,  or any  Person  who is a
      transferee  such  that  Excess  Stock  results  under  Item  (iii) of this
      Subsection  (d) of this Section 2 of this Article III,  shall  immediately
      give written notice to the  Corporation of such event and shall provide to
      the  Corporation  such other  information as the  Corporation  may request
      regarding such Person's ownership of Capital Stock.

            (v)   Owners Required to Provide Information.

                  (a)  Every  Beneficial  Owner of more  than 5% (or such  other
            percentage,  as provided in the applicable regulations adopted under
            Sections 856 through 859 of the Code) of the  outstanding  shares of
            the Capital  Stock of the  Corporation  shall,  within 30 days after
            January 1 of each  year,  give  written  notice  to the  Corporation
            stating the name and address of such Beneficial Owner, the number of
            shares  Beneficially  Owned  and  Constructively  Owned,  and a full
            description  of how such  shares are held.  Every  Beneficial  Owner
            shall,  upon demand by the Corporation,  disclose to the Corporation
            in  writing  such  additional   information   with  respect  to  the
            Beneficial Ownership and Constructive Ownership of the Capital Stock
            as the Board of Directors  deems  appropriate  or  necessary  (i) to
            comply with the provisions of the Code,  regarding the qualification
            of the  Corporation  as a REIT  under the  Code,  and (ii) to ensure
            compliance with the Ownership Limit or the Existing Holder Limit.

                  (b) Any Person who is a Beneficial Owner or Constructive Owner
            of shares of Capital Stock and any Person (including the shareholder
            of record) who is holding  Capital  Stock for a Beneficial  Owner or
            Constructive  Owner, and any proposed transferee of shares, upon the
            determination  by the Board of Directors to be reasonably  necessary
            to protect the status of the  Corporation  as a REIT under the Code,
            shall provide a statement or affidavit to the  Corporation,  setting
            forth the number of


                                       17

<PAGE>



            shares of Capital Stock already Beneficially Owned or Constructively
            Owned by such  shareholder  or proposed  transferee  and any related
            person specified,  which statement or affidavit shall be in the form
            prescribed by the Corporation for that purpose.

            (vi) Remedies Not Limited. Subject to Subsection (h) of this Section
      2 of this Article III,  nothing  contained in this Article III shall limit
      the  authority  of the Board of  Directors to take such other action as it
      deems  necessary  or  advisable  (i) to protect  the  Corporation  and the
      interests of its  shareholders in the  preservation  of the  Corporation's
      status as a REIT, and (ii) to insure  compliance  with the Ownership Limit
      and the Existing Holder Limit.

            (vii)  Determination.  Any question regarding the application of any
      of the provisions of this Subsection (d) of this Section 2 of this Article
      III, including any definition contained in Item (i) of this Subsection (d)
      of this Section 2 of this Article III,  shall be determined or resolved by
      the Board of Directors and any such  determination  or resolution shall be
      final and binding on the Corporation, its shareholders, and all parties in
      interest.

            (viii) Exceptions.  The Board of Directors,  upon advice from, or an
      opinion from,  Counsel,  may exempt a Person from the  Ownership  Limit if
      such Person is a Look Through Entity,  provided,  however, in no event may
      any such  exception  cause such  Person's  ownership,  direct or  indirect
      (without taking into account such Person's ownership of interests in TRG),
      to exceed 9.9% of the value of the outstanding Capital Stock.

                  For a period of 90 days  following  the  purchase  of  Regular
      Capital Stock by an underwriter that (i) is a Look Through Entity and (ii)
      participates  in a public  offering of the  Regular  Capital  Stock,  such
      underwriter  shall not be subject to the  Ownership  Limit with respect to
      the  Regular  Capital  Stock  purchased  by it as a part  of  such  public
      offering.

      (e)   Excess Stock.

            (i)  Surrender of Excess Stock to  Designated  Agent.  Within thirty
      business  days of the date upon  which  the  Corporation  determines  that
      shares have become Excess Stock, the Corporation, by written notice to the
      Purported Transferee,  shall demand that any certificate or other evidence
      of ownership of the shares of Excess Stock be  immediately  surrendered to
      the Designated Agent (the "Demand").

            (ii)  Excess  Share  Distributions.  The  Designated  Agent shall be
      entitled  to  receive  all  Excess  Share  Distributions.   The  Purported
      Transferee of Regular Capital Stock that has become Excess Stock shall not
      be entitled to any dividends or other  distributions,  including,  without
      limitation, capital gain distributions,  with respect to the Excess Stock.
      Any Excess Share  Distributions  paid to a Purported  Transferee  shall be
      remitted to the  Designated  Agent within  thirty  business days after the
      date of the Demand.

            (iii) Restrictions on Transfer; Sale of Excess Stock.

                  (a) Excess Stock shall be transferable by the Designated Agent
            as attorney-in-fact  for the Designated Charity.  Excess Stock shall
            not be transferable by the Purported Transferee.

                  (b) Upon  delivery of the  certificates  or other  evidence of
            ownership of the shares of Excess Stock to the Designated Agent, the
            Designated   Agent  shall   immediately   sell  such  shares  in  an
            arms-length  transaction  (over the New York Stock  Exchange or such
            other  exchange  over  which the shares of the  applicable  class or
            series of Regular Capital Stock may then be traded, if practicable),
            and the  Purported  Transferee  shall  receive  from  the Net  Sales
            Proceeds, the lesser of:

                        (1)   the Net Sales Proceeds; or

                        (2) the price per share that such  Purported  Transferee
            paid for the Regular  Capital Stock in the  purported  Transfer that
            resulted in the Excess Stock, or if the Purported Transferee did not
            give value for such shares  (because the Transfer  was, for example,
            through  a gift,  devise  or other  transaction),  a price per share
            equal to the Market Price determined using the date of the purported
            Transfer that resulted in the Excess Stock as the relevant date.


                                       18

<PAGE>



                  (c) If some or all of the  shares  of Excess  Stock  have been
            sold prior to  receiving  the  Demand,  such sale shall be deemed to
            been made for the  benefit  of and as the  agent for the  Designated
            Charity. The Purported Transferee shall pay to the Designated Agent,
            within thirty  business  days of the date of the Demand,  the entire
            gross  proceeds  realized  upon  such  sale.   Notwithstanding   the
            preceding   sentence,   the  Designated   Agent  may  grant  written
            permission to the Purported  Transferee to retain an amount from the
            gross  proceeds equal to the amount the Purported  Transferee  would
            have been  entitled  to receive  had the  Designated  Agent sold the
            shares as provided in Item (iii)(b) of this  Subsection  (e) of this
            Section 2 of this Article III.

                  (d) The Designated  Agent shall promptly pay to the Designated
            Charity any Excess Share  Distributions  recovered by the Designated
            Agent and the  excess,  if any, of the Net Sales  Proceeds  over the
            amount due to the Purported  Transferee as provided in Item (iii)(b)
            of this Subsection (e) of this Section 2 of this Article III.

            (iv) Voting Rights.  The  Designated  Agent shall have the exclusive
      right to vote all shares of Excess Stock as the  attorney-in-fact  for the
      Designated Charity. The Purported Transferee shall not be entitled to vote
      such shares (except as required by applicable  law).  Notwithstanding  the
      foregoing,  votes erroneously cast by a Prohibited Transferee shall not be
      invalidated  in  the  event  that  the   Corporation   has  already  taken
      irreversible corporate action to effect a reorganization,  merger, sale or
      dissolution of the Corporation.

            (v)  Rights  Upon  Liquidation.  In the  event of any  voluntary  or
      involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of, or any distribution
      of the assets of the Corporation, a Purported Transferee shall be entitled
      to receive the lesser of (i) that amount which would have been due to such
      Purported  Transferee had the  Designated  Agent sold the shares of Excess
      Stock as provided in Item (iii)(b) of this  Subsection (e) of this Section
      2 of this  Article III and (ii) that  amount  which would have been due to
      the Purported Transferee if the Transfer had been valid under Item (ii) of
      Subsection  (d) of this Section 2 of this Article III,  determined  (A) in
      the case of Common Stock, pursuant to Subsection (a)(ii) of this Section 2
      of this Article III, and (B) in the case of Preferred  Stock,  pursuant to
      the  provisions of these Amended and Restated  Articles of  Incorporation,
      amended as authorized  by Section 1 of this Article III,  which sets forth
      the liquidation  rights of such class or series of Preferred  Stock.  With
      respect to shares of Excess Stock, a Purported  Transferee  shall not have
      any rights to share in the assets of the Corporation upon the liquidation,
      dissolution  or  winding  up of the  Corporation  other  than the right to
      receive the amount  determined in the preceding  sentence and shall not be
      entitled to any preference or priority (as a creditor of the  Corporation)
      over the  holders  of the  shares of  Regular  Capital  Stock.  Any Excess
      Liquidation Proceeds shall be paid to the Designated Charity.

            (vi) Action by Corporation to Enforce Transfer Restrictions.  If the
      Purported  Transferee  fails to deliver the certificates or other evidence
      of ownership and all Excess Share  Distributions  to the Designated  Agent
      within thirty business days of the date of Demand,  the Corporation  shall
      take such legal  action to enforce the  provisions  of this Article III as
      may be permitted under applicable law.

      (f) Legend.  Each  certificate  for Capital Stock shall bear the following
legend:

            "The Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as the same may
            be amended (the  "Articles"),  impose  certain  restrictions  on the
            transfer and ownership of the shares represented by this Certificate
            based upon the  percentage  of the  outstanding  shares owned by the
            shareholder.  At no charge,  any  shareholder  may receive a written
            statement of the  restrictions  on transfer and  ownership  that are
            imposed by the Articles."

      (g) Severability.  If any provision of this Article III or any application
of any such  provision is determined to be invalid by any Federal or state court
having  jurisdiction over the issues,  the validity of the remaining  provisions
shall not be affected and other applications of such provision shall be affected
only to the extent necessary to comply with the determination of such court.

      (h) New York Stock Exchange Settlement. Nothing contained in these Amended
and Restated  Articles of  Incorporation  shall  preclude the  settlement of any
transaction entered into through the facilities of the New


                                       19

<PAGE>



York Stock Exchange or of any other stock exchange on which shares of the Common
Stock or class or series of  Preferred  Stock may be  listed,  or of the  Nasdaq
National  Market  (if the  shares  are  quoted  on such  Market)  and  which has
conditioned  such  listing or quotation  on the  inclusion in the  Corporation's
Amended and  Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation  of a provision  such as this
Subsection  (h). The fact that the  settlement of any  transaction  is permitted
shall not negate the effect of any other  provision  of this Article III and any
transferee in such a transaction  shall be subject to all of the  provisions and
limitations set forth in this Article III.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                     Registered Office and Registered Agent

      1.    Registered Office.

      The  address  and  mailing  address  of  the  registered   office  of  the
Corporation is 500 North Woodward Avenue, Suite 100, Bloomfield Hills,  Michigan
48304.

      2.    Resident Agent.

      The resident  agent for  service  of  process  on the  Corporation  at the
registered office is Jeffrey H. Miro.

                                    ARTICLE V
                      Plan of Compromise or Reorganization

      When a  compromise  or  arrangement  or a plan  of  reorganization  of the
Corporation is proposed  between the  Corporation and its creditors or any class
of them or between the Corporation and its  shareholders or any class of them, a
court of equity jurisdiction within the State of Michigan, on application of the
Corporation  or of a creditor or  shareholder  thereof,  or on  application of a
receiver appointed for the Corporation,  may order a meeting of the creditors or
class  of  creditors  or of the  shareholders  or class  of  shareholders  to be
affected by the proposed  compromise or  arrangement  or  reorganization,  to be
summoned  in  such  manner  as  the  court  directs.  If a  majority  in  number
representing  75% in value of the  creditors  or class of  creditors,  or of the
shareholders or class of shareholders to be affected by the proposed  compromise
or  arrangement or a  reorganization,  agree to a compromise or arrangement or a
reorganization  of  the  Corporation  as a  consequence  of  the  compromise  or
arrangement, the compromise or arrangement and the reorganization, if sanctioned
by the court to which the application has been made, shall be binding on all the
creditors  or  class  of  creditors,  or on all the  shareholders  or  class  of
shareholders and also on the Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                    Directors

      For so long as the Corporation has the right to designate, pursuant to The
Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of TRG (as the same may be
amended, the Partnership Agreement"),  members of the committee of TRG that have
the  power  to  approve  or  propose  all  actions,  decisions,  determinations,
designations,   delegations,   directions,  appointments,  consents,  approvals,
selections,  and the like to be taken,  made or given,  with respect to TRG, its
business and its properties as well as the management of all affairs of TRG (the
"Partnership Committee"), the Board of Directors shall consist of, except during
the period of any vacancy  between  annual  meetings of the  shareholders,  that
number of members as are set forth in the By-Laws of the  Corporation  of which,
except  during  the  period  of  any  vacancy  between  annual  meetings  of the
shareholders,  not less than 40%  (rounded  up to the next whole  number) of the
members  shall  be  Independent   Directors  (as  hereinafter   defined),   and,
thereafter, the Board of Directors shall consist of, except during the period of
any vacancy between annual meetings of the shareholders,  that number of members
as are set forth in the By-Laws of the Corporation. For purposes of this Article
VI,  "Independent  Director"  shall mean an individual who is neither one of the
following  named  persons nor an  employee,  beneficiary,  principal,  director,
officer  or agent of, or a general  partner  in, or limited  partner  (owning in
excess


                                       20

<PAGE>



of 5% of the Beneficial  Interest) or shareholder (owning in excess of 5% of the
Beneficial  Interest) in, any such named Person:  (i) for so long as TG Partners
Limited Partnership,  a Delaware limited  partnership,  has the right to appoint
one or more Partnership  Committee members,  A. Alfred Taubman and any Affiliate
of A. Alfred Taubman or any member of his Immediate Family,  (ii) for so long as
Taub-Co Management,  Inc., a Michigan corporation (formerly The Taubman Company,
Inc.  ("T-Co"))  has the  right to  appoint  one or more  Partnership  Committee
members, T-Co or an Affiliate of T-Co, (iii) for so long as a Taubman Transferee
(as  hereinafter  defined)  has the  right to  appoint  one or more  Partnership
Committee  members,  a  Taubman  Transferee,  or an  Affiliate  of such  Taubman
Transferee,  (iv) for so long as GMPTS  has the  right  to  appoint  one or more
Partnership  Committee  members,  GMPTS,  General  Motors  Corporation,   or  an
Affiliate of GMPTS or of General  Motors  Corporation,  and (v) for so long as a
GMPTS  Transferee (as hereinafter  defined) has the right to appoint one or more
Partnership  Committee members, a GMPTS Transferee or an Affiliate of such GMPTS
Transferee.  "Taubman Transferee" means a single Person that acquires,  pursuant
to Section 8.1(b) or Section 8.3(a) of The  Partnership  Agreement,  or upon the
foreclosure  or like action in respect of a pledge of a partnership  interest in
TRG,  the  then  (i.e.,  at the  time of such  acquisition)  entire  partnership
interest in TRG  (excluding,  in the case of an acquisition  pursuant to Section
8.3(a) of the Partnership  Agreement or pursuant to a foreclosure or like action
in respect of a pledge of a  partnership  interest  in TRG,  the ability of such
Person to act as a substitute  partner) of A. Alfred Taubman,  and any Affiliate
of A. Alfred  Taubman or any member of his  Immediate  Family,  from one or more
such  persons  or from any  Taubman  Transferee;  provided  that the  percentage
interest in TRG being  transferred  exceeds  7.7%.  "GMPTS  Transferee"  means a
single Person that acquires, pursuant to Section 8.1(b) or Section 8.3(a) of the
Partnership  Agreement,  or upon the  foreclosure or like action in respect of a
pledge of a  partnership  interest in TRG,  the then (i.e.,  at the time of such
acquisition) entire such partnership interest in TRG (excluding,  in the case of
an  acquisition  pursuant  to Section  8.3(a) of the  Partnership  Agreement  or
pursuant to a foreclosure  or like action in respect of a pledge of  partnership
interests in TRG, the ability of such Person to act as a substitute  partner) of
GMPTS or of any GMPTS Transferee;  provided that the percentage  interest in TRG
being transferred exceeds 7.7%.

For so long as the  Corporation  has the  right to  designate,  pursuant  to the
Partnership Agreement, any members of the Partnership Committee, the affirmative
vote  of  both  a  majority  of the  Independent  Directors  who  do not  have a
beneficial  financial interest in the action before the Board of Directors and a
majority of all members of the Board of  Directors  who do not have a beneficial
financial  interest in the action  before the Board of Directors is required for
the  approval  of all actions to be taken by the Board of  Directors;  provided,
however,  the  Corporation  may not appoint to the  Partnership  Committee  as a
Corporation  appointee  an  individual  who does not satisfy the  definition  of
Independent Director in one or more respects without the affirmative vote of all
of the Independent Directors then in office. Thereafter, the affirmative vote of
a majority of all members of the Board of Directors who do not have a beneficial
financial  interest in the action  before the Board of Directors is required for
the  approval  of all  actions  to be  taken  by the  Board  of  Directors.  The
establishment  of  reasonable  compensation  of  Directors  for  services to the
Corporation as Directors or officers  shall not  constitute  action in which any
Director has a beneficial financial interest.

      Subject to the foregoing, a Director shall be deemed and considered in all
respects  and for all purposes to be a Director of the  Corporation,  including,
without  limitation,  having  the  authority  to  vote  or act  on all  matters,
including, without limitation, matters submitted to a vote at any meeting of the
Board of Directors  or at any meeting of a committee of the Board of  Directors,
and the  application  to such Director of Articles VII and VIII of these Amended
and Restated Articles of Incorporation, notwithstanding a Purported Transferee's
unauthorized exercise of voting rights with respect to such Director's election.


                                       21

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE VII
                         Limited Liability of Directors

      No director of the  Corporation  shall be liable to the Corporation or its
shareholders for monetary damages for a breach of the director's fiduciary duty;
provided,  however,  the  foregoing  provision  shall  not be  deemed to limit a
director's liability to the Corporation or its shareholders resulting from:

               (i)  a  breach  of  the   director's   duty  of  loyalty  to  the
                    Corporation or its shareholders;

               (ii) acts or omissions of the director not in good faith or which
                    involve intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law;

               (iii) a violation of Section 551(1) of the Act or;

               (iv) a  transaction  from which the director  derived an improper
                    personal benefit.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                  Indemnification of Officers, Directors, Etc.

      1.    Indemnification of Directors.

      The Corporation  shall and does hereby  indemnify a person  (including the
heirs,  executors,  and administrators of such person) who is or was a party to,
or who is threatened to be made a party to, a threatened,  pending, or completed
action,  suit,  or  proceeding,  whether  civil,  criminal,  administrative,  or
investigative and whether formal or informal,  including, without limitation, an
action by or in the right of the  Corporation,  by reason of the fact that he or
she is or was a director of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request
of the Corporation as a director (or in a similar capacity, including serving as
a member of the  Partnership  Committee and of any other committee of TRG) or in
any other representative  capacity of another foreign or domestic corporation or
of or with respect to any other entity  (including  TRG),  whether for profit or
not, against expenses, attorneys' fees, judgments, penalties, fines, and amounts
paid in settlement  actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection
with the action,  suit,  or  proceeding.  This Section 1 of this Article VIII is
intended to grant the persons herein  described with the fullest  protection not
prohibited  by existing  law in effect as of the date of filing this Amended and
Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation  or  such  greater  protection  as  may be
permitted or not prohibited under succeeding provisions of law.

      2.    Indemnification of Officers, Etc.

      The Corporation has the power to indemnify a person  (including the heirs,
executors,  and  administrators of such person) who is or was a party to, or who
is  threatened  to be made a party to, a threatened,  pending,  or  contemplated
action,  suit,  or  proceeding,  whether  civil,  criminal,  administrative,  or
investigative  and whether formal or informal,  including an action by or in the
right of the  Corporation,  by  reason  of the fact  that he or she is or was an
officer,  employee,  or agent of the  Corporation  or is or was  serving  at the
request of the Corporation as an officer, partner,  trustee,  employee, or agent
of another foreign or domestic corporation,  partnership  (including TRG), joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, whether for profit or not, against expenses,
including  attorneys'  fees,  judgments,  penalties,  fines, and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the
action,  suit, or proceeding,  if the person acted in good faith and in a manner
he or she  reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of
the  Corporation or its  shareholders,  and with respect to a criminal action or
proceeding,  if the person had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct
was unlawful. Unless ordered by a court, an indemnification under this Section 2
of this Article VIII shall be made by the Corporation  only as authorized in the
specific  case  upon  a  determination  that  indemnification  of  the  officer,
employee,  or agent is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the
applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Section 2 of this Article VIII.


                                       22

<PAGE>


      3.    Advancement of Expenses.

      The Corporation  shall pay the expenses  incurred by a person described in
Section 1 of this Article VIII in defending a civil or criminal action, suit, or
proceeding  described in such Section 1 in advance of the final  disposition  of
the action, suit, or proceeding. The Corporation shall pay the expenses incurred
by a person  described in Section 2 of this Article VIII in defending a civil or
criminal action,  suit, or proceeding  described in such Section 2 in advance of
the final  disposition  of the action,  suit, or  proceeding  upon receipt of an
undertaking  by or on behalf  of such  person  to repay  the  expenses  if it is
ultimately  determined  that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the
Corporation.  Such undertaking shall be by unlimited  general  obligation of the
person on whose behalf advances are made but need not be secured.

      Signed and certified as of the 12th day of October, 1998.



                                          /s/ ROBERT S.  TAUBMAN
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Robert S. Taubman
                                          President and Chief Executive Officer



                                      23




                              TABLE OF CONTENTS TO
                               RESTATED BY-LAWS OF
                              TAUBMAN CENTERS, INC.
               (Reflecting amendments through September 30, 1998)


                                                                   Page
                                                                   ----

Article I -- MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
     Section 1.01  Place of Meetings............................    1
     Section 1.02  Annual Meeting...............................    1
     Section 1.03  Special Meetings.............................    1
     Section 1.04  Notice of Meetings...........................    1
     Section 1.05  Waiver of Notice.............................    1
     Section 1.06  Inspectors of Election.......................    2
     Section 1.07  Quorum and Adjournment.......................    2
     Section 1.08  Vote of Shareholders.........................    2
     Section 1.09  Proxies......................................    2
     Section 1.10  Consents.....................................    2
     Section 1.11  Organization of Shareholders' Meetings.......    3
Article II -- DETERMINATION OF VOTING, DIVIDEND, AND 
              OTHER RIGHTS......................................    3
Article III -- DIRECTORS
     Section 3.01  General Powers...............................    3
     Section 3.02  Number, Qualifications, and Term of Office...    3
     Section 3.03  Place of Meetings............................    4
     Section 3.04  Annual Meeting...............................    4
     Section 3.05  Regular and Special Meetings.................    4
     Section 3.06  Quorum and Manner of Action..................    4
     Section 3.07  Compensation.................................    4
     Section 3.08  Removal of Directors.........................    5
     Section 3.09  Resignations.................................    5
     Section 3.10  Vacancies....................................    5
     Section 3.11  Organization of Board Meeting................    5
Article IV -- COMMITTEES
     Section 4.01  Committees...................................    5
     Section 4.02  Regular Meetings.............................    5
     Section 4.03  Special Meetings.............................    5
     Section 4.04  Quorum and Manner of Action..................    6
     Section 4.05  Records......................................    6
     Section 4.06  Vacancies....................................    6
Article V -- OFFICERS
     Section 5.01  Officers.....................................    6
     Section 5.02  Term of Office and Resignation...............    6
     Section 5.03  Removal of Elected Officers..................    6
     Section 5.04  Vacancies....................................    7
     Section 5.05  Compensation.................................    7
     Section 5.06  The Chairman of the Board....................    7
     Section 5.07  The Vice Chairman of the Board...............    7
     Section 5.08  The President................................    7
     Section 5.09  The Chief Financial Officer..................    7
     Section 5.10  The Vice President...........................    7
     Section 5.11  The Secretary................................    7
     Section 5.12  The Treasurer................................    8




<PAGE>




Article VI -- INDEMNIFICATION
     Section 6.01  Indemnification..............................    8
     Section 6.02  Advancement of Expenses......................    8
     Section 6.03  Indemnification: Insurance...................    8
     Section 6.04  Indemnification: Constituent Corporations....    8
Article VII -- SHARE CERTIFICATES
     Section 7.01  Form; Signature..............................    9
     Section 7.02  Transfer Agents and Registrars...............    9
     Section 7.03  Transfers of Shares..........................    9
     Section 7.04  Registered Shareholders......................    9
     Section 7.05  Lost Certificates............................    9
Article VIII -- MISCELLANEOUS
     Section 8.01  Fiscal Year..................................   10
     Section 8.02  Signatures on Negotiable Instrumental........   10
     Section 8.03  Dividends....................................   10
     Section 8.04  Reserves.....................................   10
     Section 8.05  Seal.........................................   10
     Section 8.06  Corporation Offices..........................   10
Article IX -- AMENDMENTS
     Section 9.01  Power to Amend...............................   10






<PAGE>



                                RESTATED BY-LAWS
                                       OF
                              TAUBMAN CENTERS, INC.
               (Reflecting amendments through September 30, 1998)

                                    ARTICLE I

                            Meetings of Shareholders

Section 1.01. Place of Meetings.

   Annual and special meetings of the  shareholders  shall be held at such place
within or outside the State of Michigan as may be fixed from time to time by the
board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed
waiver of notice thereof.

Section 1.02. Annual Meeting.

   The annual meeting of the  shareholders for the election of directors and for
the  transaction  of such other business as may properly come before the meeting
shall be held on such date as the Chairman of the Board, or the Vice Chairman of
the Board or the  President or the board of directors  shall  designate,  and at
such hour as may be named,  in the notice of said  meeting.  If the  election of
directors  shall not be held on the date so designated for any annual meeting or
at any  adjournment  of such  meeting,  the board of  directors  shall cause the
election to be held at a special  meeting as soon  thereafter as it conveniently
may be held.

Section 1.03. Special Meetings.

   A special meeting of the  shareholders  may be called at any time and for any
purpose or  purposes  by the  Chairman  of the Board,  the Vice  Chairman of the
Board, the President, a Vice President or any two directors, or by a shareholder
or  shareholders  holding  of record  shares  entitled  to at least  twenty-five
percent  (25%)  of all the  votes  entitled  to be cast  by the  holders  of all
outstanding capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote at such meeting.

Section 1.04. Notice of Meetings.

   A written  notice of the place,  date,  hour,  and purposes of each  meeting,
whether  annual  or  special,  and  any  adjournment  thereof,  shall  be  given
personally or by mail to each shareholder  entitled to vote thereat at least ten
(10) but not more than  sixty (60) days  prior to the  meeting  unless a shorter
time is provided by the Michigan  Business  Corporation  Act and is fixed by the
board of directors.  The notice of any special meeting shall also state by or at
whose  direction  it is being  issued.  If, at any  meeting,  whether  annual or
special,  action  is  proposed  to be  taken  which  would,  if  taken,  entitle
shareholders fulfilling requirements of law to receive payment for their shares,
the notice of such meeting shall include a statement of that purpose and to that
effect.  If any notice,  as provided in this Section 1.04 is mailed, it shall be
directed to the shareholder in a postage  prepaid  envelope at his address as it
appears  on the  record of  shareholders,  or, if he shall  have  filed with the
Secretary a written request that notices to him be mailed to some other address,
then directed to him at such other address.

Section 1.05. Waiver of Notice.

   Notice of meeting need not be given to any  shareholder  who submits a waiver
of  notice,  signed  in  person or by  proxy,  whether  before,  at or after the
meeting.  The attendance of any shareholder at a meeting, in person or by proxy,
shall  constitute a waiver of notice by him except when the shareholder  attends
such  meeting for the express  purpose of  objecting,  at the  beginning  of the
meeting,  to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully
called or convened.





<PAGE>



Section 1.06. Inspectors of Election.

   The board of  directors,  or any officer or officers  duly  authorized by the
board of directors,  in advance of any meeting of shareholders,  may appoint one
or  more  inspectors  to act at the  meeting  or  any  adjournment  thereof.  If
inspectors are not so appointed, the person presiding at the meeting may, and on
the request of any  shareholder  entitled to vote thereat shall,  appoint one or
more  inspectors.  In case any  person  appointed  fails to appear  or act,  the
vacancy may be filled by  appointment  made by the board of directors in advance
of the meeting or at the meeting by the chairman of the meeting. Each inspector,
before  entering upon the  discharge of his duties,  shall take and sign an oath
faithfully  to execute  the duties of  inspector  at such  meeting  with  strict
impartiality  and  according to the best of his ability.  The  inspectors  shall
determine  the number of shares  outstanding  and the voting power of each,  the
shares  represented at the meeting,  the existence of a quorum, the validity and
effect of proxies,  and shall  receive  votes,  ballots,  or consents,  hear and
determine all challenges and questions  arising in connection  with the right to
vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots, or consents,  determine the result,
and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with  fairness to
all  shareholders.  On  request of the person  presiding  at the  meeting or any
shareholder  entitled to vote  thereat,  the  inspectors  shall make a report in
writing  of any  facts or  matters  found or  determined  by them and  execute a
certificate with respect thereto.

Section 1.07. Quorum and Adjournment.

   Unless a greater or lesser  quorum is provided by statute or in the  articles
of  incorporation,  shares entitled to cast a majority of the votes at a meeting
constitute a quorum at the  meeting.  The  shareholders  present in person or by
proxy  at  the  meeting  may   continue  to  do  business   until   adjournment,
notwithstanding  the  withdrawal  of enough  shareholders  to leave  less than a
quorum. By a vote of the shares present, even if less than a quorum, the meeting
may be adjourned  to another  place and time for a period not  exceeding  thirty
(30) days in any one case.  At an  adjourned  meeting at which a quorum shall be
present,  any business may be transacted  that might have been transacted at the
meeting as originally called.

Section 1.08. Vote of Shareholders.

   Each share of  outstanding  capital  stock  shall  entitle  its holder to the
voting  rights set forth in the  articles of  incorporation.  All  elections  of
directors shall be by a plurality vote of the  shareholders  entitled to vote at
such meeting of  shareholders.  Whenever any corporate  action is to be taken by
vote,  other than the  election  of  directors,  it shall,  except as  otherwise
required by statute,  by the articles of incorporation,  or by these by-laws, be
authorized by two-thirds  (2/3(rds)) of all the votes entitled to be cast by the
holders  of all  outstanding  capital  stock  entitled  to vote  on the  action.
Directors  shall be elected if approved  by a plurality  of the votes cast at an
election.

Section 1.09. Proxies.

   Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders or to express
consent or dissent without a meeting may authorize  another person or persons to
act for  him by  proxy.  Every  proxy  must  be in  writing  and  signed  by the
shareholder  or  his  attorney-in-fact.  No  proxy  shall  be  valid  after  the
expiration of three (3) years from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in
the proxy.

Section 1.10. Consents.

   Any action  required or  permitted to be taken by the holders of any class or
series of capital stock  authorized  under the articles of incorporation to vote
by non-unanimous  written consent may be taken without a meeting,  without prior
notice, and without a vote, if consents in writing,  setting forth the action so
taken, are signed by the holders of outstanding  shares having not less than the
minimum  number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take the action
at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on the action were present and
voted. The written consents shall bear the date of signature of each shareholder
who signs the consent. No written consents shall be effective to take the action
referred  to  unless,  within 60 days  after  the  record  date for  determining
shareholders  entitled  to  express  consent  to or to  dissent  from a proposal
without a

                                       2

<PAGE>





meeting,  written consents signed by shareholders holding a sufficient number of
shares to take the action are delivered to the corporation. Delivery shall be to
the  corporation's  registered  office,  its principal place of business,  or an
officer  or  agent of the  corporation  having  custody  of the  minutes  of the
proceedings of its shareholders.  Delivery made to the corporation's  registered
office shall be by hand or by  certified  or  registered  mail,  return  receipt
requested.  Prompt notice of the taking of the action  without a meeting by less
than  unanimous  written  consent  shall be given to the holders of the relevant
class or series of capital  stock who would have been  entitled to notice of the
shareholder  meeting if the action had been taken at a meeting  and who have not
consented in writing.

Section 1.11. Organization of Shareholders' Meetings.

   At every meeting of the  shareholders,  the Chairman of the Board,  or in his
absence, the Vice Chairman of the Board, or in his absence, the President, or in
his absence,  a Vice President,  or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board,
the President and Vice President, a chairman chosen by a majority in interest of
the  shareholders of the corporation  present in person or by proxy and entitled
to vote, shall act as chairman; and the Secretary,  or in his absence any person
appointed by the chairman, shall act as secretary.

                                   ARTICLE II

                            Determination of Voting,
                           Dividend, and Other Rights

   For the purpose of determining the  shareholders  entitled to notice of or to
vote at any meeting of shareholders or any  adjournment  thereof,  or to express
consent to or dissent from any proposal without a meeting, or for the purpose of
determining  shareholders  entitled  to receive  payment of any  dividend or the
allotment of any rights,  or the date when any change or  conversion or exchange
of capital  stock shall go into effect,  or for the purpose of any other action,
the board of  directors  may fix, in advance,  a date as the record date for any
such determination of shareholders.  Such date shall not be more than sixty (60)
nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any such  meeting,  nor more than
thirty (30) days prior to any other action.  If a record date is so fixed,  such
shareholders  and only such  shareholders  as shall be shareholders of record on
that date so fixed shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, such  meeting
and any  adjournment  thereof,  or to express  such  consent or  dissent,  or to
receive payment of such dividend or such allotment of rights, or otherwise to be
recognized as shareholders for the purpose of any other action,  notwithstanding
any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after any such record
date so fixed.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                    Directors

Section 3.01. General Powers.

   The business and all the powers of the corporation,  and the stock, property,
and affairs of the corporation,  except as otherwise provided by the articles of
incorporation,  the  by-laws,  or by  statute,  shall be managed by the board of
directors.

Section 3.02. Number, Qualifications, and Term of Office.

   Except when the Corporation's  articles of incorporation require the board to
consist of a fixed number of directors,  the board of directors shall consist of
that  number  of  directors  established  from  time  to time  by the  board  of
directors,  provided that the board cannot reduce the number of directors  below
its then  current  size  except upon the  expiration  of the term of one or more
directors  or the  death,  resignation,  or  removal  of a  director.  Except as
otherwise required by the articles of incorporation, the directors, who need not
be  shareholders,  shall be divided  into three  classes that shall be as nearly
equal in number as is  possible.  At each annual  meeting of  shareholders,  one
class of  directors  shall be chosen for a full three year term and until  their
successors  shall be duly  elected and  qualified  or, if earlier,  until death,
resignation or removal.


                                       3


<PAGE>



   If satisfied immediately following the most recent election or appointment of
directors,  any requirement under the articles of incorporation or these by-laws
regarding the number of directors who must be  "independent"  shall be deemed to
be satisfied until the next annual meeting of shareholders,  notwithstanding the
occurrence of one or more vacancies on the board of directors  occurring between
meetings of shareholders.

Section 3.03. Place of Meetings.

   Meetings of the board of directors,  annual or special,  shall be held at any
place  within  or  outside  the  State of  Michigan  as may from time to time be
determined by the board of directors.

Section 3.04. Annual Meeting.

   The board of directors  shall meet as soon as  practicable  after each annual
election of directors for the purpose of organization, election of officers, and
the  transaction  of other  business,  on the same day and at the same  place at
which the  shareholders'  meeting is held.  Notice of such  meeting  need not be
given.  Such  meeting  may be held at such  other  time  and  place  as shall be
specified in a notice to be given as hereinafter  provided for special  meetings
of the board of directors,  or according to consent and waiver of notice thereof
signed by all directors.

Section 3.05. Regular and Special Meetings.

   Regular  (i.e.,  previously  scheduled  by action of the board of  directors)
meetings of the board of directors may be held with or without  notice.  Special
meetings  of the  board  of  directors  shall  be held  whenever  called  by any
director.  Notice of any special meeting, and any adjournment  thereof,  stating
the  place,  date,  hour and  purpose  of the  meeting,  shall be mailed to each
director, addressed to him at his residence or usual place of business, or shall
be sent to him at such  place by mail,  telegraph,  cable,  fax or radio,  or be
delivered  personally or by  telephone,  not later than  forty-eight  (48) hours
prior to the day on which the  meeting is to be held.  Notice of any  meeting of
the board of  directors  need not be given to any  director who submits a signed
waiver of notice before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without
protesting,  either prior to or at the commencement of such meeting, the lack of
notice to him. Unless limited by statute,  the articles of incorporation,  these
by-laws,  or the  terms  of the  notice  thereof,  any and all  business  may be
transacted at any special meeting.

Section 3.06. Quorum and Manner of Action.

   A majority of the directors in office at the time of any meeting of the board
of directors, present in person, shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute
a quorum for the transaction of business.  The affirmative vote of a majority of
the  directors in office shall be required for the approval of all actions to be
taken by the board of directors,  except as otherwise required by statute or the
articles  of  incorporation  and  except  for  adjournment.  A  majority  of the
directors  present,  regardless of whether a quorum is present,  may adjourn any
meeting to another place and time for a period not exceeding thirty (30) days in
any one case.  If all of the  directors  severally  or  collectively  consent in
writing to any act taken or to be taken by the corporation, such action shall be
valid  corporate  action as though it had been  authorized  at a meeting  of the
board of directors.

Section 3.07. Compensation.

   Each  independent  director shall be paid such directors' fees and fixed sums
and expenses for  attendance at each annual,  regular or special  meeting of the
board of  directors  or  committees  of the board of  directors  as the board of
directors by resolution so determines;  provided,  however,  that nothing herein
contained  shall  be  construed  to  preclude  any  director  from  serving  the
corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.


                                       4


<PAGE>



Section 3.08. Removal of Directors.

   By a vote of two-thirds  (2/3(rds))  of all the votes  entitled to be cast by
the holders of all outstanding  capital stock entitled to vote, the shareholders
may remove one or more or all of the directors from office for or without cause.

Section 3.09. Resignations.

   Any director may resign at any time by giving  written notice to the board of
directors,  the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman, the President,  or the
Secretary of the  corporation.  Such  resignation  shall take effect at the time
specified therein;  and unless otherwise  specified  therein,  the acceptance of
such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 3.10. Vacancies.

   Any  vacancies  occurring  on the  board of  directors  by  reason  of death,
resignation, retirement,  disqualification,  removal, or an increase in the size
of the board of directors shall be temporarily  filled by the board of directors
then in office.  Except as  provided  in the next  sentence,  unless a successor
director is elected by a vote of the  shareholders,  any director elected by the
board of  directors  to fill a vacancy  temporarily  shall  hold  office for the
unexpired  portion of the term of his  predecessor.  If a director is elected by
the  directors in order to fill a vacancy  created as a result of an increase in
the size of the board of  directors,  then such  director  shall have an initial
term equal to the remaining term of the class of directors that such director is
placed in pursuant to the resolution of the board of directors  adopted pursuant
to Section 3.02 of these by-laws.

Section 3.11. Organization of Board Meeting.

   At each meeting of the board of directors,  the Chairman,  or in his absence,
the Vice Chairman, or in his absence, the President,  if he is a director, or in
his absence, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act
as  chairman  of the  meeting.  The  Secretary,  or in his  absence,  any person
appointed by the chairman, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                   Committees

Section 4.01. Committees.

   The  corporation  may have such committees as the board of directors shall by
resolution  from  time to time  determine,  which  shall  have such  powers  and
authority as are designated by the board of directors.

Section 4.02. Regular Meetings.

   Regular meetings of a committee shall be held without notice at such time and
at such  place as shall from time to time be  determined  by  resolution  of the
committee.  In case the day so determined shall be a legal holiday, such meeting
shall be held on the next succeeding day, not a legal holiday, at the same hour.

Section 4.03. Special Meetings.

   Special meetings of a committee shall be held wherever called by the chairman
of the  committee.  Notice of any special  meeting and any  adjournment  thereof
shall be  delivered  personally,  by  telephone or fax or mailed to each member,
addressed to him at his residence or usual place of business,  or be sent to him
at such place by telegraph, or be delivered personally, by telephone, or by fax,
not later than the second (2nd) day before the day on which the meeting is to be
held.  Notice of any meeting of a committee  need not be given to any member who
submits a signed  waiver of notice  before or after the meeting,  or who attends
the meeting without  protesting prior thereto or at its commencement the lack of
notice to him. Unless limited by statute,


                                       5
<PAGE>



the  articles  of  incorporation,  these  by-laws,  or the  terms of the  notice
thereof,  any and all business may be transacted  at any special  meeting of the
committee.

Section 4.04. Quorum and Manner of Action.

   A majority of the members of a committee in office at the time of any regular
or special meeting of the committee  present in person shall constitute a quorum
for the transaction of business.  The vote of a majority of the members shall be
the act of the  committee.  Any member of a committee  may  require  that action
proposed  to be taken by the  committee  instead  be  submitted  to the board of
directors for its  consideration  and action. A majority of the members present,
whether or not a quorum is present,  may adjourn any meeting to another time and
place. No notice of an adjourned meeting need be given.

Section 4.05. Records.

   A committee  shall keep minutes of its  proceedings and shall submit the same
from time to time to the board of directors.  The Secretary of the  corporation,
or in  his  absence  an  assistant  secretary,  shall  act as  secretary  to the
committee; or the committee may in its discretion appoint its own secretary.

Section 4.06. Vacancies.

   Any newly created memberships and vacancies occurring in a committee shall be
filled by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire board of directors.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                    Officers

Section 5.01. Officers.

   The elected  officers of the corporation  shall be a Chairman of the Board, a
Vice Chairman of the Board, a President, a Chief Financial Officer, a Secretary,
a  Treasurer,  and, if the board of directors  so  determines,  one or more Vice
Presidents.  The  board of  directors  may also  appoint  one or more  Assistant
Secretaries,  one or more  Assistant  Treasurers,  and such other  officers  and
agents  as may from time to time  appear to be  necessary  or  advisable  in the
conduct of the  affairs of the  corporation.  Any two or more  offices,  whether
elective or appointive,  may be held by the same person,  except that an officer
shall  not  execute,  acknowledge  or  verify  any  instrument  in more than one
capacity if the  instrument is required by law or the articles of  incorporation
or the by-laws to be executed, acknowledged or verified by two or more officers.

Section 5.02. Term of Office and Resignation.

   So far as  practicable,  all elected  officers  shall be elected at the first
meeting of the board of directors  following the annual meeting of  shareholders
in each year and, except as otherwise  hereinafter  provided,  shall hold office
until the first  meeting of the board of  directors  following  the next  annual
meeting of shareholders  and until their  respective  successors shall have been
elected or appointed and qualified.  All other officers shall hold office during
the pleasure of the board of  directors.  Any elected or  appointed  officer may
resign at any time by giving  written  notice  to the  board of  directors,  the
Chairman, the Vice Chairman, the President,  the Chief Financial Officer, or the
Secretary of the  corporation.  Such  resignation  shall take effect at the time
specified therein,  and unless otherwise  specified  therein,  the acceptance of
such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 5.03. Removal of Elected Officers.

   Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by vote at any
meeting of the board of directors.


                                       6


<PAGE>



Section 5.04. Vacancies.

   If any  vacancy  shall  occur in any  office  for any  reason,  the  board of
directors  may  elect or  appoint  a  successor  to fill  such  vacancy  for the
remainder of the term.

Section 5.05. Compensation.

   The compensation,  if any, of all elected or appointed officers and agents of
the corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.

Section 5.06. The Chairman of the Board.

   The Chairman of the Board (sometimes  herein the "Chairman") shall preside at
all meetings of the  shareholders  and board of directors  and shall appoint all
standing and special  committees  as are deemed  necessary in the conduct of the
business. The Chairman shall exercise any and all powers and perform any and all
duties which are  required by the by-laws and which the board of  directors  may
additionally confer upon him.

Section 5.07. The Vice Chairman of the Board.

   The Vice Chairman of the Board (sometimes herein the "Vice Chairman"), in the
absence of the Chairman,  shall preside at all meetings of the  shareholders and
board of  directors.  The Vice  Chairman  shall  exercise any and all powers and
perform any and all duties which are required by the by-laws and which the board
of directors may additionally confer upon him.

Section 5.08. The President.

   The President shall be the Chief Executive  Officer and, if he is a director,
in the absence of the Chairman and the Vice Chairman, preside at all meetings of
the board of  directors;  and shall  perform  such other  duties as are  usually
ascribed to that office.  The  President  shall  exercise any and all powers and
perform any and all duties which are required by the by-laws and which the board
of directors may additionally confer upon him.

Section 5.09. The Chief Financial Officer.

   The Chief  Financial  Officer shall perform all necessary  acts and duties in
connection with the  administration of the financial affairs of the corporation;
and shall perform such other duties as are usually ascribed to that office.  The
Chief  Financial  Officer shall  exercise any and all powers and perform any and
all duties  which are  required by the by-laws and which the board of  directors
may additionally confer upon him.

Section 5.10. The Vice President.

   The Vice President, if any, or if there is more than one Vice President, each
Vice  President,  shall have such  powers and  discharge  such  duties as may be
assigned to him from time to time by the board of directors.

Section 5.11. The Secretary.

   The  Secretary  shall attend all  meetings of the board of directors  and the
shareholders  and shall record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a
book to be kept for that purpose and shall, when requested,  perform like duties
for all  committees of the board of directors.  He shall attend to the giving of
notice of all meetings of the shareholders, and special meetings of the board of
directors and committees  thereof;  he shall have custody of the corporate seal,
if same is provided, and, when authorized by the board of directors,  shall have
authority to affix the same to any instrument and, when so affixed,  it shall be
attested by his signature or by the  signatures of the Treasurer or an Assistant
Secretary  or an  Assistant  Treasurer.  He shall keep an account for all books,
documents,  papers, and records of the corporation,  except those for which some
other officer or agent is properly accountable.  He shall have authority to sign
stock  certificates,  and shall generally perform all the duties appertaining to
the office of secretary of a corporation.  In the absence of the Secretary, such
person as shall be designated by the President shall perform his duties.


                                       7


<PAGE>



Section 5.12. The Treasurer.

   The  Treasurer  shall  have  the  care and  custody  of all the  funds of the
corporation  and shall deposit the same in such banks or other  depositories  as
the board of directors, or any officer and agent jointly, duly authorized by the
board of directors, shall, from time to time, direct or approve. He shall keep a
full and  accurate  account  of all monies  received  and paid on account of the
corporation,  and shall render a statement of his accounts whenever the board of
directors  shall require.  In addition,  he shall  generally  perform all duties
usually appertaining to the office of Treasurer of a corporation.  When required
by the board of directors, he shall give bonds for the faithful discharge of his
duties in such  sums and with such  sureties  as the  board of  directors  shall
approve. In the absence of the Treasurer,  such person as shall be designated by
the Chief Financial Officer shall perform his duties.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                 Indemnification

Section 6.01. Indemnification.

   Subject  to  and in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of the  corporation's
articles of incorporation, the corporation has the power to (and, if so provided
in the corporation's articles of incorporation, shall) indemnify any person (and
the heirs,  executors,  and administrators of any such person) against any loss,
cost, damage,  fine, penalty,  or expense (including  attorneys' fees) suffered,
incurred,  assessed, or imposed by reason of the fact that such person is or was
a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation or is or was serving,
at the request of the  corporation,  as a director,  officer,  employee,  agent,
partner, or trustee of another corporation,  partnership,  joint venture, trust,
or other enterprise, or a member of the Partnership Committee.

Section 6.02. Advancement of Expenses.

   Subject  to  and  in   accordance   with  the   corporation's   articles   of
incorporation,  expenses  incurred in  defending or settling a civil or criminal
action,  suit, or proceeding to which any person described in Section 6.01 is or
was a  party,  or is or was  threatened  to be made a  party,  may  (and,  if so
provided in the corporation's  articles of incorporation,  shall) be paid by the
corporation in advance.

Section 6.03. Indemnification: Insurance.

   The corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf
of any  person  who is or was a  director,  officer,  employee,  or agent of the
corporation or is liable as a director of the corporation, or is or was serving,
at the request of the corporation,  as a director,  officer,  partner,  trustee,
employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or
other enterprise, or a member of the Partnership Committee against any liability
asserted  against him and incurred by him in any such capacity or arising out of
his status as such,  regardless of whether the  corporation  would have power to
indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article VI.

Section 6.04. Indemnification: Constituent Corporations.

   For the purposes of this Article VI,  references to the  corporation  include
all constituent corporations absorbed in a merger and the resulting or surviving
corporation,  so that a  person  who is or was a  director  or  officer  of such
constituent  corporation or is or was serving at the request of such constituent
corporation as a director or officer of another corporation,  partnership, joint
venture,  trust, or other enterprise shall (as shall his heirs,  executors,  and
administrators)  stand  in the  same  position,  under  the  provisions  of this
Article,  with respect to the resulting or surviving  corporation as he would if
he had served the resulting or surviving corporation in the same capacity.


                                       8


<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE VII

                               Share Certificates

Section 7.01. Form; Signature.

   The shares of the  corporation  shall be represented by  certificates in such
form as shall be determined by the board of directors and shall be signed by the
Chairman,  Vice Chairman,  President or a Vice President and the Secretary or an
Assistant   Secretary  or  the  Treasurer  or  an  Assistant  Treasurer  of  the
corporation,  and if a seal has been provided for the corporation, may be sealed
with the seal of the corporation or a facsimile  thereof.  The signatures of the
officers  upon  a  certificate   may  be  facsimiles  if  the   certificate   is
countersigned  by a Transfer  Agent or registered by a Registrar  other than the
corporation  or its  employee.  In case  any  officer  who has  signed  or whose
facsimile  has been  placed  upon a  certificate  shall  have  ceased to be such
officer before such  certificate is issued,  it may be issued by the corporation
with the same effect as if he were such officer at the date of issue.

Section 7.02. Transfer Agents and Registrars.

   The board of directors may, in its  discretion,  appoint one or more banks or
trust  companies  in the State of Michigan  and in such other state or states as
the board of directors may deem advisable, from time to time, to act as Transfer
Agents  and  Registrars  of  the  shares  of  the  corporation;  and  upon  such
appointments being made, no certificate representing shares shall be valid until
countersigned  by one of such  Transfer  Agents  and  registered  by one of such
Registrars.

Section 7.03. Transfers of Shares.

   Transfers of shares shall be made on the books of the  corporation  only upon
written  request  by the person  named in the  certificate,  or by his  attorney
lawfully  constituted  in writing,  and upon  surrender  and  cancellation  of a
certificate or certificates for a like number of shares of the same class,  with
duly executed  assignment and a power of transfer  endorsed  thereon or attached
thereto,  and with  such  proof of the  authenticity  of the  signatures  as the
corporation or its agents may reasonably require.

Section 7.04. Registered Shareholders.

   The  corporation  shall be entitled to  recognize  the  exclusive  right of a
person  registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive  dividends and
other distributions, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and
assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall
not be bound to  recognize  any  equitable or other claim to or interest in such
shares on the part of any other person,  whether or not it shall have express or
other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law or contemplated by the
articles of incorporation.

Section 7.05. Lost Certificates.

   In case  any  certificate  representing  shares  shall be  lost,  stolen,  or
destroyed, the board of directors, or any officer or officers duly authorized by
the board of directors,  may authorize the issuance of a substitute  certificate
in place of the  certificate  so lost,  stolen,  or destroyed,  and may cause or
authorize such  substitute  certificate to be  countersigned  by the appropriate
Transfer Agent and registered by the  appropriate  Registrar.  In each such case
the applicant for a substitute  certificate shall furnish to the corporation and
to such of its Transfer Agents and Registrars as may require the same,  evidence
to their satisfaction,  in their discretion,  of the loss, theft, or destruction
of such  certificate  and of the  ownership  thereof,  and also such security or
indemnity as may by them be required.


                                       9


<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                  Miscellaneous

Section 8.01. Fiscal Year.

   The board of directors  from time to time shall  determine the fiscal year of
the corporation.

Section 8.02. Signatures on Negotiable Instruments.

   All bills, notes, checks, or other instruments for the payment of money shall
be signed or countersigned by such officers or agents and in such manner as from
time to time may be prescribed  by resolution of the board of directors,  or may
be prescribed by any officer or officers, or any officer and agent jointly, duly
authorized by the board of directors.

Section 8.03. Dividends.

   Except as otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, dividends upon
the shares of the  corporation  may be declared  and paid as permitted by law in
such  amounts as the board of directors  may  determine at any annual or special
meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital
stock of the corporation, subject to the articles of incorporation.

Section 8.04. Reserves.

   Before  payment of any  dividend,  there may be set aside out of any funds of
the  corporation  available  for  dividends  such  sum or sums as the  board  of
directors  from time to time,  in its  absolute  discretion,  deems  proper as a
reserve or reserves to meet contingencies,  or for equalizing dividends,  or for
repairing  or  maintaining  any property of the  corporation,  or for such other
purpose  as the  board of  directors  deems  conducive  to the  interest  of the
corporation;  and in its  discretion,  the board of  directors  may  decrease or
abolish any such reserve.

Section 8.05. Seal.

   The board of  directors  may,  but need not,  provide a corporate  seal which
shall  consist  of two  concentric  circles  between  which  is the  name of the
corporation and in the center of which shall be inscribed "SEAL".

Section 8.06. Corporation Offices.

   The  registered  office  of the  corporation  shall  be as set  forth  in the
articles of incorporation.  The corporation may also have offices in such places
as the board of  directors  may from time to time appoint or the business of the
corporation require. Such offices may be outside the State of Michigan.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   Amendments

Section 9.01. Power to Amend.

   These by-laws may be amended, repealed, or adopted by the shareholders or the
board of directors.  Any by-law adopted by the board of directors may be amended
or  repealed  by the board of  directors  or by  shareholders  entitled  to vote
thereon as herein provided;  and any by-law adopted by the  Incorporators or the
shareholders  may be amended or  repealed by the board of  directors,  except as
limited by statute  and except when the  shareholders  have  expressly  provided
otherwise with respect to any particular by-law or by-laws.


                                       10




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                           REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

                         dated as of September 21, 1998

                                      among


                  THE TAUBMAN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,
                                  as Borrower,


                            UBS AG, NEW YORK BRANCH,
                                    as a Bank



                                       and



                            UBS AG, NEW YORK BRANCH,
                             as Administrative Agent



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                    Page
                                                                    ----


   ARTICLE I         DEFINITIONS; ETC..................................1
      SECTION 1.01.  Definitions.......................................1
      SECTION 1.02.  Accounting Terms.................................16
      SECTION 1.03.  Computation of Time Periods......................16
      SECTION 1.04.  Rules of Construction............................16


   ARTICLE II        THE LOANS........................................17
      SECTION 2.01.  The Loans........................................17
      SECTION 2.02.  Purpose..........................................17
      SECTION 2.03.  Advances, Generally..............................17
      SECTION 2.04.  Procedures for Advances..........................17
      SECTION 2.05.  Additional Conditions to Advances................18
      SECTION 2.06.  Interest Periods; Renewals.......................18
      SECTION 2.07.  Interest.........................................19
      SECTION 2.08.  Fees.............................................19
      SECTION 2.09.  Notes............................................19
      SECTION 2.10.  Prepayments......................................20
      SECTION 2.11.  Termination of Commitments.......................20
      SECTION 2.12.  Method of Payment................................20
      SECTION 2.13.  Elections, Conversions or Continuation of Loans..20
      SECTION 2.14.  Minimum Amounts..................................21
      SECTION 2.15.  Certain Notices Regarding Elections, Conversions
                     and Continuations of Loans.......................21
      SECTION 2.16.  Late Payment Premium.............................21
      SECTION 2.17.  Collateral for Loans.............................21
      SECTION 2.18.  Letters of Credit................................24


   ARTICLE III       YIELD PROTECTION; ILLEGALITY; ETC................25
      SECTION 3.01.  Additional Costs.................................25
      SECTION 3.02.  Limitation on Types of Loans.....................27
      SECTION 3.03.  Illegality.......................................27
      SECTION 3.04.  Treatment of Affected Loans......................27
      SECTION 3.05.  Certain Compensation.............................28
      SECTION 3.06.  Capital Adequacy.................................29
      SECTION 3.07.  Substitution of Banks............................29


   ARTICLE IV        CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.............................30
      SECTION 4.01.  Conditions Precedent to the Initial Advance......30
      SECTION 4.02.  Conditions Precedent to Advances After the Initial
                     Advance..........................................32
      SECTION 4.03.  Deemed Representations...........................32


<PAGE>


                                                                    Page
                                                                    ----



   ARTICLE V         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES...................33
      SECTION 5.01.  Due Organization.................................33
      SECTION 5.02.  Power and Authority; No Conflicts; Compliance With
                     Laws.............................................33
      SECTION 5.03.  Legally Enforceable Agreements...................33
      SECTION 5.04.  Litigation.......................................33
      SECTION 5.05.  Good Title to Properties.........................34
      SECTION 5.06.  Taxes............................................34
      SECTION 5.07.  ERISA............................................34
      SECTION 5.08.  No Default on Outstanding Judgments or Orders....34
      SECTION 5.09.  No Defaults on Other Agreements..................34
      SECTION 5.10.  Government Regulation............................35
      SECTION 5.11.  Environmental Protection.........................35
      SECTION 5.12.  Solvency.........................................35
      SECTION 5.13.  Financial Statements.............................35
      SECTION 5.14.  Valid Existence of Affiliates....................35
      SECTION 5.15.  Insurance........................................35
      SECTION 5.16.  Schedule A and B Assets..........................35
      SECTION 5.17.  Accuracy of Information; Full Disclosure.........36


   ARTICLE VI        AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS............................36
      SECTION 6.01.  Maintenance of Existence.........................36
      SECTION 6.02.  Maintenance of Records...........................36
      SECTION 6.03.  Maintenance of Insurance.........................36
      SECTION 6.04.  Compliance with Laws; Payment of Taxes...........36
      SECTION 6.05.  Right of Inspection..............................37
      SECTION 6.06.  Compliance With Environmental Laws...............37
      SECTION 6.07.  Payment of Costs.................................37
      SECTION 6.08.  Maintenance of Properties........................37
      SECTION 6.09.  Reporting and Miscellaneous Document
                     Requirements.....................................37


   ARTICLE VII       NEGATIVE COVENANTS...............................39
      SECTION 7.01.  Mergers Etc......................................39
      SECTION 7.02.  Investments......................................39
      SECTION 7.03.  Sale of Assets...................................40
      SECTION 7.04.  Interest Rate Hedging............................40
      SECTION 7.05.  Partnership Committee of Borrower................40
      SECTION 7.06.  Disposition or Encumbrance of Certain Assets.....40
      SECTION 7.07.  Amendments to Separation Agreement...............41
      SECTION 7.08.  Certain Restrictions on Activities of TCI........41


   ARTICLE VIII      FINANCIAL COVENANTS AND ADJUSTMENTS..............41
      SECTION 8.01.  Covenants Prior to Certain Events................41
      SECTION 8.02.  Covenants Subsequent to Certain Events...........42
      SECTION 8.03.  Certain Pro-Forma Adjustments....................43


                                       ii


<PAGE>


                                                                    Page
                                                                    ----



   ARTICLE IX        EVENTS OF DEFAULT................................44
      SECTION 9.01.  Events of Default................................44
      SECTION 9.02.  Remedies.........................................46


   ARTICLE X         ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT; RELATIONS AMONG
                     BANKS............................................46
      SECTION 10.01. Appointment, Powers and Immunities of
                     Administrative Agent.............................46
      SECTION 10.02. Reliance by Administrative Agent.................47
      SECTION 10.03. Defaults.........................................47
      SECTION 10.04. Rights of Administrative Agent as a Bank.........48
      SECTION 10.05. Indemnification of Administrative Agent..........48
      SECTION 10.06. Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other
                     Banks............................................48
      SECTION 10.07. Failure of Administrative Agent to Act...........49
      SECTION 10.08. Resignation or Removal of Administrative Agent...49
      SECTION 10.09. Amendments Concerning Agency Function............49
      SECTION 10.10. Liability of Administrative Agent................49
      SECTION 10.11. Transfer of Agency Function......................50
      SECTION 10.12. Non-Receipt of Funds by Administrative Agent.....50
      SECTION 10.13. Withholding Taxes................................50
      SECTION 10.14. Minimum Commitment by UBS........................50
      SECTION 10.15. Pro Rata Treatment...............................51
      SECTION 10.16. Sharing of Payments Among Banks..................51
      SECTION 10.17. Possession of Documents..........................51


   ARTICLE XI        NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS............................51
      SECTION 11.01. Absolute and Unconditional Obligations...........51
      SECTION 11.02. Non-Recourse to TRG Partners.....................52


   ARTICLE XII       MISCELLANEOUS....................................52
      SECTION 12.01. Binding Effect of Request for Advance............52
      SECTION 12.02. Amendments and Waivers...........................53
      SECTION 12.03. Usury............................................53
      SECTION 12.04. Expenses; Indemnification........................53
      SECTION 12.05. Assignment; Participation........................55
      SECTION 12.06. Documentation Satisfactory.......................57
      SECTION 12.07. Notices..........................................57
      SECTION 12.08. Setoff...........................................57
      SECTION 12.09. Year 2000........................................57
      SECTION 12.10. Table of Contents; Headings......................58
      SECTION 12.11. Severability.....................................58
      SECTION 12.12. Counterparts.....................................58
      SECTION 12.13. Integration......................................58
      SECTION 12.14. GOVERNING LAW....................................58
      SECTION 12.15. Waivers..........................................58
      SECTION 12.16. JURISDICTION; IMMUNITIES.........................58


                                       iii


<PAGE>


EXHIBIT A         -     Assignment and Assumption Agreement

EXHIBIT B         -     Authorization Letter

EXHIBIT C         -     Note

EXHIBIT D         -     List of Affiliates

EXHIBIT E         -     Solvency Certificate

SCHEDULE A        -     Schedule A Assets

SCHEDULE B        -     Schedule B Assets


                                        i


<PAGE>



         REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT ("this Agreement") dated as of September 21,
1998 among THE TAUBMAN REALTY GROUP LIMITED  PARTNERSHIP,  a limited partnership
organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware ("Borrower"), UBS
AG, NEW YORK BRANCH, as agent for the Banks (in such capacity, together with its
successors  in such  capacity,  "Administrative  Agent"),  and UBS AG,  NEW YORK
BRANCH (in its individual capacity and not as Administrative  Agent, "UBS") (UBS
and the lenders who from time to time become  Banks  pursuant to Section 3.07 or
12.05, each a "Bank" and collectively, the "Banks").

          Borrower desires that the Banks extend credit as provided herein,  and
the Banks are prepared to extend such credit.  Accordingly,  Borrower, each Bank
and Administrative Agent agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                DEFINITIONS; ETC.

          SECTION  1.01.  Definitions.  As used in this  Agreement the following
terms have the following meanings (except as otherwise  provided,  terms defined
in the singular to have a  correlative  meaning when used in the plural and vice
versa):

            "Administrative Agent" has the meaning specified in the preamble.

            "Administrative Agent's Office" means Administrative Agent's address
located at 299 Park Avenue,  New York,  NY 10171,  or such other  address in the
United  States  as  Administrative  Agent may  designate  by  written  notice to
Borrower and the Banks.

            "Affiliate"  means, with respect to any Person (the "first Person"),
any other Person (1) which directly or indirectly controls, or is controlled by,
or is under  common  control  with the  first  Person  or (2) 10% or more of the
beneficial  interest  in which is directly  or  indirectly  owned or held by the
first Person.  The term "control" means the possession,  directly or indirectly,
of the power,  alone,  to direct or cause the  direction of the  management  and
policies of a Person,  whether  through the ownership of voting  securities,  by
contract, or otherwise.

            "Agreement"  means this  Revolving  Credit  Agreement,  as  amended,
supplemented or modified from time to time.



<PAGE>



         "Applicable  Commitment  Fee Rate"  means (1) prior to such time as the
Loans become secured in accordance  with Section 2.17, the respective  rates per
annum  determined,  at any time,  based on the  Leverage  Ratio at the time,  in
accordance with Table I below (any change in the Leverage  Ratio,  including any
change pursuant to Section 2.05, causing it to move to a different range on said
Table I shall effect an immediate change in the Applicable  Commitment Fee Rate)
and (2) subsequent to such time as the Loans become  secured in accordance  with
Section 2.17, the respective rates per annum  determined,  at any time, based on
the  Collateral  Property Debt Yield at the time,  in  accordance  with Table II
below (any change in the  Collateral  Property Debt Yield,  including any change
pursuant to Section 2.05,  causing it to move to a different range on said Table
II shall effect an immediate change in the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate).


                                     TABLE I
                                     -------

                                                Applicable Commitment
        Leverage Ratio                   Fee Rate - unsecured (% per annum)
        --------------                   ----------------------------------

Less than or equal to 50%                               0.20%

Greater than 50%                                        0.25%



                                    TABLE II
                                    --------

                                                Applicable Commitment
  Collateral Property Debt Yield           Fee Rate - secured (% per annum)
  ------------------------------           --------------------------------

Greater than 15%                                        0.20%

Less than or equal to 15%                               0.25%



         "Applicable Lending Office" means, for each Bank and for its LIBOR Loan
or Base Rate Loan,  as  applicable,  the  lending  office of such Bank (or of an
Affiliate of such Bank)  designated as such on its  signature  page hereof or in
the applicable Assignment and Assumption Agreement, or such other office of such
Bank  (or of an  Affiliate  of such  Bank) as such  Bank  may from  time to time
specify to  Administrative  Agent and  Borrower as the office by which its LIBOR
Loan or Base Rate Loan, as applicable, is to be made and maintained.


                                        2


<PAGE>



         "Applicable Margin" means (1) with respect to Base Rate Loans and LIBOR
Loans prior to such time as the Loans become secured in accordance  with Section
2.17,  the  respective  rates per annum  determined,  at any time,  based on the
Leverage Ratio at the time, in accordance  with Table I below (any change in the
Leverage  Ratio,  including any change  pursuant to Section 2.05,  causing it to
move to a different  range on said Table I shall effect an  immediate  change in
the  Applicable  Margin) and (2) with respect to Base Rate Loans and LIBOR Loans
subsequent to such time as the Loans become  secured in accordance  with Section
2.17,  the  respective  rates per annum  determined,  at any time,  based on the
Collateral  Property Debt Yield at the time,  in accordance  with Table II below
(any change in the Collateral Property Debt Yield, including any change pursuant
to Section 2.05,  causing it to move to a different range on said Table II shall
effect an immediate change in the Applicable Margin ).


                                    TABLE I
                                    -------

                               Applicable Margin           Applicable Margin
                              for Base Rate Loans -          for LIBOR Loans
    Leverage Ratio           unsecured (% per annum)     unsecured (% per annum)
    --------------           -----------------------     -----------------------

Less than or equal to 50%              -0-                        1.15

Greater than 50%                       -0-                        1.30



                                    TABLE II
                                    --------

                                  Applicable Margin for      Applicable Margin
                                    Base Rate Loans -        for LIBOR Loans -
Collateral Property Debt Yield    secured (% per annum)    secured (% per annum)
- ------------------------------    ---------------------    ---------------------

Greater than 15%                          -0-                      0.90

Less than or equal to 15%                 -0-                      1.05



         "Assignee" has the meaning specified in Section 12.05.

         "Assignment   and  Assumption   Agreement"   means  an  Assignment  and
Assumption Agreement,  substantially in the form of EXHIBIT A, pursuant to which
a Bank assigns and an Assignee assumes rights and obligations in accordance with
Section 12.05.

         "Authorization Letter" means a letter agreement executed by Borrower in
the form of EXHIBIT B.

         "Bank"  and  "Banks"  have the respective  meanings  specified  in  the
preamble.


                                        3


<PAGE>



         "Bank Parties" means Administrative Agent and the Banks.

         "Banking  Day"  means  (1) any day on which  commercial  banks  are not
authorized  or  required  to close in New York  City and (2)  whenever  such day
relates to a LIBOR Loan,  an Interest  Period with  respect to a LIBOR Loan,  or
notice with respect to a LIBOR Loan, a day on which dealings in Dollar  deposits
are also  carried  out in the  London  interbank  market  and banks are open for
business in London.

         "Base Rate"  means,  for any day,  the higher of (1) the Federal  Funds
Rate for such day plus 0.50% or (2) the Prime Rate for such day.

         "Base Rate Loan" means all or any portion (as the context  requires) of
a Bank's Loan which shall accrue  interest at a rate  determined  in relation to
the Base Rate.

         "Bonds" means the senior  unsecured  notes of Borrower in the principal
amount of  $708,000,000  issued  pursuant to the Amended and Restated  Indenture
dated March 4, 1994 between  Borrower and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as successor
to Chemical Bank, as trustee.

         "Borrower's  Accountants"  means  Deloitte  &  Touche,  or  such  other
accounting  firm(s)  selected  by  Borrower  and  reasonably  acceptable  to the
Required Banks.

         "Borrower" has the meaning specified in the preamble.

         "Capital Lease" means any lease which has been or should be capitalized
on the books of the lessee in accordance with GAAP.

         "Capitalization  Value"  means,  at any time,  the sum of (1)  Combined
EBITDA for the twelve  (12)-month  period  ending with the most  recently  ended
calendar  quarter,  capitalized at an annual rate equal to 8.00%, (2) Borrower's
beneficial share of unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents (i. e., Cash and Cash
Equivalents  that are not pledged or the use of which is not  restricted  by the
terms of any document or agreement) of Borrower and its Consolidated  Businesses
and UJVs and (3) without  duplication,  the cost basis of properties of Borrower
under  development.  For the purposes of this definition,  in no event shall (x)
properties under development constitute in excess of 15% of Capitalization Value
or (y)  leasing  commissions  payable by third  parties  and/or  management  and
development fees contribute to greater than 5% of Capitalization Value.

         "Cash  and Cash  Equivalents"  means (1) cash,  (2)  marketable  direct
obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States government
and backed by the full faith and credit of the  United  States  government,  (3)
domestic and  Eurodollar  certificates  of deposit and time  deposits,  bankers'
acceptances  and floating rate  certificates of deposit issued by any commercial
bank  organized  under the Laws of the United  States,  any state thereof or the
District of  Columbia,  any foreign  bank,  or its  branches or agencies  (fully
protected against currency fluctuations), which, at the time of acquisition, are
rated  A-1 or  better by S&P or P-1 or  better  by  Moody's,  provided  that the
maturities thereof shall not exceed one (1) year from the


                                        4


<PAGE>



date of acquisition and (4) shares of Fidelity  Institutional  Money Market Fund
or comparable money market funds.

         "Closing  Date" means the date this  Agreement has been executed by all
parties.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
time.

         "Collateral  Properties"  means those Schedule A Assets which are given
as security for the Loans pursuant to Section 2.17.

         "Collateral  Property Debt Yield" means, for any calendar quarter,  the
ratio  (expressed as a percentage)  of (1)  Collateral  Property  EBITDA for the
twelve   (12)-month  period  ending  with  such  calendar  quarter  to  (2)  the
outstanding principal balance under the Notes, plus the total outstanding amount
of Letters of Credit as of the end of such calendar quarter.

         "Collateral  Property EBITDA" means that portion of the Combined EBITDA
attributable to the Collateral Properties.

         "Collateral  Property Owners" means the Affiliates of Borrower that own
the respective Collateral Properties.

         "Columbus  UDAG  Loan"  means  the UDAG  mortgage  loan in the  current
principal amount of $7,858,786 to TL - Columbus  Associates  regarding  Columbus
City Center.

         "Combined  EBITDA"  means,  for any period of time,  (1) revenues  less
operating costs (including general and administrative expenses) before interest,
depreciation   and   amortization   and  unusual  items  for  Borrower  and  its
Consolidated Businesses (including, without limitation, non-recurring items such
as gains or losses from asset sales) and  adjusted to  eliminate  the effects of
straight  lining of rents plus (2)  Borrower's  beneficial  interest in revenues
less operating costs  (including  general and  administrative  expenses)  before
interest,  depreciation and  amortization  and unusual items (after  eliminating
appropriate intercompany amounts) (including, without limitation,  non-recurring
items such as gains or losses from asset sales) and  adjusted to  eliminate  the
effects of straight lining of rents applicable to each of the UJVs. For purposes
of this  definition,  gains or losses from  peripheral land sales, to the extent
such gains or losses total less than $5,000,000 in any twelve (12)-month period,
shall be treated in  accordance  with the  accounting  principles  reflected  in
Borrower's form 10-K for 1997.

         "Consolidated  Businesses"  means,  collectively  (1) each Affiliate of
Borrower,  all of the equity  interests of which are, or, under GAAP, are deemed
to be, owned by Borrower and (2) Taub-Co  Management  Inc., The Taubman  Company
Limited Partnership and their respective  Affiliates so long as more than 90% of
the equity  interests in the  entities  referred to in this clause (2) are owned
directly or indirectly by Borrower.

         "Consolidated  Outstanding  Indebtedness"  means,  as of any time,  all
indebtedness  and liability for borrowed money (which shall be deemed to include
obligations as lessee under Capital Leases),  secured or unsecured,  of Borrower
and all indebtedness and liability for


                                        5


<PAGE>



borrowed  money  (which shall be deemed to include  obligations  as lessee under
Capital  Leases),  secured or unsecured,  attributable to Borrower's  beneficial
interest in its  Consolidated  Businesses,  including  mortgage  and other notes
payable but excluding any indebtedness which is margin  indebtedness  secured by
cash  and cash  equivalent  securities,  as  reflected  in the TRG  Consolidated
Financial Statements.

         "Contingent  Liabilities"  means the sum of (1) those  liabilities,  as
determined  in  accordance  with GAAP,  set forth and  quantified  as contingent
liabilities in the notes to the TRG  Consolidated  Financial  Statements and (2)
contingent liabilities,  other than those described in the foregoing clause (1),
which represent direct payment guaranties of Borrower;  provided,  however, that
Contingent  Liabilities shall exclude contingent liabilities which represent the
"Other  Party's  Share" of  "Duplicated  Obligations"  (as such quoted terms are
hereinafter defined).  "Duplicated Obligations" means,  collectively,  all those
payment  guaranties  in respect of Debt of UJVs for which  Borrower  and another
party are jointly and  severally  liable,  where the other party is, in the sole
judgment of the Required Banks, capable of satisfying the Other Party's Share of
such obligation;  and "Other Party's Share" means such other party's  fractional
beneficial interest in the UJV in question.

         "Continue",  "Continuation"  and "Continued"  refer to the continuation
pursuant  to  Section  2.13 of a LIBOR  Loan as a LIBOR  Loan from one  Interest
Period to the next Interest Period.

         "Convert",  "Conversion" and "Converted" refer to a conversion pursuant
to  Section  2.13 of a Base Rate Loan into a LIBOR  Loan or a LIBOR  Loan into a
Base Rate Loan,  each of which may be  accompanied by the transfer by a Bank (at
its sole discretion) of all or a portion of its Loan from one Applicable Lending
Office to another.

         "Debt" means (1)  indebtedness  or liability for borrowed money, or for
the  deferred   purchase  price  of  property  or  services   (including   trade
obligations),  (2)  obligations  as lessee  under  Capital  Leases,  (3) current
liabilities  in  respect  of  unfunded  vested  benefits  under  any  Plan,  (4)
obligations  under letters of credit  issued for the account of any Person,  (5)
all obligations arising under bankers' or trade acceptance  facilities,  (6) all
guarantees,  endorsements  (other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary
course of business),  and other  contingent  obligations  to purchase any of the
items included in this definition, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds
to invest in any Person, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss, (7) all
obligations  secured by any Lien on property  owned by the Person  whose Debt is
being  measured,  whether or not the  obligations  have been assumed and (8) all
obligations under any agreement providing for contingent  participation or other
hedging  mechanisms  with  respect  to  interest  payable  on any  of the  items
described above in this definition.

         "Default"  means any event  which with the giving of notice or lapse of
time, or both, would become an Event of Default.

         "Default Rate" means a rate per annum equal to (1) with respect to Base
Rate Loans, a variable rate 3% above the rate of interest then in effect thereon
(including the  Applicable  Margin) and (2) with respect to LIBOR Loans, a fixed
rate 3% above the rate(s) of


                                        6


<PAGE>



interest in effect  thereon  (including  the  Applicable  Margin) at the time of
Default  until  the  end of the  then  current  Interest  Period  therefor  and,
thereafter,  a variable  rate 3% above the rate of interest for a Base Rate Loan
(including the Applicable Margin).

         "Disposition" means a sale (whether by assignment,  transfer or Capital
Lease) of an asset.

         "Distributable Cash Flow" means Funds From Operations.

         "Dollars"  and the sign "$" mean lawful  money of the United  States of
America.

         "Elect",  "Election"  and  "Elected"  refer  to  election,  if any,  by
Borrower  pursuant to Section 2.13 to have all or a portion of an advance of the
Loans be outstanding as LIBOR Loans.

         "Environmental  Discharge"  means  any  discharge  or  release  of  any
Hazardous Materials in violation of any applicable Environmental Law.

         "Environmental  Law"  means  any  Law  relating  to  pollution  or  the
environment,  including  Laws  relating  to noise or to  emissions,  discharges,
releases or threatened  releases of Hazardous Materials into the work place, the
community  or  the  environment,   or  otherwise  relating  to  the  generation,
manufacture,   processing,  distribution,  use,  treatment,  storage,  disposal,
transport or handling of Hazardous Materials.

         "Environmental  Notice" means any written complaint,  order,  citation,
letter,  inquiry,  notice or other  written  communication  from any  Person (1)
affecting or relating to Borrower's  compliance  with any  Environmental  Law in
connection  with any activity or operations  at any time  conducted by Borrower,
(2)  relating  to the  occurrence  or  presence of or exposure to or possible or
threatened  or alleged  occurrence  or presence of or exposure to  Environmental
Discharges or Hazardous Materials at any of Borrower's  locations or facilities,
including,  without  limitation,  (a)  the  existence  of any  contamination  or
possible or  threatened  contamination  at any such location or facility and (b)
remediation of any  Environmental  Discharge or Hazardous  Materials at any such
location or  facility  or any part  thereof;  and (3) any  violation  or alleged
violation of any relevant Environmental Law.

         "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended  from  time to time,  including  any rules  and  regulation  promulgated
thereunder.

         "ERISA Affiliate" means any corporation or trade or business which is a
member of the same  controlled  group of  organizations  (within  the meaning of
Section 414(b) of the Code) as Borrower or is under common  control  (within the
meaning of Section 414(c) of the Code) with Borrower.

         "Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 9.01.

         "Federal Funds Rate" means,  for any day, the rate per annum (expressed
on a 360- day basis of calculation)  equal to the weighted  average of the rates
on overnight federal funds


                                        7


<PAGE>



transactions  as published by the Federal  Reserve Bank of New York for such day
provided  that (1) if such day is not a Banking Day, the Federal  Funds Rate for
such day shall be such rate on such  transactions on the  immediately  preceding
Banking Day as so  published  on the next  succeeding  Banking Day and (2) if no
such rate is so published on such next succeeding Banking Day, the Federal Funds
Rate for such day shall be the average of the rates  quoted by three (3) Federal
Funds brokers to Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions.

         "Fiscal Year" means each period from January 1 to December 31.

         "Fixed Charges" means,  for any period of time, the sum of (1) Interest
Expense,  (2)  dividends  payable  on  preferred  equity  interests  and (3) all
scheduled  principal  payments made or required to be made during such period on
Debt of Borrower and that attributable to Borrower's  beneficial interest in its
Consolidated  Business  and  UJVs,  excluding,   however,  balloon  payments  of
principal due upon the stated maturity of any such Debt.

         "Funds From  Operations"  means,  for any period of time, net income of
Borrower and its Consolidated Businesses, as determined in accordance with GAAP,
excluding  gains (or losses) from debt  restructuring  and sales of property and
without taking into account straight- lining of rents, plus depreciation related
to real  estate and  amortization,  less  amounts  distributed  by  Borrower  as
preferred  distributions,  and after adjustments to reflect  Borrower's pro rata
share of UJVs (which will be calculated to reflect Funds From  Operations on the
same basis).  For purposes of this  definition,  gains or losses from peripheral
land sales, to the extent such gains or losses total less than $5,000,000 in any
twelve  (12)-month  period,  shall be treated in accordance  with the accounting
principles reflected in Borrower's form 10-K for 1997.

         "GAAP" means  generally  accepted  accounting  principles in the United
States of America as in effect from time to time,  applied on a basis consistent
with those used in the  preparation of the financial  statements  referred to in
Section 5.13 (except for changes concurred in by Borrower's Accountants).

         "GMPT  Borrower"  means a single purpose  entity or entities,  at least
99.9% owned and  controlled  (directly  or  indirectly)  by GMPTS and  otherwise
satisfactory to Administrative Agent, which will be the indirect owner of a 100%
interest  in the  Schedule  B  Assets  following  the  consummation  of the Unit
Redemption Transaction.

         "GMPTS"   means  GMPTS   Limited   Partnership,   a  Delaware   limited
partnership,   presently  a  general  partner  of  Borrower  owning   50,025,713
partnership units representing an approximately 37.3% interest therein.

         "Good  Faith  Contest"  means the contest of an item if (1) the item is
diligently  contested in good faith, and, if appropriate,  by proceedings timely
instituted,  (2) adequate reserves are established with respect to the contested
item,  (3) during the period of such contest,  the  enforcement of any contested
item is  effectively  stayed  and (4) the  failure  to pay or  comply  with  the
contested  item  during the  period of the  contest is not likely to result in a
Material Adverse Change.


                                        8


<PAGE>



         "Governmental  Approvals" means any authorization,  consent,  approval,
license, permit, certification,  or exemption of, registration or filing with or
report or notice to, any Governmental Authority.

         "Governmental  Authority" means any nation or government,  any state or
other  political  subdivision  thereof,  and any  entity  exercising  executive,
legislative,  judicial,  regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining
to government.

         "Hazardous  Materials"  means  any  pollutant,   effluents,  emissions,
contaminants, toxic or hazardous wastes or substances, as any of those terms are
defined from time to time in or for the  purposes of any relevant  Environmental
Law, including asbestos fibers and friable asbestos,  polychlorinated biphenyls,
and any petroleum or hydrocarbon-based products or derivatives.

         "Indemnity" and "Indemnities" have the respective meanings specified in
Section 2.17.

         "Initial Advance" means the first advance of proceeds of the Loans.

         "Interest  Expense"  means,  for any period of time,  the  consolidated
interest expense (without deduction of consolidated interest income) of Borrower
and its Consolidated  Businesses,  including,  without limitation or duplication
(or, to the extent not so included,  with the  addition  of), (1) the portion of
any rental  obligation in respect of any Capital Lease  obligation  allocable to
interest  expense  in  accordance  with  GAAP,  (2)  the  amortization  of  Debt
discounts,  (3) any payments or receipts (other than up-front fees) with respect
to interest rate swap or similar agreements,  (4) any dividends  attributable to
any equity  security  which may be converted into a debt security of Borrower at
any time or is mandatorily redeemable for cash within twenty (20) years from its
initial  issuance and (5) the  interest  expense and items listed in clauses (1)
through  (4)  above  applicable  to each of the UJVs  multiplied  by  Borrower's
respective  beneficial interests in the UJVs (it being understood that the items
listed in clauses  (1), (2) and (3) above shall be  considered  part of Interest
Expense  even if,  due to a change  in  GAAP,  such  items  would no  longer  be
considered interest expense under GAAP).

         "Interest  Period"  means,  with respect to any LIBOR Loan,  the period
commencing on the date the same is advanced,  converted from a Base Rate Loan or
Continued,  as the case may be, and ending,  as Borrower may select  pursuant to
Section 2.06, on the numerically corresponding day in the first, second or third
calendar month thereafter, provided that, in any case, each such Interest Period
which  commences on the last Banking Day of a calendar  month (or on any day for
which there is no numerically  corresponding  day in the appropriate  subsequent
calendar  month) shall end on the last Banking Day of the  appropriate  calendar
month.

         "Law" means any federal, state or local statute, law, rule, regulation,
ordinance,  order,  code, or rule of common law, now or hereafter in effect, and
any  judicial  or  administrative   interpretation  thereof  by  a  Governmental
Authority or otherwise,  including any judicial or administrative order, consent
decree or judgment.


                                        9


<PAGE>



         "Leverage Ratio" means the ratio,  expressed as a percentage,  of Total
Outstanding Indebtedness to Capitalization Value.

         "LIBOR Base Rate" means,  with respect to any Interest Period therefor,
the rate per annum  (rounded  upwards if  necessary  to the nearest  1/16 of 1%)
quoted at  approximately  11:00 a.m., New York time, by UBS two (2) Banking Days
prior to the first day of such Interest Period for the offering to leading banks
in the London  interbank  market of Dollar  deposits  in  immediately  available
funds,  for a period,  and in an amount,  comparable to such Interest Period and
principal amount of the LIBOR Loan in question  outstanding during such Interest
Period.

         "LIBOR  Interest  Rate"  means,  for any LIBOR  Loan,  a rate per annum
(rounded  upwards,  if  necessary,  to the nearest  1/100 of 1%)  determined  by
Administrative  Agent to be equal to the quotient of (1) the LIBOR Base Rate for
such LIBOR Loan for the Interest  Period  therefor  divided by (2) one minus the
LIBOR Reserve Requirement for such LIBOR Loan for such Interest Period.

         "LIBOR Loan" means all or any portion (as the context  requires) of any
Bank's Loan which shall  accrue  interest at rate(s)  determined  in relation to
LIBOR Interest Rate(s).

         "LIBOR  Reserve  Requirement"  means,  for any LIBOR Loan,  the rate at
which reserves (including any marginal,  supplemental or emergency reserves) are
actually  required to be  maintained  during the Interest  Period for such LIBOR
Loan  under   Regulation  D  by  the  applicable   Bank  against   "Eurocurrency
liabilities" (as such term is used in Regulation D). Without limiting the effect
of the  foregoing,  the LIBOR Reserve  Requirement  shall also reflect any other
reserves  actually  required  to be  maintained  by any  Bank by  reason  of any
Regulatory  Change  against  (1) any  category  of  liabilities  which  includes
deposits  by  reference  to which the LIBOR  Base  Rate is to be  determined  as
provided in the  definition of "LIBOR Base Rate" in this Section 1.01 or (2) any
category  of  extensions  of  credit or other  assets  which  include  loans the
interest rate on which is  determined on the basis of rates  referred to in said
definition of "LIBOR Base Rate".

         "Lien" means any mortgage,  deed of trust,  pledge,  security interest,
hypothecation,  assignment for collateral purposes,  deposit  arrangement,  lien
(statutory  or  other),  or other  security  agreement  or charge of any kind or
nature  whatsoever  of any  third  party  (excluding  any  right of  setoff  but
including,  without  limitation,  any conditional  sale or other title retention
agreement,  any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as
any of the  foregoing,  and the  filing  of any  financing  statement  under the
Uniform Commercial Code or comparable Law of any jurisdiction to evidence any of
the foregoing).

         "Loan" and "Loans" have the  respective  meanings  specified in Section
2.01.


                                       10


<PAGE>



         "Loan  Commitment"  means, with respect to each Bank, the obligation to
make a Loan  in the  principal  amount  set  forth  below  or in the  applicable
Assignment and Assumption Agreement, as such amount may be modified from time to
time in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11, 3.07 or 12.05:

          Bank             Loan Commitment
          ----             ---------------

           UBS                $200,000,000

          Total               $200,000,000
                              ============


         "Loan  Documents"  means  this  Agreement,  the Notes and the  Solvency
Certificate  and,  following such time as the Loans become  secured  pursuant to
Section 2.17, the Mortgages and the Indemnities.

         "Material Adverse Change" means either (1) a material adverse change in
the status of the business, results of operations, financial condition, property
or prospects of Borrower or (2) any event or occurrence of whatever nature which
is likely to have a  material  adverse  effect on the  ability  of  Borrower  to
perform its obligations under the Loan Documents.

         "Maturity Date" means September 21, 2001.

         "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

         "Mortgage" and "Mortgages" have the respective meanings specified in
Section 2.17.

         "Multiemployer  Plan" means a Plan defined as such in Section  3(37) of
ERISA to which  contributions  have been made by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate
and which is covered by Title IV of ERISA.

         "Net  Worth"  means  the  excess of  Capitalization  Value  over  Total
Outstanding Indebtedness.

         "Note" and "Notes" have the  respective  meanings  specified in Section
2.09.

         "Obligations"  means each and every obligation,  covenant and agreement
of Borrower, now or hereafter existing,  contained in this Agreement, and any of
the other Loan  Documents,  whether for  principal,  reimbursement  obligations,
interest,  fees,  expenses,  indemnities  or  otherwise,  and any  amendments or
supplements  thereto,  extensions or renewals thereof or replacements  therefor,
including but not limited to all  indebtedness,  obligations  and liabilities of
Borrower to Administrative Agent and any Bank now existing or hereafter incurred
under or arising out of or in connection  with the Notes,  this  Agreement,  the
other Loan  Documents,  and any documents or instruments  executed in connection
therewith; in each case whether direct or indirect,  joint or several,  absolute
or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, now or hereafter existing, renewed or
restructured, whether or not from time to time decreased or


                                       11


<PAGE>



extinguished  and later  increased,  created  or  incurred,  and  including  all
indebtedness  of Borrower,  under any instrument now or hereafter  evidencing or
securing any of the foregoing.

         "Parent" means,  with respect to any Bank, any Person  controlling such
Bank.

         "PBGC" means the Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation and any entity
succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

         "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation, business trust,
joint  stock  company,  trust,   unincorporated   association,   joint  venture,
Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

         "Plan"  means  any  employee  benefit  or  other  plan  established  or
maintained,  or to which  contributions have been made, by Borrower or any ERISA
Affiliate  of  Borrower  and which is  covered  by Title IV of ERISA or to which
Section 412 of the Code applies.

         "presence", when used in connection with any Environmental Discharge or
Hazardous  Materials,  means and  includes  presence,  generation,  manufacture,
installation,   treatment,  use,  storage,  handling,   repair,   encapsulation,
disposal, transportation, spill, discharge and release.

         "Prime Rate" means that rate of interest from time to time announced by
UBS at its Principal Office as its prime commercial lending rate.

         "Principal Office" means the principal office of UBS, presently located
at 299 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10171.

         "Pro Rata Share" means, for purposes of this Agreement and with respect
to each Bank,  a fraction,  the  numerator of which is the amount of such Bank's
Loan Commitment and the denominator of which is the Total Loan Commitment.

         "Prohibited Transaction" means any transaction set forth in Section 406
of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

         "Regulation  D" means  Regulation  D of the Board of  Governors  of the
Federal Reserve System,  as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to
time, or any similar Law from time to time in effect.

         "Regulation  U" means  Regulation  U of the Board of  Governors  of the
Federal Reserve System,  as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to
time.

         "Regulatory  Change" means,  with respect to any Bank, any change after
the date of this Agreement in United States federal, state, municipal or foreign
laws or  regulations  (including  Regulation  D) or the adoption or making after
such date of any interpretations,  directives or requests applying to a class of
banks  including  such  Bank of or under  any  United  States,  federal,  state,
municipal or foreign laws or regulations (whether or not having the force of


                                       12


<PAGE>



law) by any  court  or  governmental  or  monetary  authority  charged  with the
interpretation or administration thereof.

         "Related   Bridge  Loan"  means  the  loan  in  the  amount  of  up  to
$430,000,000 to Borrower  pursuant to a Credit  Agreement,  dated as of the date
hereof,  among Borrower,  UBS and the other lenders, if any, identified therein,
and UBS, as administrative agent for said lenders.

         "Related Bridge Term Loan" means the loan in the amount of $902,000,000
to Borrower  pursuant  to a Term Loan  Agreement,  dated as of the date  hereof,
among Borrower,  UBS and the other lenders, if any, identified therein, and UBS,
as administrative agent for said lenders.

         "Related  Loan Banks" means the "Banks"  under the credit  agreement(s)
governing the Related Loans.

         "Related Loan  Commitments"  means the  commitments of the Related Loan
Banks to make the Related Loans.

         "Related   Loans"  means  the  Related   Bridge  Loan  and,  until  the
consummation of the Unit Redemption Transaction, the Related Bridge Term Loan.

         "Reportable Event" means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b)
of ERISA.

         "Required  Banks"  means at any time the Banks and  Related  Loan Banks
having  Loan   Commitments   and/or  Related  Loan   Commitments  the  aggregate
outstanding  plus unfunded amounts of which are equal to at least 66-2/3% of the
aggregate  outstanding  plus unfunded  amounts of all the Loan  Commitments  and
Related Loan  Commitments;  provided,  however,  that during the existence of an
Event of Default,  the "Required  Banks" shall be the Banks and/or  Related Loan
Banks holding at least 66-2/3% of the then aggregate  unpaid principal amount of
the Loans and the Related Loans.

         "Restricted Payment" has the meaning specified in Section 8.01(6).

         "Schedule  A Assets"  means  those  assets of  Borrower  identified  in
SCHEDULE A.

         "Schedule  B Assets"  means  those  assets of  Borrower  identified  in
SCHEDULE B.  Following  the  consummation  of the Unit  Redemption  Transaction,
references in this Agreement to the "Schedule B Assets" shall be disregarded.

         "Secured   Indebtedness"   means  that  portion  of  Total  Outstanding
Indebtedness that is secured.


                                       13


<PAGE>



         "Separation Agreement" means, collectively, the Separation and Relative
Value  Adjustment  Agreement  dated August 17, 1998 between  Borrower and GMPTS,
together  with the two (2)  related  side  letters of even date  therewith  from
Borrower and agreed to and accepted by GMPTS, as the same may be modified to the
extent permitted by Section 7.07.

         "Solvency Certificate" means a certificate in substantially the form of
EXHIBIT E, to be delivered by Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

         "Solvent"  means,  when used with  respect to any Person,  that (1) the
fair value of the property of such Person,  on a going concern basis, is greater
than the total amount of liabilities (including, without limitation,  contingent
liabilities)  of such Person,  (2) the present fair saleable value of the assets
of such Person,  on a going concern basis, is not less than the amount that will
be required to pay the probable  liabilities of such Person on its debts as they
become  absolute and  matured,  (3) such Person does not intend to, and does not
believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person's ability to
pay as such debts and  liabilities  mature,  (4) such  Person is not  engaged in
business  or a  transaction,  and  is not  about  to  engage  in  business  or a
transaction,  for which such Person's  property  would  constitute  unreasonably
small capital after giving due  consideration to the prevailing  practice in the
industry  in which such  Person is engaged  and (5) such  Person has  sufficient
resources,  provided that such resources are prudently utilized,  to satisfy all
of such Person's  obligations.  Contingent  liabilities  will be computed at the
amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances  existing at such time,
represents  the amount  that can  reasonably  be expected to become an actual or
matured liability.

         "S&P"  means  Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Services,  a division  of The
McGraw-Hill Companies.

         "Specified Credit  Facilities" means,  collectively,  (1) the unsecured
revolving  credit facility of up to  $300,000,000  from UBS and other lenders to
Borrower made pursuant to an Amended and Restated Revolving Loan Agreement dated
as of March 5, 1997,  as amended,  (2) the  unsecured  credit  facility of up to
$100,000,000  from UBS to Borrower made pursuant to an Unsecured  Loan Agreement
dated as of July 27, 1998,  (3) the  Stoneridge  Mortgage  Loan and the Columbus
UDAG Loan.

         "Stoneridge  Mortgage  Loan" means the  mortgage  loan in the  original
principal amount of $75,000,000 from The First National Bank of Chicago and J.G.
Finley, as Trustee, to Stoneridge Properties.

         "Supplemental  Fee Letter" means that certain letter  agreement,  dated
the date hereof, between UBS and Borrower.

         "TCI" means Taubman Centers,  Inc., a Michigan corporation,  Borrower's
managing general partner.

         "TCI Financial  Statements"  means the  consolidated  balance sheet and
related consolidated  statement of operations,  accumulated deficiency in assets
and cash flows, and footnotes thereto, of TCI, prepared in accordance with GAAP.


                                       14


<PAGE>



         "Total Loan  Commitment"  means the sum of the Loan  Commitments of all
the Banks.

         "Total Outstanding Indebtedness" means the sum, without duplication, of
(1)  Consolidated  Outstanding  Indebtedness,  (2) TRG's  Share of UJV  Combined
Outstanding
Indebtedness and (3) Contingent Liabilities.

         "TRG Consolidated  Financial Statements" means the consolidated balance
sheet and related consolidated  statement of operations,  accumulated deficiency
in assets and cash  flows,  and  footnotes  thereto,  of  Borrower,  prepared in
accordance with GAAP.

         "TRG's Share of UJV Combined Outstanding Indebtedness" means the sum of
the  indebtedness of each of the UJVs  contributing to UJV Combined  Outstanding
Indebtedness  multiplied by Borrower's  respective  beneficial interests in each
such UJV.

         "UBS" has the meaning specified in the preamble.

         "UJV Combined  Outstanding  Indebtedness"  means,  as of any time,  all
indebtedness  and liability for borrowed money (which shall be deemed to include
obligations as lessee under Capital Leases),  secured or unsecured, of the UJVs,
including  mortgage and other notes payable but excluding any indebtedness which
is  margin  indebtedness  secured  by cash and cash  equivalent  securities,  as
reflected in the balance sheets of each of the UJVs, prepared in accordance with
GAAP.

         "UJVs" means the unconsolidated joint ventures in which Borrower owns a
beneficial  interest and which are  accounted for under the equity method in the
TRG Consolidated Financial Statements.

         "Unencumbered  Combined  EBITDA" means that portion of Combined  EBITDA
attributable to Unencumbered Wholly-Owned Assets.

         "Unencumbered  Wholly-Owned Assets" means assets,  reflected on the TRG
Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  wholly owned,  directly or indirectly,  by
Borrower  and not  subject to any Lien to secure  all or any  portion of Secured
Indebtedness; provided, however, that, for purposes of this definition only, the
loans  described in the following  table, so long as the documents in respect of
the same permit  secondary  financing,  shall not be considered  part of Secured
Indebtedness:

Description of
Debt Obligation        Obligor                  Affected Asset        Amount ($)
- ---- ----------        -------                  --------------        ----------

Assessment Bonds -     Richmond Associates      Hilltop land             413,727
City of Richmond
Assessment Bonds -     Stoneridge Properties    Stoneridge land        1,200,400
CIty of Pleasanton
Assessment Bonds -     Biltmore Shopping        Biltmore land          2,978,584
City of Phoenix        Center Partners


                                       15


<PAGE>



         "Unit  Redemption  Transaction"  means the  transaction  whereby all of
GMPTS's  partnership  units in Borrower  will be  redeemed  in exchange  for the
Schedule B Assets, (2) GMPT Borrower shall assume certain indebtedness  relating
to the Schedule B Assets and (3) Borrower  shall  assign to GMPT  Borrower,  and
GMPT Borrower shall assume,  all of Borrower's  rights and obligations under the
Related Bridge Term Loan, all in accordance with the Separation Agreement, which
Unit  Redemption  Transaction  is  anticipated  by  Borrower  and  GMPTS  to  be
consummated  on or after  September 30, 1998 and in  connection  with which Unit
Redemption  Transaction  Borrower's  agreement of limited  partnership  shall be
amended and restated.

         "Unsecured  Debt Yield"  means,  for any  calendar  quarter,  the ratio
(expressed as a percentage) of (1)  Unencumbered  Combined EBITDA for the twelve
(12)-month   period  ending  with  such   calendar   quarter  to  (2)  Unsecured
Indebtedness as of the end of such calendar quarter.

         "Unsecured  Indebtedness"  means  that  portion  of  Total  Outstanding
Indebtedness that is unsecured.

         "Woodfield  Mortgage  Loan" means the  mortgage  loan,  in the original
principal amount of $172,000,000 from Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York,
as Trustee,  with  respect to the  Woodfield  shopping  center,  and the related
interest rate hedging agreement.

         SECTION 1.02.  Accounting  Terms. All accounting terms not specifically
defined  herein shall be construed in  accordance  with GAAP,  and all financial
data required to be delivered  hereunder  shall be prepared in  accordance  with
GAAP.

         SECTION 1.03. Computation of Time Periods. Except as otherwise provided
herein,  in this  Agreement,  in the  computation  of  periods  of  time  from a
specified  date to a later  specified  date,  the word  "from"  means  "from and
including" and words "to" and "until" each means "to but excluding".

         SECTION 1.04.  Rules of Construction.  Except as otherwise  provided or
indicated,  when  used in  this  Agreement  (1)  "or"  is not  exclusive,  (2) a
reference  to a Law includes any  amendment or  modification  to such Law, (3) a
reference to a Person includes its permitted  successors and permitted  assigns,
(4) all references to the singular shall include the plural and vice versa,  (5)
a  reference  to  an  agreement,  instrument  or  document  shall  include  such
agreement,  instrument  or  document  as the same may be  amended,  modified  or
supplemented  from time to time in accordance with its terms and as permitted by
the Loan  Documents,  (6) all  references  to  Articles,  Sections,  Exhibits or
Schedules  shall be to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and  Schedules to,
this Agreement, (7) "hereunder",  "herein",  "hereof" and the like refer to this
Agreement as a whole and (8) all Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement  shall
be incorporated into this Agreement.


                                       16


<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE II

                                    THE LOANS


         SECTION 2.01.  The Loans.  Subject to the terms and  conditions of this
Agreement,  each of the Banks severally  agrees to make a loan to Borrower (each
such loan by a Bank, a "Loan"; such loans,  collectively,  the "Loans") pursuant
to which each Bank shall from time to time advance and re-advance to Borrower an
amount equal to the excess of the amount of such Bank's Loan Commitment over the
amount of all  previous  advances  made by such Bank  under its Loan  Commitment
which remain  unpaid.  For purposes of the  immediately  preceding  sentence,  a
Bank's Pro Rata Share of the amount of  outstanding  Letters of Credit  shall be
deemed to be advanced.  Within the limits set forth herein,  Borrower may borrow
from time to time under this Section 2.01 and prepay from time to time  pursuant
to Section 2.10 (subject,  however,  to the restrictions on prepayment set forth
in such Section) and thereafter re-borrow pursuant to this Section 2.01.

         The Loans may be outstanding as (1) Base Rate Loans, (2) LIBOR Loans or
(3) a  combination  of  the  foregoing,  as  Borrower  shall  elect  and  notify
Administrative  Agent in accordance  with Section 2.15.  The LIBOR Loan and Base
Rate Loan of each Bank shall be  maintained  at such Bank's  Applicable  Lending
Office for its LIBOR Loan and Base Rate Loan, respectively.

         The  obligations of the Banks under this Agreement are several,  and no
Bank shall be responsible  for the failure of any other Bank to make any advance
of a Loan to be made by such other  Bank.  However,  the  failure of any Bank to
make any advance of the Loan to be made by it  hereunder  on the date  specified
therefor  shall not relieve any other Bank of its obligation to make any advance
of its Loan specified hereby to be made on such date.

         SECTION 2.02. Purpose. Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loans for
general  partnership  purposes of Borrower and its  Consolidated  Businesses and
UJVs,  including  costs incurred in connection  with  acquisitions.  In no event
shall proceeds of the Loans be used for any illegal  purpose or for the purpose,
whether immediate,  incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying "margin stock"
within the meaning of Regulation U.

         SECTION 2.03.  Advances,  Generally.  The Initial Advance shall be made
upon  satisfaction  of the  conditions  set forth in  Section  4.01.  Subsequent
advances shall be made no more frequently  than weekly upon  satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in Section 4.02.  The amount of each advance  subsequent to
the Initial  Advance shall be in the minimum  amount of $2,000,000  (unless less
than  $2,000,000 is available for  disbursement  pursuant to the terms hereof at
the time of any subsequent  advance, in which case the amount of such subsequent
advance shall be equal to such remaining availability) and in integral multiples
of $100,000 above such amount.

         SECTION  2.04.  Procedures  for  Advances.  Borrower  shall  submit  to
Administrative  Agent a request for each advance  hereunder,  stating the amount
requested  and  certifying  the purpose for which such advance is to be used, no
later than 10:00 a.m.  (New York time) on the date three (3) Banking  Days prior
to the date the advance is to be made.


                                       17


<PAGE>



Administrative  Agent, upon its receipt and approval of the requisite  documents
for the advance,  will so notify the Banks either by telephone or by  facsimile.
Not later than 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on the date of each advance, each Bank
shall,  through its  Applicable  Lending Office and subject to the conditions of
this  Agreement,  make the amount to be advanced by it on such day  available to
Administrative  Agent,  at  Administrative  Agent's  Office  and in  immediately
available  funds  for the  account  of  Borrower.  The  amount  so  received  by
Administrative Agent shall, subject to the conditions of this Agreement, be made
available to Borrower, in immediately available funds, by Administrative Agent's
crediting  an account of Borrower  designated  by Borrower and  maintained  with
Administrative Agent at Administrative Agent's Office.

         SECTION 2.05.  Additional  Conditions to Advances.  Each advance of the
Loans shall be subject,  in addition to the other limitations and conditions set
forth herein,  to, at  Administrative  Agent's request,  Administrative  Agent's
receipt of a  certificate,  of the sort required by paragraph  (3)(b) of Section
6.09, which shall demonstrate Borrower's  compliance,  as of the end of the most
recently  ended  calendar  quarter  for which  financial  results  are  required
hereunder to have been reported by Borrower  (and taking into account  pro-forma
adjustments for all acquisitions and Dispositions  subsequent to the end of such
quarter required to be reported pursuant to paragraph (7) of Section 6.09), with
all covenants enumerated in said paragraph (3)(b), assuming that the amount that
will be outstanding  under the Loans following the making of the advance that is
being  requested  was  outstanding  as of the end of such  most  recently  ended
calendar quarter.

         For purposes of the definitions of the "Applicable Commitment Fee Rate"
and  "Applicable  Margin" in Section  1.01,  the Leverage  Ratio and  Collateral
Property Debt Yield shall be adjusted in accordance with the foregoing  covenant
compliance  calculations  as of the date of each  advance  of the Loans and upon
each acquisition and Disposition  required to be reported  pursuant to paragraph
(7) of Section 6.09.

         SECTION  2.06.  Interest  Periods;  Renewals.  In the case of the LIBOR
Loans,  Borrower  shall select an Interest  Period of any duration in accordance
with the definition of Interest Period in Section 1.01, subject to the following
limitations:  (1) no Interest Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date, (2) if
an Interest  Period would end on a day which is not a Banking Day, such Interest
Period shall be extended to the next Banking Day,  unless such Banking Day would
fall in the next calendar  month,  in which event such Interest Period shall end
on the immediately preceding Banking Day and (3) only five (5) discrete segments
of a Bank's Loan bearing  interest at a LIBOR  Interest  Rate,  for a designated
Interest Period, pursuant to a particular Election,  Conversion or Continuation,
may be  outstanding  at any one time (each  such  segment  of each  Bank's  Loan
corresponding to a proportionate segment of each of the other Banks' Loans).

         Upon  notice to  Administrative  Agent as  provided  in  Section  2.15,
Borrower may  Continue any LIBOR Loan on the last day of the Interest  Period of
the same or  different  duration in  accordance  with the  limitations  provided
above. If Borrower shall fail to give notice to  Administrative  Agent of such a
Continuation, such LIBOR Loan shall automatically become a Base Rate Loan on the
last day of the current Interest Period.


                                       18


<PAGE>



         SECTION 2.07.  Interest.  Borrower shall pay interest to Administrative
Agent for the  account  of the  applicable  Bank on the  outstanding  and unpaid
principal amount of the Loans, at a rate per annum as follows: (1) for Base Rate
Loans at a rate  equal to the Base Rate plus the  Applicable  Margin and (2) for
LIBOR  Loans at a rate  equal to the  applicable  LIBOR  Interest  Rate plus the
Applicable  Margin.  Any principal amount not paid when due (when scheduled,  at
acceleration or otherwise) shall bear interest thereafter, payable on demand, at
the Default Rate.

         The  interest  rate on Base Rate Loans shall  change when the Base Rate
changes.  Interest  on Base Rate  Loans and LIBOR  Loans  shall not  exceed  the
maximum amount permitted under applicable law.  Interest shall be calculated for
the  actual  number  of days  elapsed  on the basis of, in the case of Base Rate
Loans and LIBOR Loans, three hundred sixty (360) days.

         Accrued  interest  shall be due and  payable in  arrears  upon and with
respect to any  prepayment  of  principal  and on the first  Banking Day of each
calendar month;  provided,  however,  that interest accruing at the Default Rate
shall be due and payable on demand.

          SECTION 2.08.  Fees.  (a) Borrower shall during the term of the Loans,
pay to  Administrative  Agent  for the  account  of each Bank a  commitment  fee
computed on the daily unused Loan  Commitment of such Bank (it being  understood
that the amount of outstanding  Letters of Credit shall be considered "used" for
this purpose),  at a rate per annum equal to the daily Applicable Commitment Fee
Rate,  calculated  on the basis of a year of three  hundred sixty (360) days for
the actual number of days elapsed.  The accrued commitment fees shall be due and
payable in  arrears on the first  Banking  Day of each month  after the  Closing
Date, and upon the Maturity Date or earlier termination of the Loan Commitments.

         (b) Borrower shall pay to Administrative Agent, for the accounts of the
parties specified therein, the fees provided for, on the dates specified, in the
Supplemental Fee Letter.

         SECTION 2.09.  Notes.  The Loan made by each Bank under this  Agreement
shall be evidenced by, and repaid with interest in accordance with, a promissory
note of  Borrower  in the form of  EXHIBIT  C duly  completed  and  executed  by
Borrower, in a principal amount equal to such Bank's Loan Commitment, payable to
such Bank for the account of its  Applicable  Lending Office (each such note, as
the same may  hereafter  be  amended,  modified,  extended,  severed,  assigned,
substituted,  renewed or restated from time to time,  including  any  substitute
note pursuant to Section 3.07 or 12.05, a "Note"; all such notes,  collectively,
the "Notes").  The Notes shall mature, and all outstanding principal and accrued
interest and other sums thereunder  shall be paid in full, on the Maturity Date,
as the same may be accelerated.

         Each Bank is hereby  authorized  by Borrower to endorse on the schedule
attached to the Notes held by it, the amount of each  advance,  and each payment
of  principal  received by such Bank for the account of its  Applicable  Lending
Office(s) on account of its Loan,  which  endorsement  shall,  in the absence of
manifest error, be conclusive as to the outstanding  balance of the Loan made by
such Bank.  The failure by any Bank to make such  notations  with respect to its
Loan or each  advance  or  payment  shall  not  limit or  otherwise  affect  the
obligations of Borrower under this Agreement or the Notes.


                                       19


<PAGE>



         SECTION 2.10. Prepayments.  Borrower may, upon at least one (1) Banking
Day's notice to Administrative  Agent in the case of the Base Rate Loans, and at
least two (2) Banking Days' notice to Administrative  Agent in the case of LIBOR
Loans,  prepay the Loans,  provided that (1) any partial  prepayment  under this
Section shall be in integral  multiples of  $1,000,000,  (2) a LIBOR Loan may be
prepaid only on the last day of the  Applicable  Interest  Period for such LIBOR
Loan and (3) each  prepayment  under this  Section  shall  include all  interest
accrued on the amount of principal prepaid through the date of prepayment.

         SECTION 2.11.  Termination of  Commitments.  (a) At any time,  Borrower
shall have the right,  without premium or penalty,  to terminate the unused Loan
Commitments,  in whole or in part, from time to time, provided that (1) Borrower
shall give notice of each such termination to Administrative  Agent,  specifying
the amount of the  termination,  no later then 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on the
date which is fifteen (15) days prior to the  effectiveness of such termination,
(2) the Loan  Commitments  of each of the Banks must be  terminated  ratably and
simultaneously with those of the other Banks and (3) each partial termination of
the Loan Commitments as a whole (and  corresponding  reduction of the Total Loan
Commitment) shall be in an integral multiple of $1,000,000.

         (b)  The  Loan  Commitments,  to  the  extent  terminated,  may  not be
reinstated.

         SECTION 2.12. Method of Payment. Borrower shall make each payment under
this  Agreement and under the Notes not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on
the date when due in Dollars to Administrative  Agent at Administrative  Agent's
Office in immediately available funds.  Administrative Agent will thereafter, on
the day of its receipt of each such  payment,  cause to be  distributed  to each
Bank (1) such Bank's  appropriate  share (based upon the respective  outstanding
principal  amounts and rate(s) of interest  under the Notes of the Banks) of the
payments of principal  and interest in like funds for the account of such Bank's
Applicable  Lending Office and (2) fees payable to such Bank in accordance  with
the terms of this Agreement. Borrower hereby authorizes Administrative Agent and
the Banks,  if and to the extent  payment by Borrower is not made when due under
this  Agreement  or under the Notes,  to charge  from time to time  against  any
account Borrower maintains with  Administrative  Agent or any Bank any amount so
due to Administrative Agent and/or the Banks.

         Except to the extent provided in this  Agreement,  whenever any payment
to be made under this  Agreement or under the Notes is due on any day other than
a Banking Day,  such payment shall be made on the next  succeeding  Banking Day,
and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the  computation of
the payment of interest and other fees, as the case may be.

         SECTION 2.13. Elections,  Conversions or Continuation of Loans. Subject
to the provisions of Article III and Sections 2.06 and 2.14, Borrower shall have
the right to Elect to have all or a portion of any advance of the Loans be LIBOR
Loans,  to Convert Base Rate Loans into LIBOR Loans, to Convert LIBOR Loans into
Base Rate Loans,  or to Continue LIBOR Loans as LIBOR Loans, at any time or from
time to time, provided that (1) Borrower shall give Administrative  Agent notice
of each such Election, Conversion or Continuation as provided in


                                       20


<PAGE>



Section 2.15 and (2) a LIBOR Loan may be Converted or Continued only on the last
day of the applicable  Interest Period for such LIBOR Loan.  Except as otherwise
provided in this Agreement, each Election,  Continuation and Conversion shall be
applicable to each Bank's Loan in accordance with its Pro Rata Share.

         SECTION 2.14.  Minimum  Amounts.  With respect to the Loans as a whole,
each  Election  and each  Conversion  shall be in an  amount  at least  equal to
$2,000,000 and in integral multiples of $100,000.

         SECTION 2.15.  Certain  Notices  Regarding  Elections,  Conversions and
Continuations  of  Loans.   Notices  by  Borrower  to  Administrative  Agent  of
Elections, Conversions and Continuations of LIBOR Loans shall be irrevocable and
shall be effective only if received by Administrative Agent not later than 10:00
a.m.  (New York  time) on the  number of  Banking  Days prior to the date of the
relevant Election, Conversion or Continuation specified below:

                                                                       Number of
Notice                                                        Banking Days Prior
- ------                                                        ------------------

Conversions into Base Rate Loans                                         two (2)

Election of, Conversions into or Continuations as, LIBOR Loans         three (3)



Promptly following its receipt of any such notice, Administrative Agent shall so
advise  the Banks  either by  telephone  or by  facsimile.  Each such  notice of
Election  shall  specify the portion of the amount of the advance  that is to be
LIBOR Loans  (subject to Section  2.14) and the duration of the Interest  Period
applicable  thereto  (subject to Section  2.06);  each such notice of Conversion
shall specify the LIBOR Loans or Base Rate Loans to be Converted;  and each such
notice of  Conversion  or  Continuation  shall specify the date of Conversion or
Continuation  (which shall be a Banking  Day),  the amount  thereof  (subject to
Section  2.14)  and the  duration  of the  Interest  Period  applicable  thereto
(subject to Section 2.06). In the event that Borrower fails to Elect to have any
portion of an advance be LIBOR Loans,  the entire  amount of such advance  shall
constitute  Base Rate Loans.  In the event that Borrower fails to Continue LIBOR
Loans within the time period and as  otherwise  provided in this  Section,  such
LIBOR Loans will be automatically Converted into Base Rate Loans on the last day
of the then current applicable Interest Period for such LIBOR Loans.

         SECTION 2.16. Late Payment Premium.  Borrower shall, at  Administrative
Agent's option, pay to Administrative  Agent for the account of the Banks a late
payment  premium in the amount of 4% of any payments of interest under the Loans
made more than fifteen (15) days after the due date thereof,  which shall be due
with any such late payment.

         SECTION 2.17. Collateral for Loans. Borrower covenants and agrees that,
within thirty (30) days following the earliest to occur of (x) the maturity date
of the Related  Bridge Loan and the Related Bridge Term Loan, as the same may be
accelerated, (y) the


                                       21


<PAGE>



repayment  in full of the Related  Bridge Loan and the Related  Bridge Term Loan
and the  cancellation of the loan commitments of the lenders thereof and (z) the
repayment in full of the Related  Bridge Loan and the  cancellation  of the loan
commitments of the lenders of the Related Bridge Term Loan and the assumption of
the Related Bridge Term Loan by GMPT Borrower as contemplated by the Term Credit
Agreement  governing the same, it will deliver to Administrative  Agent, for the
benefit of the Banks,  (A) an amendment and restatement of this Agreement,  duly
executed  by  Borrower,  which will,  inter alia,  add  customary  mortgage  and
property-related  representations,   covenants,  conditions  and  defaults,  (B)
certified  copies  of all  documents  evidencing  partnership  action  taken  by
Borrower and the Collateral Property Owners authorizing the execution,  delivery
and performance of the Mortgages,  the Indemnities and each other document to be
delivered  by  or  on  behalf  of  Borrower  pursuant  to  this  Section,  (C) a
certificate of Borrower's  managing  general partner,  or a similar  certificate
with respect to each of the Collateral Property Owners, certifying the names and
true  signatures  of each  individual  authorized  to sign  the  Mortgages,  the
Indemnities  and all related  documents on behalf of Borrowers or the respective
Collateral  Property  Owner,  (D) a Solvency  Certificate,  duly executed,  from
Borrower and each  Collateral  Property  Owner,  (E) a certificate,  of the sort
required  by   paragraph   3(b)  of  Section   6.09,   containing   calculations
demonstrating  Borrower's  compliance,  as of the end of the most recently ended
calendar  quarter with the  covenants  set forth in Section 8.02 (6) and (7) and
(F) the  following  with  respect to each of the Schedule A Assets then owned by
Borrower  (other than those that have been  encumbered  with the Required Banks'
consent in accordance with Section 7.06), all of said requirements at Borrower's
expense and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative
Agent:

              (1) a mortgage (or deed of trust),  assignment of leases and rents
     and  security   agreements  (each,  a  "Mortgage"  and  collectively,   the
     "Mortgages") and related Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statements, each
     duly executed by the  appropriate  Collateral  Property Owner and in proper
     form for  recording  or  filing,  as the case  may be,  in the  appropriate
     records;

              (2) an agreement  (each,  an  "Indemnity"  and  collectively,  the
     "Indemnities")  whereby the Banks and Administrative  Agent are indemnified
     regarding   Hazardous   Materials,   duly  executed  by  Borrower  and  the
     appropriate Collateral Property Owner;

              (3) a paid title insurance  policy, in the amount of the Mortgage,
     which shall insure the Mortgage to be a valid first lien on the appropriate
     Collateral Property Owner's interest in the property covered thereby,  free
     and clear of all liens,  defects,  encumbrances and exceptions except those
     reasonably   approved  (in  light  of  the  normal  and  customary   Liens,
     encumbrances and exceptions found on title to comparable  regional shopping
     center  properties and not prohibited under Section 7.06) by Administrative
     Agent,  and shall contain (i) a reference to the survey  required below but
     no material  survey  exceptions,  (ii) a pending  disbursements  clause and
     (iii) such affirmative  insurance and endorsements as Administrative  Agent
     may  reasonably  require;  and  shall be  accompanied  by such  reinsurance
     agreements as Administrative Agent may require;

              (4) a current ALTA survey,  certified to Administrative  Agent and
     the  title  insurer,  showing  (i) the  location  of the  perimeter  of the
     property by courses and distances,


                                       22


<PAGE>



     (ii) all  easements,  rights-of-way,  and utility lines  referred to in the
     title policy required above or which actually service or cross the property
     (with instrument,  book and page number indicated),  (iii) the lines of the
     streets  abutting the property and the width thereof,  and any  established
     building  lines  (and  that  such  roads  are  public   roads),   (iv)  any
     encroachments  and the extent  thereof upon the property,  (v) locations of
     all portions  (with the acreage  thereof also  identified)  of the property
     which are located in an area  designated as a "flood prone area" as defined
     by U.S.  Department of Housing and Urban Development  pursuant to the Flood
     Disaster Protection Act of 1973 and (vi) all improvements  thereon, and the
     relationship  thereof  by  distances  to the  perimeter  of  the  property,
     established building lines and street lines;

              (5) an independent M.A.I. appraisal,  which appraisal shall comply
     in all respects with the standards for real estate  appraisals  established
     pursuant to the Financial  Institutions Reform,  Recovery,  and Enforcement
     Act of 1989;

              (6) copies of the policies and  originals of the  certificates  of
     hazard and other  insurance  required  by the  Mortgage  on such  property,
     together with evidence of the payment of the premiums therefor;

              (7) a detailed report and  certification  by a properly  qualified
     engineer with regard to Hazardous Materials  affecting the property,  which
     shall include,  inter alia, a certification that such engineer has obtained
     and  examined  a list of  prior  owners,  tenants  and  other  users of the
     property,  and has made an on-site physical examination of the property and
     improvements  thereon,  and a visual  observation of the surrounding areas,
     and disclosing the extent of past or present Hazardous Materials activities
     or of the presence of Hazardous Materials;

              (8) a detailed report from an engineering consultant to the effect
     that all  improvements  on the property are in  satisfactory  condition and
     enumerating any maintenance or governmental  compliance  items necessary or
     expected to be incurred  over the  remaining  term of the Loans and stating
     the approximate cost thereof;

              (9) copies of any and all  certificates  of occupancy  and similar
     authorizations required by Governmental  Authorities for the use, occupancy
     and operation of the property and/or the improvements thereon;

              (10) copies, certified by Borrower to be true and complete, of all
     leases of the property,  accompanied  by, in the case of such leases as are
     reasonably requested by Administrative Agent (i) estoppel certificates from
     the  tenants  thereunder  (to the extent  such  estoppel  certificates  are
     obtainable  with  Borrower's  commercially  reasonable  efforts,  it  being
     understood  that if  Borrower  shall not have  obtained  any such  estoppel
     certificates  using such  efforts  prior to the  granting of the  Mortgage,
     Borrower  covenants to continue to use such efforts to obtain such estoppel
     certificates),  (ii)  notices  of  assignment,  and (iii) to the  extent in
     Borrower's  possession  or otherwise  obtainable  with  reasonable  effort,
     current financial statements of the tenants (and guarantors of the tenants'
     obligations, if applicable) thereunder;


                                       23


<PAGE>



              (11) a copy, certified by Borrower to be true and complete, of any
     reciprocal  easement  and  operating  agreement  (and  related  agreements)
     affecting the property,  together with estoppel  certificates  with respect
     thereto from the parties thereto (to the extent such estoppel  certificates
     are obtainable with Borrower's  commercially  reasonable  efforts, it being
     understood  that if  Borrower  shall not have  obtained  any such  estoppel
     certificates  using such  efforts  prior to the  granting of the  Mortgage,
     Borrower  covenants to continue to use such efforts to obtain such estoppel
     certificates),  and, if in Borrower's  possession  or otherwise  obtainable
     with reasonable effort, current financial statements of such parties;

              (12) copies, certified by Borrower to be true and complete, of all
     existing contracts  providing for the management or leasing of the property
     or any improvements  thereon,  together with, in each case, such collateral
     assignments or "will-serve"  letters as Administrative Agent may reasonably
     require;

              (13)   favorable   opinions  of  counsel  for   Borrower  and  the
     appropriate  Collateral  Property  Owner  as to (i) the due  authorization,
     execution  and  enforceability  of the Mortgage and Indemnity and (ii) such
     other matters as Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

              (14) Uniform Commercial Code searches with respect to Borrower and
     the appropriate Collateral Property Owner and advice from the title insurer
     to the effect that searches of the proper public records disclose no leases
     of personalty  (other than leases made in the ordinary  course of business)
     or  financing  statements  filed  or  recorded  against  Borrower  or  such
     Collateral  Property Owner or the property  covered by the Mortgage,  other
     than those reasonably approved by Administrative Agent;

              (15) good  standing,  and,  if  required,  foreign  qualification,
     certificates  for Borrower and the  appropriate  Collateral  Property Owner
     from the jurisdiction where the property is located;

              (16) current financial/operating statements, certified by Borrower
     to be true and complete; and

              (17) such other  documents,  instruments,  materials,  opinions or
     assurances as Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

         SECTION  2.18.  Letters  of  Credit.   (a)  Borrower,   the  Banks  and
Administrative  Agent  acknowledge  that  Administrative  Agent has  issued  the
following two (2) irrevocable letters of credit for the account of Borrower: No.
SBY502898,  dated July 22, 1994, in the original  amount of $5,654,571,  for the
benefit of Morgan  Guaranty  Trust  Company  of New York,  as  Trustee,  and No.
SBY505218,  dated August 19, 1997, in the original amount of $3,049,481, for the
benefit of Palm Beach County Board of County  Commissioners  (each, a "Letter of
Credit"; said letters of credit, collectively, the "Letters of Credit").


                                       24


<PAGE>



         (b) In connection with each Letter of Credit, Borrower hereby covenants
to pay to  Administrative  Agent the following fees,  each payable  quarterly in
arrears (on the first Banking Day of each calendar quarter):  (i) a fee, payable
to  Administrative  Agent for the  account of the Banks,  computed  daily on the
amount of the Letter of Credit issued and  outstanding at a rate per annum equal
to the "Banks' L/C Fee Rate" (as hereinafter defined) and (ii) a fee, payable to
Administrative  Agent for its own account,  computed  daily on the amount of the
Letter of Credit  issued  and  outstanding  at a rate per annum of  0.125%.  For
purposes of this Agreement, the "Banks' L/C Fee Rate" shall mean, at any time, a
rate per annum  equal to the  Applicable  Margin for LIBOR Loans less 0.125% per
annum.  It is  understood  and  agreed  that  the last  installment  of the fees
provided  for in this  paragraph  (b) with respect to any  particular  Letter of
Credit  shall  be due and  payable  on the  first  day of the  calendar  quarter
following the return, undrawn, or cancellation of such Letter of Credit.

         (c) The parties hereto  acknowledge  and agree that,  immediately  upon
notice from  Administrative  Agent of any drawing under a Letter of Credit, each
Bank shall,  notwithstanding  the  existence of a Default or Event of Default or
the  non-satisfaction of any conditions precedent to the making of an advance of
the Loans,  advance  proceeds  of its Loan,  in an amount  equal to its Pro Rata
Share of such drawing,  which advance shall be made to  Administrative  Agent to
reimburse  Administrative  Agent, for its own account, for such drawing. Each of
the Banks further acknowledges that its obligation to fund its Pro Rata Share of
drawings  under  Letters  of  Credit  as  aforesaid  shall  survive  the  Banks'
termination of this Agreement or enforcement of remedies  hereunder or under the
other Loan Documents.

         (d) Borrower agrees,  upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and at
the request of Administrative  Agent, (i) to deposit with  Administrative  Agent
cash  collateral in the amount of all the outstanding  Letters of Credit,  which
cash collateral shall be held by Administrative Agent as security for Borrower's
obligations  in  connection  with the  Letters of Credit and (ii) to execute and
deliver to Administrative  Agent such documents as Administrative Agent requests
to confirm and perfect the assignment of such cash collateral to  Administrative
Agent.


                                   ARTICLE III

                       YIELD PROTECTION; ILLEGALITY; ETC.


         SECTION 3.01.  Additional  Costs.  Borrower  shall pay directly to each
Bank from time to time on demand such  amounts as such Bank may  determine to be
necessary to compensate it for any  increased  costs which such Bank  determines
are attributable to its making or maintaining a LIBOR Loan, or its obligation to
make or maintain a LIBOR Loan, or its  obligation to Convert a Base Rate Loan to
a LIBOR Loan hereunder,  or any reduction in any amount  receivable by such Bank
hereunder in respect of its LIBOR Loan or such  obligations  (such  increases in
costs and  reductions  in amounts  receivable  being herein  called  "Additional
Costs"), in each case resulting from any Regulatory Change which:


                                       25


<PAGE>



              (1) changes  the basis of taxation of any amounts  payable to such
     Bank  under this  Agreement  or the Notes in respect of any such LIBOR Loan
     (other than  changes in the rate of general  corporate,  franchise,  branch
     profit,  net  income  or  other  income  tax  imposed  on such  Bank or its
     Applicable  Lending Office by the  jurisdiction  in which such Bank has its
     principal office or such Applicable Lending Office); or

              (2) (other  than to the extent the LIBOR  Reserve  Requirement  is
     taken into account in determining the LIBOR Rate at the commencement of the
     applicable  Interest  Period)  imposes or  modifies  any  reserve,  special
     deposit, deposit insurance or assessment, minimum capital, capital ratio or
     similar  requirements  relating to any extensions of credit or other assets
     of, or any deposits with or other  liabilities of, such Bank (including any
     LIBOR Loan or any deposits referred to in the definition of "LIBOR Interest
     Rate" in Section  1.01),  or any  commitment of such Bank  (including  such
     Bank's Loan Commitment hereunder); or

              (3) imposes any other  condition  affecting  this Agreement or the
     Notes (or any of such extensions of credit or liabilities).

Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  in the event that any Bank  determines  that it
shall  incur  Additional  Costs in  maintaining  a LIBOR  Loan,  such Bank shall
provide  written  notice  thereof  to  Borrower  (with a copy to  Administrative
Agent),  which notice shall include the dollar amount of the  Additional  Costs,
and Borrower shall have the option,  which option must be exercised  within five
(5) Banking Days of Borrower's receipt of such notice, to prepay such LIBOR Loan
or to Convert such LIBOR Loan into a Base Rate Loan,  subject,  however,  to the
provisions of Section 3.05.

         Without limiting the effect of the provisions of the first paragraph of
this Section,  in the event that, by reason of any Regulatory  Change,  any Bank
either (1) incurs  Additional  Costs based on or measured by the excess  above a
specified level of the amount of a category of deposits of other  liabilities of
such Bank which includes  deposits by reference to which the LIBOR Interest Rate
is  determined  as provided in this  Agreement  or a category of  extensions  of
credit or other  assets of such Bank  which  includes  loans  based on the LIBOR
Interest  Rate or (2) becomes  subject to  restrictions  on the amount of such a
category  of  liabilities  or assets  which it may hold,  then,  if such Bank so
elects  by  notice  to  Borrower  (with a copy  to  Administrative  Agent),  the
obligation of such Bank to permit Elections of, to Continue,  or to Convert Base
Rate Loans into, LIBOR Loans shall be suspended (in which case the provisions of
Section 3.04 shall be applicable)  until such Regulatory  Change ceases to be in
effect.

         Determinations  and  allocations by a Bank for purposes of this Section
of the effect of any Regulatory Change pursuant to the first or second paragraph
of this  Section,  on its costs or rate of return of making or  maintaining  its
Loan or portions  thereof or on amounts  receivable by it in respect of its Loan
or portions thereof, and the amounts required to compensate such Bank under this
Section, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

         To the extent that  changing the  jurisdiction  of a Bank's  Applicable
Lending Office would have the effect of minimizing  Additional  Costs, each such
Bank shall use reasonable


                                       26


<PAGE>



efforts  to make  such a change,  provided  that same  would  not  otherwise  be
disadvantageous to each such Bank.

         No Bank shall be entitled to any compensation  pursuant to this Section
relating  to any period  more than  ninety  (90) days  prior to the date  notice
thereof is given to Borrower by such Bank.

         SECTION  3.02.  Limitation  on Types of Loans.  Anything  herein to the
contrary  notwithstanding,  if,  on or prior to the  determination  of the LIBOR
Interest Rate for any Interest Period:

              (1) Administrative  Agent determines (which determination shall be
     conclusive)  that  quotations of interest  rates for the relevant  deposits
     referred to in the definition of "LIBOR  Interest Rate" in Section 1.01 are
     not being provided in the relevant  amounts or for the relevant  maturities
     for  purposes  of  determining  rates of  interest  for the LIBOR  Loans as
     provided in this Agreement; or

              (2) a Bank determines  (which  determination  shall be conclusive)
     and  promptly  notifies  Administrative  Agent that the  relevant  rates of
     interest  referred to in the definition of "LIBOR Interest Rate" in Section
     1.01 upon the basis of which the rate of interest  for LIBOR Loans for such
     Interest  Period is to be  determined do not  adequately  cover the cost to
     such  Bank of making  or  maintaining  such  LIBOR  Loan for such  Interest
     Period;

then Administrative Agent shall give Borrower prompt notice thereof, and so long
as  such  condition  remains  in  effect,  the  Banks  (or,  in the  case of the
circumstances  described in clause (2) above,  the affected Bank) shall be under
no  obligation  to permit  Elections of LIBOR Loans,  to Convert Base Rate Loans
into LIBOR Loans or to  Continue  LIBOR Loans and  Borrower  shall,  on the last
day(s) of the then current Interest Period(s) for the affected outstanding LIBOR
Loans,  either (x) prepay the  affected  LIBOR Loans or (y) Convert the affected
LIBOR Loans into Base Rate Loans in accordance with Section 2.13.

         SECTION 3.03.  Illegality.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Agreement,  in the event that it becomes unlawful for any Bank or its Applicable
Lending  Office  to  honor  its  obligation  to make or  maintain  a LIBOR  Loan
hereunder,  to allow  Elections  of a LIBOR  Loan or to Convert a Base Rate Loan
into a LIBOR Loan, then such Bank shall promptly notify Administrative Agent and
Borrower thereof and such Bank's obligation to make or maintain a LIBOR Loan, or
to permit  Elections  of, to Continue,  or to Convert its Base Rate Loan into, a
LIBOR Loan shall be  suspended  (in which case the  provisions  of Section  3.04
shall be applicable)  until such time as such Bank may again make and maintain a
LIBOR Loan.

         SECTION 3.04.  Treatment of Affected  Loans.  If the obligations of any
Bank to permit an Election of a LIBOR Loan,  to Continue  its LIBOR Loan,  or to
Convert its Base Rate Loan into a LIBOR Loan, are suspended pursuant to Sections
3.01 or 3.03 (each  LIBOR Loan so  affected  being  herein  called an  "Affected
Loan"),  such Bank's Affected Loan shall be automatically  Converted into a Base
Rate Loan on the last day of the then current Interest Period


                                       27


<PAGE>



for the Affected Loan (or, in the case of a Conversion required by Sections 3.01
or 3.03, on such earlier date as such Bank may specify to Borrower).

         To the extent that such Bank's Affected Loan has been so Converted, all
payments and  prepayments of principal  which would otherwise be applied to such
Bank's  Affected  Loan shall be  applied  instead to its Base Rate Loan and such
Bank shall have no obligation to Convert its Base Rate Loan into a LIBOR Loan.

         In the event that the  conditions  giving rise to the suspension of any
Bank's  obligations to permit an Election of a LIBOR Loan, to Continue its LIBOR
Loan,  or to Convert  its Base Rate Loan into a LIBOR Loan shall cease to exist,
such Bank shall provide Borrower with prompt written notice of same (with a copy
to  Administrative  Agent),  and such Bank shall again be obligated to permit an
Election of a LIBOR Loan,  to  Continue  its LIBOR Loan,  or to Convert its Base
Rate Loan into a LIBOR Loan in accordance with this Agreement.

         SECTION   3.05.   Certain   Compensation.   Borrower   shall   pay   to
Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Bank, upon the request of
such Bank  through  Administrative  Agent,  such  amount or  amounts as shall be
sufficient  (in the  reasonable  opinion of such Bank) to  compensate it for any
loss, cost or expense which such Bank determines is attributable to:

              (1) any payment, prepayment, Conversion or Continuation of a LIBOR
     Loan made by such Bank on a date other  than the last day of an  applicable
     Interest Period, whether by reason of acceleration or otherwise; or

              (2) any failure by Borrower  for any reason to Convert or Continue
     a  LIBOR  Loan to be  Converted  or  Continued  by  such  Bank on the  date
     specified therefor in the relevant notice under Section 2.15; or

              (3) any  failure  by  Borrower  to  borrow  (or to  qualify  for a
     borrowing of) a LIBOR Loan which would  otherwise be made  hereunder on the
     date specified in the relevant  Election notice under Section 2.15 given or
     submitted by Borrower.

         Without  limiting the  foregoing,  such  compensation  shall include an
amount equal to the present  value (using as the discount  rate an interest rate
equal to the rate determined under (2) below) of the excess,  if any, of (1) the
amount of interest which otherwise would have accrued on the principal amount so
paid, prepaid, Converted or Continued (or not Converted,  Continued or borrowed)
for the  period  from  the  date  of such  payment,  prepayment,  Conversion  or
Continuation (or failure to Convert,  Continue or borrow) to the last day of the
then  current  applicable  Interest  Period  (or,  in the case of a  failure  to
Convert,  Continue or borrow, to the last day of the applicable  Interest Period
which  would have  commenced  on the date  specified  therefor  in the  relevant
notice) at the  applicable  rate of  interest  for the LIBOR Loan  provided  for
herein, over (2) the amount of interest (as reasonably  determined by such Bank)
based  upon the  interest  rate  which  such Bank  would  have bid in the London
interbank market for Dollar deposits,  for amounts  comparable to such principal
amount and maturities comparable to such


                                       28


<PAGE>



period.  A determination  of any Bank as to the amounts payable pursuant to this
Section shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

         SECTION 3.06. Capital Adequacy. If any Bank shall have determined that,
after the date hereof,  the adoption of any  applicable  law, rule or regulation
regarding  capital  adequacy,  or  any  change  therein,  or any  change  in the
interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority,  central
bank or comparable  agency  charged with the  interpretation  or  administration
thereof,  or any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not
having the force of law) of any such  Governmental  Authority,  central  bank or
comparable  agency,  has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return
on  capital  of such  Bank  (or its  Parent)  as a  consequence  of such  Bank's
obligations  hereunder  to a level  below that  which such Bank (or its  Parent)
could have achieved but for such adoption,  change, request or directive (taking
into  consideration  its policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount
deemed by such Bank to be material,  then from time to time, within fifteen (15)
days after demand by such Bank (with a copy to Administrative  Agent),  Borrower
shall pay to such Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such
Bank (or its Parent) for such  reduction.  A  certificate  of any Bank  claiming
compensation  under this Section,  setting forth in reasonable  detail the basis
therefor, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

         SECTION 3.07.  Substitution of Banks. If any Bank (an "Affected  Bank")
(i) makes demand upon Borrower for (or if Borrower is otherwise required to pay)
Additional  Costs pursuant to Section 3.01 or (ii) is unable to make or maintain
a LIBOR Loan as a result of a condition  described in Section 3.03 or clause (2)
of Section 3.02, Borrower may, within ninety (90) days of receipt of such demand
or notice (or the occurrence of such other event causing Borrower to be required
to pay  Additional  Costs or causing  said Section 3.03 or clause (2) of Section
3.02 to be applicable), as the case may be, give notice (a "Replacement Notice")
to  Administrative  Agent (which will promptly  forward a copy of such notice to
each Bank) of  Borrower's  intention  either (x) to prepay in full the  Affected
Bank's Notes and to terminate the Affected  Bank's entire Loan Commitment or (y)
to  replace  the  Affected  Bank  with  another   financial   institution   (the
"Replacement Bank") designated in such Replacement Notice.

         In the event  Borrower  opts to give the notice  provided for in clause
(x) above,  and if the Affected  Bank shall not agree within thirty (30) days of
its receipt thereof to waive the payment of the Additional  Costs in question or
the  effect of the  circumstances  described  in  Section  3.03 or clause (2) of
Section  3.02,  then,  so long as no Default or Event of  Default  shall  exist,
Borrower may  (notwithstanding  the provisions of clause (2) of Section 2.11(a))
terminate  the  Affected  Bank's  entire  Loan  Commitment,   provided  that  in
connection therewith it pays to the Affected Bank all outstanding  principal and
accrued and unpaid interest under the Affected  Bank's Notes,  together with all
other  amounts,  if any, due from Borrower to the Affected  Bank,  including all
amounts properly demanded and unreimbursed under Sections 3.01 and 3.05.

         In the event  Borrower  opts to give the notice  provided for in clause
(y) above, and if (i) Administrative Agent shall, within thirty (30) days of its
receipt of the Replacement Notice, notify Borrower and each Bank in writing that
the Replacement Bank is reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and (ii)
the Affected Bank shall not,  prior to the end of such thirty  (30)-day  period,
agree to waive the payment of the Additional  Costs in question or the effect of
the


                                       29


<PAGE>



circumstances  described in Section 3.03 or clause (2) of Section 3.02, then the
Affected  Bank  shall,  so long as no Default or Event of Default  shall  exist,
assign its Notes and all of its rights and  obligations  under this Agreement to
the Replacement  Bank, and the Replacement Bank shall assume all of the Affected
Bank's rights and  obligations,  pursuant to an agreement,  substantially in the
form of an Assignment  and Assumption  Agreement,  executed by the Affected Bank
and the Replacement Bank. In connection with such assignment and assumption, the
Replacement  Bank  shall  pay  to the  Affected  Bank  an  amount  equal  to the
outstanding  principal  amount under the Affected Bank's Notes plus all interest
accrued thereon, plus all other amounts, if any (other than the Additional Costs
in question), then due and payable to the Affected Bank; provided, however, that
prior to or  simultaneously  with any such assignment and  assumption,  Borrower
shall  have  paid to such  Affected  Bank  all  amounts  properly  demanded  and
unreimbursed  under  Sections  3.01 and 3.05.  Upon the  effective  date of such
assignment and  assumption,  the  Replacement  Bank shall become a Bank Party to
this  Agreement and shall have all the rights and  obligations  of a Bank as set
forth in such Assignment and Assumption  Agreement,  and the Affected Bank shall
be released from its obligations hereunder,  and no further consent or action by
any party shall be required. Upon the consummation of any assignment pursuant to
this  Section,  substitute  Notes  shall be  issued to the  Replacement  Bank by
Borrower,  in  exchange  for  the  return  of the  Affected  Bank's  Notes.  The
obligations  evidenced by such substitute Notes shall  constitute  "Obligations"
for all  purposes  of  this  Agreement  and the  other  Loan  Documents.  If the
Replacement  Bank is not  incorporated  under the Laws of the  United  States of
America or a state thereof,  it shall, prior to the first date on which interest
or fees  are  payable  hereunder  for  its  account,  deliver  to  Borrower  and
Administrative Agent certification as to exemption from deduction or withholding
of any United States federal income taxes in accordance with Section 10.13.

         Borrower,  Administrative  Agent  and  the  Banks  shall  execute  such
modifications  to  the  Loan  Documents  as  shall  be  reasonably  required  in
connection with and to effectuate the foregoing.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

         SECTION  4.01.   Conditions  Precedent  to  the  Initial  Advance.  The
obligations  of the  Banks  hereunder  and the  obligation  of each Bank to make
Initial Advance are subject to the condition precedent that Administrative Agent
shall  have  received  on or  before  the  Closing  Date  each of the  following
documents, and each of the following requirements shall have been fulfilled:

              (1) Fees and  Expenses.  The payment of (A) all fees and  expenses
     incurred  by  Administrative  Agent  (including,  without  limitation,  the
     reasonable  fees and expenses of legal  counsel) and (B) the fees specified
     in the Supplemental Fee Letter to be paid on or before the Closing Date;

              (2) Note. The Note for UBS, duly executed by Borrower;


                                       30


<PAGE>



              (3)  Financials of Borrower.  Audited TRG  Consolidated  Financial
     Statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 1997 and unaudited TRG
     Consolidated  Financial Statements as of and for the quarter ended June 30,
     1998, each acceptable to the Banks;

              (4)  Evidence  of  Formation  of  Borrower.  Certified  (as of the
     Closing  Date) copies of  Borrower's  certificate  and agreement of limited
     partnership,  with  all  amendments  thereto,  and  a  certificate  of  the
     Secretary of State of the jurisdiction of formation as to its good standing
     therein;

              (5)  Evidence  of All  Partnership  Action.  Certified  (as of the
     Closing Date) copies of all documents  evidencing  partnership action taken
     by Borrower authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan
     Documents  and each  other  document  to be  delivered  by or on  behalf of
     Borrower pursuant to this Agreement;

              (6)   Incumbency  and  Signature   Certificate   of  Borrower.   A
     certificate  (dated  as of  the  Closing  Date)  of  the  Secretary  of the
     Partnership  Committee of Borrower certifying the names and true signatures
     of each individual authorized to sign on behalf of Borrower;

              (7)   Solvency Certificate. A Solvency Certificate, duly executed,
     from Borrower;

              (8) Opinion of Counsel for Borrower.  A favorable  opinion,  dated
     the Closing Date, of Miro Weiner & Kramer, counsel for Borrower, as to such
     matters as Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

              (9)   Authorization  Letter.   The  Authorization   Letter,   duly
     executed by Borrower;

              (10)  Certificate.  The  following  statements  shall  be true and
     Administrative  Agent shall have received a  certificate  dated the Closing
     Date signed by a duly authorized signatory of Borrower stating, to the best
     of the certifying party's knowledge, the following:

                  (a)  All  representations  and  warranties  contained  in this
              Agreement  and in each of the other  Loan  Documents  are true and
              correct on and as of the Closing  Date as though made on and as of
              such date, and

                  (b) No  Default  or  Event  of  Default  has  occurred  and is
              continuing,  or could result from the transactions contemplated by
              this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

              (11)   Supplemental Fee Letter.  The Supplemental Fee Letter, duly
     executed by Borrower;

              (12)   Separation Agreement.   A copy of the Separation Agreement,
     certified by Borrower to be true and complete;


                                       31


<PAGE>



              (13)  Evidence of Bond  Defeasance.  Evidence that at least 65% of
     the indebtedness represented by the Bonds has been defeased and/or repaid;

              (14) Evidence regarding Specified Credit Facilities. Evidence that
     the Specified Credit Facilities have been repaid in full and terminated;

              (15) Evidence regarding Schedule A and B Assets. Evidence that the
     Schedule A Assets and the  Schedule B Assets are not subject to any Lien to
     secure all or any portion of Secured Indebtedness (other than the Woodfield
     Mortgage Loan, the Stoneridge Mortgage Loan, the Columbus UDAG Loan and the
     indebtedness  described  in the chart in the  definition  of  "Unencumbered
     Wholly-Owned Assets" in Section 1.01);

              (16) Request for Advance.  A request for an advance in  accordance
     with Section 2.04;

              (17) Related Bridge Loan Fully Disbursed.  The Related Bridge Loan
     shall have been fully disbursed; and

              (18) Additional Documentation.  Such other approvals,  opinions or
     documents as Administrative Agent or any Bank may reasonably request.

         SECTION  4.02.  Conditions  Precedent  to  Advances  After the  Initial
Advance. The obligation of each Bank to make advances of the Loans subsequent to
the Initial Advance shall be subject to satisfaction of the following conditions
precedent:

              (1) All  conditions  of  Section  4.01  shall have been and remain
     satisfied as of the date of the advance;

              (2) No  Default or Event of Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
     continuing as of the date of the advance;

              (3)  Administrative  Agent  shall have  received a request  for an
     advance in accordance with Section 2.04; and

              (4) In the case of the first such subsequent advance following the
     consummation of the Unit Redemption Transaction, Administrative Agent shall
     have received and approved (such approval not to be unreasonably  withheld)
     an amendment and restatement of Borrower's agreement of limited partnership
     (it being understood that the form of amendment and restatement attached to
     that certain  Interim  Agreement  dated as of August 17, 1998 among TCI and
     others is deemed approved).

         SECTION 4.03. Deemed Representations. Each request by Borrower for, and
acceptance by Borrower of, an advance of proceeds of the Loans shall  constitute
a  representation  and  warranty by Borrower  that,  as of both the date of such
request  and the date of the  advance  (1) no Default  or Event of  Default  has
occurred and is continuing and (2) if any  representation or warranty  contained
in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is untrue or incorrect, the


                                       32


<PAGE>



condition giving rise to such  untruthfulness  or incorrectness is not likely to
result in a Material Adverse Change.


                                    ARTICLE V

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower  represents  and  warrants  to  Administrative  Agent  and each Bank as
follows:

         SECTION 5.01. Due  Organization.  Borrower is duly  organized,  validly
existing  and in  good  standing  under  the  laws  of the  jurisdiction  of its
organization,  has the partnership  power and authority to own its assets and to
transact the business in which it is now engaged,  and, if  applicable,  is duly
qualified as a foreign  partnership  and in good standing under the laws of each
other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required.

         SECTION 5.02. Power and Authority; No Conflicts;  Compliance With Laws.
The  execution,  delivery  and  performance  of the  obligations  required to be
performed  by Borrower of the Loan  Documents  does not and will not (1) require
the  consent or approval of its  partners or such  consent or approval  has been
obtained,  (2) contravene its partnership  agreement,  (3) violate any provision
of, or require any filing,  registration,  consent or  approval  under,  any Law
(including,   without   limitation,   Regulation  U),  order,  writ,   judgment,
injunction,   decree,   determination   or  award  presently  in  effect  having
applicability  to it, (4) result in a breach of or constitute a default under or
require any consent under any indenture or loan or credit agreement or any other
agreement,  lease or instrument to which it may be a party or by which it or its
properties  may be bound  or  affected  except  for  consents  which  have  been
obtained,  (5) result in, or require,  the creation or  imposition  of any Lien,
upon or with respect to any of its properties now owned or hereafter acquired or
(6)  cause it to be in  default  under  any such  Law,  order,  writ,  judgment,
injunction,  decree,  determination  or award or any such indenture,  agreement,
lease or  instrument;  to the best of its  knowledge,  Borrower is in compliance
with all Laws applicable to it where the failure to be in compliance would cause
a Material Adverse Change to occur.

         SECTION 5.03. Legally Enforceable  Agreements.  Each Loan Document is a
legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in
accordance  with its terms,  except to the extent that such  enforcement  may be
limited by applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency  and other similar laws affecting
creditors' rights generally.

         SECTION 5.04.  Litigation.  There are no actions,  suits or proceedings
pending  or,  to  its  knowledge,  threatened  against  Borrower  or  any of its
Affiliates  before any court or arbitrator or any Governmental  Authority except
actions,  suits or proceedings which have been disclosed to Administrative Agent
and the Banks in writing and which are fully  covered by insurance or would,  if
adversely  determined,  not substantially  impair the ability of Borrower to pay
when due any amounts  which may become  payable  under the Notes or to otherwise
pay and perform its obligations in connection with the Loans.


                                       33


<PAGE>



         SECTION  5.05.  Good  Title  to  Properties.  Borrower  and each of its
Affiliates  have good,  marketable  and legal title to all of the properties and
assets  each of them  purports  to own  (including,  without  limitation,  those
reflected in the June 30, 1998 financial statements referred to in Section 5.13)
and, in the case of all of  Borrower's  shopping  center  properties,  only with
exceptions  which do not  materially  detract from the value of such property or
assets or the use  thereof in  Borrower's  and such  Affiliate's  business,  and
except to the extent that any such properties and assets have been encumbered or
disposed of since the date of such financial statements without violating any of
the covenants contained in Article VII or elsewhere in this Agreement.  Borrower
and its  Affiliates  enjoy  peaceful and  undisturbed  possession  of all leased
property  necessary in any material  respect in the conduct of their  respective
businesses.  All such leases are valid and  subsisting and are in full force and
effect.

         SECTION 5.06. Taxes. Borrower has filed all tax returns (federal, state
and  local)  required  to be  filed  and has  paid all  taxes,  assessments  and
governmental  charges and levies due and payable  without  the  imposition  of a
penalty,  including  interest and  penalties,  except to the extent they are the
subject of a Good Faith Contest.

         SECTION 5.07. ERISA. Borrower is in compliance in all material respects
with all  applicable  provisions  of  ERISA.  Neither a  Reportable  Event nor a
Prohibited  Transaction  has  occurred  with  respect to any Plan;  no notice of
intent to  terminate  a Plan has been  filed  nor has any Plan  been  terminated
within the past five (5) years; no circumstance exists which constitutes grounds
under  Section  4042 of ERISA  entitling  the PBGC to institute  proceedings  to
terminate,  or  appoint  a  trustee  to  administer,  a Plan,  nor has the  PBGC
instituted any such proceedings;  Borrower and the ERISA Affiliates thereof have
not completely or partially  withdrawn under Sections 4201 or 4204 of ERISA from
a Multiemployer  Plan;  Borrower and the ERISA  Affiliates  thereof have met the
minimum  funding  requirements  of each under ERISA with respect to the plans of
each and there are no  unfunded  vested  liabilities  with  respect  to any plan
established or maintained by each; and Borrower and the ERISA Affiliates thereof
have not incurred any liability to the PBGC under ERISA.

      SECTION 5.08. No Default on Outstanding Judgments or Orders.  Borrower has
satisfied all judgments  which are not being appealed and is not in default with
respect to any judgment, order, writ, injunction,  decree, rule or regulation of
any  court,  arbitrator  or  federal,  state,  municipal  or other  Governmental
Authority,  commission,  board, bureau,  agency or instrumentality,  domestic or
foreign.

         SECTION 5.09. No Defaults on Other  Agreements.  Except as disclosed to
the  Bank  Parties  in  writing,   including  anything  disclosed  on  financial
statements,  Borrower,  to the  best of its  knowledge,  is not a  party  to any
indenture,  loan  or  credit  agreement  or any  lease  or  other  agreement  or
instrument or subject to any partnership,  trust or other  restriction  which is
likely to result in a Material  Adverse  Change.  To the best of its  knowledge,
Borrower  is not in default in any  respect in the  performance,  observance  or
fulfillment of any of the obligations,  covenants or conditions contained in any
agreement or instrument which is likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.


                                       34


<PAGE>



         SECTION  5.10.  Government  Regulation.  Borrower  is  not  subject  to
regulation  under the Investment  Company Act of 1940,  the Interstate  Commerce
Act,  the Federal  Powers Act or any  statute or  regulation  limiting  any such
Person's  ability  to incur  indebtedness  for money  borrowed  as  contemplated
hereby.

         SECTION  5.11.  Environmental  Protection.  To the  best of  Borrower's
knowledge,  none  of  Borrower's  or its  Affiliates'  properties  contains  any
Hazardous  Materials that, under any Environmental Law currently in effect,  (1)
would  impose  liability  on  Borrower  that is likely  to result in a  Material
Adverse  Change or (2) is likely  to result in the  imposition  of a Lien on any
assets of Borrower or its  Affiliates,  in each case if not properly  handled in
accordance with applicable Law. To the best of Borrower's knowledge,  neither it
nor any of its  Affiliates  is in  violation  of, or  subject  to any  existing,
pending or threatened  investigation or proceeding by any Governmental Authority
under, any Environmental Law.

         SECTION  5.12.  Solvency.  Borrower  is, and upon  consummation  of the
transactions  contemplated by this  Agreement,  the other Loan Documents and any
other documents, instruments or agreements relating thereto, will be, Solvent.

         SECTION 5.13.  Financial  Statements.  The TRG  Consolidated  Financial
Statements  and TCI Financial  Statements  most recently  delivered to the Banks
pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement are in all material  respects  complete
and correct and fairly present the financial  condition of the subjects  thereof
as of the  dates  of and for the  periods  covered  by such  statements,  all in
accordance  with GAAP,  and there has been no Material  Adverse Change since the
date of such most recently  delivered TRG Consolidated  Financial  Statements or
TCI Financial Statements, as the case may be.

         SECTION 5.14.  Valid  Existence of Affiliates.  As of the Closing Date,
the only material  Affiliates of Borrower which own or lease operating  shopping
centers or shopping  centers  under  construction  are listed on EXHIBIT D. Each
such Affiliate is a partnership, limited liability company or joint venture duly
organized and existing in good standing  under the laws of the  jurisdiction  of
its formation. As to each such Affiliate,  its correct name, the jurisdiction of
its formation and Borrower's  percentage of beneficial  interest therein are set
forth on said EXHIBIT D. Borrower and each of such  Affiliates have the power to
own their respective  properties and to carry on their respective businesses now
being  conducted.  Each of Borrower and such  Affiliates is duly  qualified as a
foreign  partnership,  company or venture to do business and is in good standing
in every jurisdiction in which the nature of the respective businesses conducted
by it or its  respective  properties,  owned  or held  under  lease,  make  such
qualification necessary.

         SECTION 5.15.  Insurance.  Borrower and each of its  Affiliates  has in
force paid insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies or
associations  in such amounts and covering such risks as are usually  carried by
companies engaged in the same or a similar business and similarly situated.

         SECTION 5.16. Schedule A and B Assets. None of the Schedule A Assets or
Schedule B Assets is  subject  to (1) any Lien to secure  all or any  portion of
Secured Indebtedness


                                       35


<PAGE>



(other than the Woodfield  Mortgage  Loan,  the  Stoneridge  Mortgage  Loan, the
Columbus UDAG Loan and the indebtedness described in the chart in the definition
of  "Unencumbered  Wholly-Owned  Assets" in  Section  1.01) or (2) any pledge or
agreement not to encumber.

         SECTION 5.17. Accuracy of Information;  Full Disclosure. To the best of
Borrower's  knowledge,  neither  this  Agreement  nor any  documents,  financial
statements,  reports,  notices,  schedules,  certificates,  statements  or other
writings  furnished by or on behalf of Borrower to  Administrative  Agent or any
Bank in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or the consummation of
the transactions  contemplated  hereby, or required herein to be furnished by or
on behalf of Borrower, contains any untrue or misleading statement of a material
fact or omits a material fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein
not  misleading.  To the best of  Borrower's  knowledge,  there is no fact which
Borrower  has not  disclosed  to  Administrative  Agent and the Banks in writing
which materially affects adversely nor, so far as Borrower can now foresee, will
materially  affect  adversely  the  business,  prospects,  profits or  financial
condition of Borrower or the ability of Borrower to perform this  Agreement  and
the other Loan Documents.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS


         So long as any of the Notes shall remain unpaid or the Loan Commitments
remain in effect, or any other amount is owing by Borrower to any Bank hereunder
or under any other Loan Document, Borrower shall:

         SECTION 6.01. Maintenance of Existence. Preserve and maintain its legal
existence and, if applicable,  good standing in the jurisdiction of organization
and, if  applicable,  qualify and remain  qualified as a foreign  partnership in
each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required,  except to the extent
that failure to so qualify is not likely to result in a Material Adverse Change.

         SECTION 6.02.  Maintenance of Records.  Keep adequate records and books
of account,  in which  complete  entries will be made in  accordance  with GAAP,
reflecting all of its financial transactions.

         SECTION 6.03. Maintenance of Insurance. At all times, maintain and keep
in force,  and  cause  each of its  Affiliates  to  maintain  and keep in force,
insurance  with  financially   sound  and  reputable   insurance   companies  or
associations  in such amounts and covering such risks as are usually  carried by
companies  engaged in the same or a similar  business  and  similarly  situated,
which insurance may provide for reasonable deductibility from coverage thereof.

         SECTION 6.04.  Compliance  with Laws;  Payment of Taxes.  Comply in all
respects with all Laws  applicable to it or to any of its properties or any part
thereof, such compliance to include, without limitation,  paying before the same
become delinquent all taxes,  assessments and governmental  charges imposed upon
it or upon its  property,  except to the extent  they are the  subject of a Good
Faith Contest.


                                       36


<PAGE>



         SECTION 6.05. Right of Inspection. At any reasonable time and from time
to time upon reasonable notice,  permit  Administrative Agent or any Bank or any
agent or  representative  thereof  (provided that a  representative  of any Bank
must, at Borrower's request, be accompanied by a representative of Borrower), to
examine and make copies and abstracts  from the records and books of account of,
and visit the properties of,  Borrower and to discuss the affairs,  finances and
accounts of Borrower with the independent accountants of Borrower.

         SECTION  6.06.  Compliance  With  Environmental  Laws.  Comply  in  all
material respects with all applicable  Environmental Laws and immediately pay or
cause to be paid all  costs  and  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  such
compliance, except to the extent there is a Good Faith Contest.

         SECTION 6.07. Payment of Costs. Pay all costs and expenses required for
the satisfaction of the conditions of this Agreement.

         SECTION  6.08.  Maintenance  of  Properties.  Do all things  reasonably
necessary  to  maintain,  preserve,  protect  and keep  its and its  Affiliates'
properties in good repair, working order and condition.

         SECTION  6.09.  Reporting  and  Miscellaneous   Document  Requirements.
Furnish directly to each of the Banks:

              (1) Annual  Financial Statements.  As soon as available and in any
      event within  ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year,  the TRG
      Consolidated  Financial  Statements and, following the consummation of the
      Unit Redemption Transaction, the TCI Financial Statements, in each case as
      of the end of and for such Fiscal Year, in  reasonable  detail and stating
      in comparative form the respective  figures for the corresponding date and
      period in the prior Fiscal Year and audited by Borrower's Accountants;

              (2) Quarterly  Financial  Statements.  As soon as available and in
      any  event  within  forty-five  (45) days  after the end of each  calendar
      quarter  (other than the last quarter of the Fiscal  Year),  the unaudited
      TRG Consolidated  Financial  Statements and, following the consummation of
      the Unit Redemption  Transaction,  the TCI Financial  Statements,  in each
      case as of the end of and for such calendar quarter,  in reasonable detail
      and  stating  in  comparative   form  the   respective   figures  for  the
      corresponding date and period in the prior Fiscal Year;

              (3)  Certificate  of No Default and Financial  Compliance.  Within
      forty five (45) days after the end of each of the first three  quarters of
      each Fiscal Year and within  ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal
      Year, a certificate of Borrower's chief financial officer or Treasurer (a)
      stating that, to the best of his or her knowledge,  no Default or Event of
      Default  has  occurred  and is  continuing,  or if a  Default  or Event of
      Default has occurred and is continuing,  specifying the nature thereof and
      the action which is proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (b) stating
      that the covenants contained in


                                       37


<PAGE>



      Sections 7.02,  7.03, 7.04 and 7.06 and in Article VIII have been complied
      with (or specifying  those that have not been complied with) and including
      computations  demonstrating  such compliance (or  non-compliance)  and (c)
      setting  forth the  details  of all  items  comprising  Total  Outstanding
      Indebtedness (including amount,  maturity,  interest rate and amortization
      requirements),  and  Unsecured  Indebtedness,  each  as of the end of such
      quarter,  and Combined  EBITDA,  Unencumbered  Combined  EBITDA,  Interest
      Expense, Unsecured Interest Expense and Fixed Charges, each for the twelve
      (12)-month period ending with such quarter;

              (4) Certificate of Borrower's Accountants. Simultaneously with the
      delivery of the annual financial  statements  required by paragraph (1) of
      this  Section,  a statement  of  Borrower's  Accountants  who audited such
      financial statements comparing the computations set forth in the financial
      compliance certificate required by paragraph (3)(b) of this Section to the
      audited  financial  statements  required by paragraph  (1) of this Section
      (where such information appears in such financial statements);

              (5) Notice of  Litigation.  Promptly  after the  commencement  and
      knowledge  thereof,  notice of all actions,  suits, and proceedings before
      any court or arbitrator, affecting Borrower which, if determined adversely
      to Borrower is likely to result in a Material Adverse Change;

              (6) Notices of Defaults and Events of Default. As soon as possible
      and in any event within ten (10) days after Borrower  becomes aware of the
      occurrence of a material  Default or any Event of Default a written notice
      setting  forth the  details of such  Default  or Event of Default  and the
      action which is proposed to be taken with respect thereto;

              (7)  Dispositions or  Acquisitions  of Assets.  Within thirty (30)
      days after the occurrence  thereof,  written notice of any  Disposition or
      acquisition  of  assets  (other  than   acquisitions  or  Dispositions  of
      investments such as certificates of deposit, Treasury securities and money
      market deposits in the ordinary  course of Borrower's cash  management) in
      excess of  $25,000,000,  together with, in the case of any  acquisition of
      such an asset,  (i) copies of the  agreements  governing the  acquisition,
      (ii) historical balance sheets (to the extent available) and statements of
      income and cash flows with respect to the  property  acquired for at least
      the preceding  three (3) years (to the extent  available)  and  Borrower's
      revenue and expense projections for the property acquired for at least the
      next  five  (5)  years  (all of the  foregoing  to be in form  and  detail
      satisfactory to Administrative  Agent),  (iii) a certificate,  of the sort
      required  by  paragraph  (3)(b)  of  this  Section,   containing  covenant
      compliance  calculations that include the pro-forma  adjustments set forth
      in  Section  8.03,  which   calculations   shall  demonstrate   Borrower's
      compliance, on a pro-forma basis, as of the end of the most recently ended
      calendar  quarter for which  financial  results are required  hereunder to
      have been  reported by Borrower,  with all  covenants  enumerated  in said
      paragraph  (3)(b)  and  (iv)  such  other  information   relating  to  the
      acquisition as Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

              (8) Material Adverse Change.  As soon as is practicable and in any
      event within five (5) days after  knowledge of the occurrence of any event
      or circumstance


                                       38


<PAGE>



      which is likely to result in or has resulted in a Material Adverse Change,
      written notice thereof;

              (9)  Bankruptcy of Tenants.  Promptly  after becoming aware of the
      same,  written  notice  of the  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or  cessation  of
      operations of any tenant in any property of Borrower or in which  Borrower
      has an  interest to which 5% or more of minimum  rent  payable to Borrower
      directly or through its Consolidated Businesses or UJVs is attributable;

              (10) Offices. Thirty (30) days' prior written notice of any change
      in the chief executive office or principal place of business of Borrower;

              (11)  Environmental and Other Notices.  As soon as possible and in
      any event within five (5) days after receipt,  copies of all Environmental
      Notices received by Borrower which are not received in the ordinary course
      of business and which relate to a situation which is likely to result in a
      Material Adverse Change;

              (12) Insurance  Coverage.  Promptly,  such information  concerning
      Borrower's  insurance  coverage  as  Administrative  Agent may  reasonably
      request;

              (13) Separation Agreement. Promptly, any changes in the Separation
      Agreement or the Unit Redemption Transaction; and

              (14)  General  Information.   Promptly,   such  other  information
      respecting  the  condition  or  operations,  financial  or  otherwise,  of
      Borrower or any  properties of Borrower as  Administrative  Agent may from
      time to time reasonably request.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS


         So  long  as  any  of the  Notes  shall  remain  unpaid,  or  the  Loan
Commitments  remain in  effect,  or any other  amount  is owing by  Borrower  to
Administrative  Agent or any Bank  hereunder  or under any other Loan  Document,
Borrower shall not do any or all of the following:

         SECTION 7.01. Mergers Etc. Merge or consolidate with any Person (except
where Borrower or a Person wholly-owned by Borrower is the surviving entity), or
sell, assign,  lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a
series of  transactions)  all or  substantially  all of its assets  (whether now
owned or  hereafter  acquired)  (or enter  into any  agreement  to do any of the
foregoing).

         SECTION  7.02.  Investments.  Make any loan or advance to any Person or
purchase or otherwise  acquire any capital stock,  assets,  obligations or other
securities  of, make any capital  contribution  to, or  otherwise  invest in, or
acquire any interest in, any Person (any such  transaction,  an "Investment") if
(1) the Investment is in connection with something other


                                       39


<PAGE>



than a retail  shopping  center and the amount of any single such Investment (or
the  aggregate  amount of any single such  Investment  together with all related
Investments),  would exceed 20% of Net Worth, (2) except to the extent permitted
by clause (3) below,  such Investment  constitutes the acquisition of a minority
interest in a Person (a "Minority  Interest") and the amount of such Investment,
together  with the  value of all other  Minority  Interests  acquired  after the
Closing Date contributing to Capitalization Value, would exceed 10% of Net Worth
or (3) such Investment  constitutes the acquisition of a Minority  Interest in a
regional  shopping  center or  portfolio  of regional  shopping  centers and the
amount of such  Investment,  together  with the value of all other such Minority
Interests, would exceed 20% of Net Worth. A 50% beneficial interest in a Person,
in connection  with which the holder thereof  exercises  joint control over such
Person  with the  holder(s)  of the other  50%  beneficial  interest,  shall not
constitute a "Minority Interest" for purposes of this Section.

         SECTION 7.03.  Sale of Assets.  Effect a Disposition  of any of its now
owned or hereafter  acquired  assets,  including assets in which Borrower owns a
beneficial  interest  through its  ownership  of  interests  in joint  ventures,
aggregating more than 20% of Capitalization Value.

         SECTION 7.04.  Interest Rate  Hedging.  At any time  following the date
ninety (90) days after the date hereof,  permit or suffer more than 25% of Total
Outstanding  Indebtedness  not to be  "hedged";  for  purposes of this  Section,
"hedged" shall mean bearing interest at an effective fixed rate, either pursuant
to the debt  instrument  itself or through the  operation of a "cap",  "collar",
"swap" or comparable interest rate protection contract, such debt instrument, or
instrument  creating the "cap",  "collar",  "swap" or  comparable  interest rate
protection  contract,  as the case may be,  having an original  term of at least
twelve (12) months.

         SECTION 7.05.  Partnership Committee of Borrower. At any time until the
Unit Redemption  Transaction has been consummated,  permit or suffer the failure
or inability of any one or more of (1) TG Partners  Limited  Partnership  and/or
Taub-Co Management,  Inc., (2) the General Motors Hourly-Rate  Employees Pension
Trust and/or the General Motors Salaried  Employees  Pension Trust,  directly or
indirectly  (or a single "GMPTS  Transferee,"  as such quoted term is defined in
Borrower's Amended and Restated  Agreement of Limited  Partnership) and (3) TCI,
to designate a majority of  Borrower's  partnership  committee;  or, at any time
thereafter,  permit or suffer the failure or inability of TCI to be the managing
general partner of Borrower.

         SECTION  7.06.   Disposition   or   Encumbrance   of  Certain   Assets.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, at any time, effect a
Disposition of, mortgage, hypothecate or otherwise encumber to secure a Debt (it
being  understood  that, for purposes of this Section,  an asset shall be deemed
"encumbered" if it is the subject of a pledge or agreement not to encumber), any
of the  Schedule  A Assets or the  Schedule  B  Assets,  or any  portion  of its
interest in any of such  assets,  in any such case,  without  the prior  written
approval of the Required  Banks,  which approval may be granted or denied in the
sole and absolute discretion of the Required Banks, provided,  however, that (1)
such consent  shall not be required for the transfer of the Schedule B Assets to
GMPT  Borrower  in  connection  with the  consummation  of the  Unit  Redemption
Transaction, including the simultaneous assumption by GMPT Borrower of


                                       40


<PAGE>



all of Borrower's obligations in respect of the Related Bridge Term Loan, all as
contemplated by the Term Credit Agreement governing the Related Bridge Term Loan
and (2) such consent shall not be required for the encumbrance of one or more of
the  Schedule  A Assets or  Schedule B Assets to  secure,  in any such  case,  a
mortgage loan provided that such loan is  non-recourse to Borrower and generates
proceeds of not less than 60% of the value of the applicable Schedule A Asset(s)
or  Schedule  B Asset(s)  (as such  values are  reflected  in the June 30,  1997
Taubman   Realty  Group  Current   Value   Analysis   previously   delivered  to
Administrative  Agent) and such proceeds are applied in accordance  with Section
2.17 of the Credit Agreement  governing the Related Bridge Loan and Section 2.18
of the Term Credit  Agreement  governing the Related Bridge Term Loan. The Banks
acknowledge that the existence of Liens securing the Woodfield Mortgage Loan and
the  indebtedness  described  in the chart in the  definition  of  "Unencumbered
Wholly-Owned Assets" in Section 1.01 shall not violate this Section.

         SECTION 7.07. Amendments to Separation  Agreement.  At any time, amend,
modify or supplement the Separation  Agreement in any material  respect  without
the prior written consent of the Required Banks, which shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed.

         SECTION 7.08.  Certain  Restrictions on Activities of TCI. At any time,
suffer  or permit  TCI to incur any Debt in its own name or to own any  material
assets other than its interests in Borrower and  incidental  assets or engage in
any business other than the ownership of such interests.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                       FINANCIAL COVENANTS AND ADJUSTMENTS


         SECTION 8.01.  Covenants Prior to Certain Events. Prior to such time as
(a) the Related Bridge Loan has been repaid in full and the loan  commitments of
the lenders thereof cease to be in effect,  (b) (x) the Related Bridge Term Loan
has been repaid in full and the loan commitments of the lenders thereof cease to
be in effect  or (y) the  Related  Bridge  Term  Loan has been  assumed  by GMPT
Borrower,  as  contemplated by the Term Credit  Agreement  governing the Related
Bridge Term Loan, (c) the Loans have become secured,  as contemplated by Section
2.17 and (d) the Loan Commitments have terminated, the Notes have been repaid in
full and any other amounts owing by Borrower to Administrative Agent or any Bank
under this  Agreement or under any other Loan Document have been repaid in full,
Borrower shall not permit or suffer:

      (1)  Net Worth.  At any time, Net Worth to be less than $1,000,000,000; or

      (2)  Leverage Ratio.  At any time, Leverage Ratio to exceed 60%; or

      (3) Relationship of Combined EBITDA to Fixed Charges. As of the end of any
calendar quarter,  the ratio of (i) Combined EBITDA to (ii) Fixed Charges,  each
for the twelve  (12)-month  period  then ended and taken as a whole,  to be less
than 1.50 to 1.00; or


                                       41


<PAGE>



      (4) Relationship of Combined EBITDA to Interest Expense.  As of the end of
any calendar quarter, the ratio of (i) Combined EBITDA to (ii) Interest Expense,
each for the twelve  (12)-month  period  then ended and taken as a whole,  to be
less than 1.85 to 1.00; or

      (5) Relationship of Combined EBITDA to Total Outstanding Indebtedness.  As
of the end of any calendar quarter, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (i)
Combined EBITDA for the twelve (12)-month period then ended and taken as a whole
to (ii) Total  Outstanding  Indebtedness as of the end of such calendar quarter,
to be less than 13.5%; or

      (6) Payout  Ratio.  Any  Restricted  Payment to be made  during any of its
fiscal quarters,  which,  when added to all Restricted  Payments made during the
three (3) immediately  preceding fiscal  quarters,  exceeds 90% of Distributable
Cash Flow; provided,  however, that Borrower shall be permitted,  provided there
exists no Event of  Default,  to make  Restricted  Payments  in excess of 90% of
Distributable  Cash Flow as may be necessary under Section 857(a) of the Code to
maintain  TCI's tax status as a real estate  investment  trust.  For purposes of
this Article,  "Restricted Payment" means any distribution or other payment made
by Borrower to its partners, other than distributions pursuant to Section 5.3 of
Borrower's agreement of limited partnership; or

      (7) Unsecured Debt Yield. As of the end of any calendar quarter, Unsecured
Debt Yield for such calendar quarter to be less than 13%; or

      (8)  Relationship of Unencumbered  Combined EBITDA to Interest  Expense on
Unsecured Indebtedness.  As of the end of any calendar quarter, the ratio of (i)
Unencumbered   Combined  EBITDA  to  (ii)  that  portion  of  Interest   Expense
attributable  to Unsecured  Indebtedness,  each for the prior twelve  (12)-month
period then ended and taken as a whole, to be less than 1.50 to 1.00.

         SECTION 8.02.  Covenants  Subsequent to Certain  Events.  Subsequent to
such time as (a) the  Related  Bridge  Loan has been repaid in full and the loan
commitments  of the lenders  thereof cease to be in effect,  (b) (x) the Related
Bridge Term Loan has been repaid in full and the loan commitments of the lenders
thereof  cease to be in  effect  or (y) the  Related  Bridge  Term Loan has been
assumed by GMPT Borrower, as contemplated by the Term Credit Agreement governing
the  Related  Bridge  Term  Loan  and (c) the  Loans  have  become  secured,  as
contemplated  by  Section  2.17;  and so long as any of the Notes  shall  remain
unpaid,  or the Loan Commitments  shall remain in effect, or any other amount is
owing by Borrower to  Administrative  Agent or any Bank under this  Agreement or
under any other Loan Document, Borrower shall not permit or suffer:

      (1)  Net Worth.  At any time, Net Worth to be less than $1,000,000,000; or

      (2)  Leverage Ratio.  At any time, Leverage Ratio to exceed 70%; or


                                       42


<PAGE>



      (3) Relationship of Combined EBITDA to Fixed Charges. As of the end of any
calendar quarter,  the ratio of (i) Combined EBITDA to (ii) Fixed Charges,  each
for the twelve  (12)-month  period  then ended and taken as a whole,  to be less
than 1.40 to 1.00; or

      (4) Relationship of Combined EBITDA to Total Outstanding Indebtedness.  As
of the end of any calendar quarter, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (i)
Combined EBITDA for the twelve (12)-month period then ended and taken as a whole
to (ii) Total  Outstanding  Indebtedness as of the end of such calendar quarter,
to be less than 11.5%; or

      (5) Payout  Ratio.  Any  Restricted  Payment to be made  during any of its
fiscal quarters,  which,  when added to all Restricted  Payments made during the
three (3) immediately  preceding fiscal  quarters,  exceeds 95% of Distributable
Cash Flow; provided,  however, that Borrower shall be permitted,  provided there
exists no Event of  Default,  to make  Restricted  Payments  in excess of 95% of
Distributable  Cash Flow as may be necessary under Section 857(a) of the Code to
maintain TCI's tax status as a real estate investment trust; or

      (6) Collateral Property Debt Yield. As of the end of any calendar quarter,
Collateral Property Debt Yield for such calendar quarter to be less than 13%; or

      (7)  Relationship  of Collateral  Property  EBITDA to Interest  Expense on
Loans.  As of the end of any  calendar  quarter,  the  ratio  of (i)  Collateral
Property  EBITDA to (ii) that portion of Interest  Expense  attributable  to the
Loans,  each for the prior  twelve  (12)-month  period then ended and taken as a
whole, to be less than 1.75 to 1.00.


         SECTION  8.03.  Certain  Pro-Forma  Adjustments.  For  purposes  of the
calculation of the financial  covenants set forth in Sections 8.01 and 8.02, the
following  adjustments shall be made in the case of each property  acquired,  or
each  "property put into  service",  or each  property  disposed of, by Borrower
during the applicable test period:

              (1) In the case of each property acquired or put into service, the
      contribution of said property to Capitalization  Value shall be the lesser
      of (a) such property's  contribution to Combined EBITDA,  annualized based
      on Borrower's  period of ownership or  operation,  divided by 8.00% or (b)
      the acquisition cost or cost of the property. In the case of each property
      disposed of by Borrower during the applicable  test period,  such property
      shall be deemed to have made no contribution to  Capitalization  Value for
      the applicable twelve (12)-month period.

              (2) In the case of each property acquired or put into service, the
      contribution  of said  property to Combined  EBITDA shall be an annualized
      amount based upon the period of Borrower's ownership or operation.  In the
      case of each property  disposed of by Borrower  during the applicable test
      period,  such  property  shall be deemed to have made no  contribution  to
      Combined EBITDA for the applicable twelve (12)-month period.


                                       43


<PAGE>



              (3) In the case of each property acquired or put into service, the
      contribution  of said  property  to Interest  Expense  for the  applicable
      twelve  (12)-month  period shall be equal to actual interest  expense with
      respect  to  the  Debt  incurred  or  assumed  in   connection   with  the
      acquisition, from the date of the acquisition or the date the asset is put
      into service until the end of such twelve (12)-month  period,  annualized.
      In the case of each  property  disposed  of  during  the  applicable  test
      period, such  property  shall be deemed to have  made no  contribution  to
      Interest Expense for such period.

In addition,  if any Debt of Borrower is refinanced  during an  applicable  test
period,  the calculation of Interest  Expense shall be adjusted as follows.  The
contribution  of the Debt  that  was  refinanced  to  Interest  Expense  for the
applicable twelve (12)-month period shall be equal to actual interest expense on
the refinanced  Debt from the date of the  refinancing to the end of such twelve
(12)-month period, annualized.

As used in this Section 8.03,  the term  "property  put into service"  means any
property that has been opened to the public for business and which has generated
revenues for a period of at least thirty (30) days.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

      SECTION  9.01.Events of Default.  Any of the following  events shall be an
"Event of Default":

              (1) If Borrower  shall:  fail to pay the principal of any Notes as
      and when due;  or fail to pay  interest  accruing on any Notes as and when
      due and such failure to pay shall  continue  unremedied  for five (5) days
      after the due date of such  amount;  or fail to pay any fee or interest or
      any other amount due under this  Agreement  or any other Loan  Document or
      the  Supplemental Fee Letter as and when due and such failure to pay shall
      continue unremedied for two (2) days after notice by Administrative  Agent
      of such failure to pay; or

              (2) If any  representation  or  warranty  made by Borrower in this
      Agreement  or in any other  Loan  Document  or which is  contained  in any
      certificate,  document, opinion, financial or other statement furnished at
      any time under or in connection  with a Loan Document  shall prove to have
      been incorrect in any material respect on or as of the date made; or

              (3) If  Borrower  shall fail (a) to  perform or observe  any term,
      covenant or agreement  contained in Section  2.17,  Article VII or Article
      VIII  or (b) to  perform  or  observe  any  term,  covenant  or  agreement
      contained in Article VI or otherwise  contained in this  Agreement  (other
      than  obligations  specifically  referred to elsewhere in this Section) or
      any Loan Document, or in the Supplemental Fee Letter or any other document
      executed by Borrower  and  delivered  to  Administrative  Agent and/or the
      Banks in connection  with the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and such
      failure shall remain unremedied for thirty (30) consecutive  calendar days
      after notice by Administrative


                                       44


<PAGE>



      Agent to Borrower thereof (or such shorter cure period as may be expressly
      prescribed in the applicable Loan Document);  provided,  however,  that if
      any such  default  under  clause  (b) above  cannot by its nature be cured
      within such thirty (30) day, or shorter,  as the case may be, grace period
      and so long as Borrower  shall have commenced cure within such thirty (30)
      day, or shorter,  as the case may be, grace period and shall, at all times
      thereafter, diligently  prosecute the same to  completion,  Borrower shall
      have an additional  period,  not to exceed  sixty (60) days,  to cure such
      default; in no event,  however,  is the  foregoing  intended  to effect an
      extension of the Maturity Date; or

              (4) If  either  Borrower  or TCI  shall  fail  (a) to pay any Debt
      (other than the payment  obligations  described in  paragraph  (1) of this
      Section)  in an  amount  equal to or  greater  than  $10,000,000  when due
      (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand,
      or otherwise) or (b) to perform or observe any material term, covenant, or
      condition  under any  agreement or  instrument  relating to any such Debt,
      when  required to be performed or observed,  if the effect of such failure
      to perform or observe is to accelerate,  or to permit the acceleration of,
      after the giving of notice or the lapse of time,  or both  (other  than in
      cases where, in the judgment of the Required Banks, meaningful discussions
      likely  to result in (i) a waiver or cure of the  failure  to  perform  or
      observe or (ii)  otherwise  averting  such  acceleration  are in  progress
      between Borrower and the obligee of such Debt), the maturity of such Debt,
      or any such Debt shall be declared to be due and  payable,  or required to
      be prepaid  (other than by a regularly  scheduled  or  otherwise  required
      prepayment), prior to the stated maturity thereof; or

              (5) If TCI,  Borrower,  or any  Affiliate(s)  of Borrower to which
      $100,000,000  or  more  in  the  aggregate  of  Capitalization   Value  is
      attributable, shall: (a) generally not, or be unable to, or shall admit in
      writing its  inability  to, pay its debts as such debts become due; or (b)
      make an assignment for the benefit of creditors,  petition or apply to any
      tribunal for the appointment of a custodian, receiver or trustee for it or
      a substantial part of its assets; or (c) commence any proceeding under any
      bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution
      or  liquidation  law  or  statute  of  any  jurisdiction,  whether  now or
      hereafter  in effect;  or (d) have had any such  petition  or  application
      filed or any such  proceeding  shall have been  commenced,  against it, in
      which an  adjudication  or  appointment  is made or order  for  relief  is
      entered, or which petition,  application or proceeding remains undismissed
      or unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days or more; or (e) be the subject
      of any proceeding  under which all or a substantial part of its assets may
      be subject to seizure,  forfeiture  or  divestiture;  or (f) by any act or
      omission  indicate its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such
      petition, application or proceeding or order for relief or the appointment
      of a custodian, receiver or trustee for all or any substantial part of its
      property;   or  (g)  suffer  any  such   custodianship,   receivership  or
      trusteeship for all or any substantial  part of its property,  to continue
      undischarged for a period of sixty (60) days or more; or

              (6) If one or more judgments, decrees or orders for the payment of
      money in excess of $10,000,000 in the aggregate shall be rendered  against
      either  Borrower or TCI, and any such  judgments,  decrees or orders shall
      continue unsatisfied and in effect for a


                                       45


<PAGE>



      period of thirty (30) consecutive days without being vacated,  discharged,
      satisfied or stayed or bonded pending appeal; or

              (7) If any of the  following  events  shall  occur or  exist  with
      respect  to  Borrower,  or  any  ERISA  Affiliate  of  Borrower:  (a)  any
      Prohibited Transaction involving  any Plan; (b)  any Reportable Event with
      respect to any  Plan; (c)  the  filing  under  Section  4041 of ERISA of a
      notice of intent to terminate any Plan or the termination of any Plan; (d)
      any event or circumstance  which  might constitute  grounds  entitling the
      PBGC to  institute  proceedings  under  Section  4042  of  ERISA  for  the
      termination of, or for the  appointment  of a trustee to  administer,  any
      Plan, or the  institution  by the  PBGC of any  such  proceedings;  or (e)
      complete or partial withdrawal  under Section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA from a
      Multiemployer  Plan  or the reorganization, insolvency, or  termination of
      any Multiemployer  Plan;  and  in  each  case  above,  if  such  event  or
      conditions, if any,  could in the opinion of any Bank subject  Borrower or
      any ERISA Affiliate of Borrower to any tax, penalty, or other liability to
      a Plan, Multiemployer  Plan,  the PBGC or  otherwise  (or any  combination
      thereof) which in the aggregate exceeds or may exceed $50,000; or

              (8) If at any time TCI is not a qualified  real estate  investment
      trust under  Sections  856 through 860 of the Code or is not listed on the
      New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock Exchange; or

              (9) If at any time  Borrower  fails to  operate  as a real  estate
      operating  company  for  ERISA  purposes  (within  the  meaning  of C.F.R.
      ss.2510.3-101); or

              (10)  If the  Taubman  Company  Limited  Partnership,  the  entity
      presently  providing property  management and leasing services for all the
      regional  shopping  center  properties in which  Borrower has an ownership
      interest, shall discontinue providing such services for 25% or more of the
      regional  shopping  center  properties  then  owned in whole or in part by
      Borrower;

              (11) If there shall occur an "Event of Default" under any Mortgage
      (as such quoted term is defined in such Mortgage); or

              (12) If there  shall  occur an  "Event of  Default"  (i) under the
      Credit Agreement governing the Related Bridge Loan or (ii) until such time
      as the Unit Redemption  Transaction  has been  consummated and the Related
      Bridge  Term Loan has been repaid or assumed by GMPT  Borrower,  under the
      Term Credit Agreement governing the Related Bridge Term Loan.

         SECTION  9.02.  Remedies.  If any Event of Default  shall  occur and be
continuing,  Administrative  Agent shall, upon request of the Required Banks, by
notice to Borrower, (1) declare the outstanding Notes, all interest thereon, and
all other amounts payable under this Agreement,  and any other Loan Documents to
be forthwith due and payable,  whereupon the Notes,  all such interest,  and all
such amounts due under this  Agreement and under any other Loan  Document  shall
become and be forthwith due and payable,  without presentment,  demand, protest,
or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly


                                       46


<PAGE>



waived by Borrower; and/or (2) exercise any remedies provided in any of the Loan
Documents or by law.


                                    ARTICLE X

                   ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT; RELATIONS AMONG BANKS

         SECTION 10.01.  Appointment,  Powers and  Immunities of  Administrative
Agent. Each Bank hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes Administrative Agent
to act as its agent hereunder and under any other Loan Document with such powers
as are  specifically  delegated  to  Administrative  Agent by the  terms of this
Agreement  and any other Loan  Document,  together with such other powers as are
reasonably  incidental  thereto.  Administrative  Agent  shall have no duties or
responsibilities  except those  expressly  set forth in this  Agreement  and any
other  Loan  Document  or  required  by law,  and  shall  not by  reason of this
Agreement  be a  fiduciary  or trustee  for any Bank  except to the extent  that
Administrative  Agent acts as an agent with respect to the receipt or payment of
funds (nor shall  Administrative  Agent have any fiduciary  duty to Borrower nor
shall any Bank  have any  fiduciary  duty to  Borrower  or to any  other  Bank).
Administrative  Agent shall not be  responsible  to the Banks for any  recitals,
statements,  representations  or  warranties  made by Borrower  or any  officer,
partner or official of Borrower or any other Person  contained in this Agreement
or any  other  Loan  Document,  or in  any  certificate  or  other  document  or
instrument  referred  to or  provided  for in, or received by any of them under,
this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for the value, legality, validity,
effectiveness,  genuineness,  enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or
any other Loan  Document  or any other  document  or  instrument  referred to or
provided  for herein or  therein,  for the  perfection  or  priority of any Lien
securing  the  Obligations  or for any failure by Borrower to perform any of its
obligations hereunder or thereunder.  Administrative Agent may employ agents and
attorneys-in-fact and shall not be responsible, except as to money or securities
received by it or its authorized agents, for the negligence or misconduct of any
such agents or  attorneys-in-fact  selected by it with reasonable care.  Neither
Administrative  Agent nor any of its  directors,  officers,  employees or agents
shall be liable or responsible for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it
or them hereunder or under any other Loan Document or in connection  herewith or
therewith,  except for its or their own gross negligence or willful  misconduct.
Borrower shall pay any fee agreed to by Borrower and  Administrative  Agent with
respect to Administrative Agent's services hereunder.

         SECTION 10.02. Reliance by Administrative  Agent.  Administrative Agent
shall be entitled to rely upon any certification,  notice or other communication
(including any thereof by telephone, telex, telegram or cable) believed by it to
be genuine  and  correct  and to have been signed or sent by or on behalf of the
proper  Person or Persons,  and upon  advice and  statements  of legal  counsel,
independent  accountants  and other experts  selected by  Administrative  Agent.
Administrative Agent may deem and treat each Bank as the holder of the Loan made
by it for all purposes  hereof and shall not be required to deal with any Person
who has acquired a participation in any Loan or participation from a Bank. As to
any matters  not  expressly  provided  for by this  Agreement  or any other Loan
Document,  Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting,
or in refraining from acting,  hereunder in accordance with instructions  signed
by the Required Banks, and such instructions of the


                                       47


<PAGE>



Required Banks and any action taken or failure to act pursuant  thereto shall be
binding  on all of the Banks and any other  holder of all or any  portion of any
Loan or participation.

         SECTION 10.03.  Defaults.  Administrative  Agent shall not be deemed to
have  knowledge  of the  occurrence  of a  Default  or Event of  Default  unless
Administrative Agent has received notice from a Bank or Borrower specifying such
Default  or Event of  Default  and  stating  that such  notice  is a "Notice  of
Default." In the event that  Administrative  Agent receives such a notice of the
occurrence  of a Default or Event of  Default,  Administrative  Agent shall give
prompt notice thereof to the Banks. Administrative Agent, following consultation
with the Banks,  shall  (subject to Section 10.07) take such action with respect
to such Default or Event of Default  which is continuing as shall be directed by
the Required Banks;  provided that, unless and until  Administrative Agent shall
have received such  directions,  Administrative  Agent may take such action,  or
refrain  from  taking  such  action,  with  respect to such  Default or Event of
Default as it shall  deem  advisable  in the best  interest  of the  Banks;  and
provided further that Administrative Agent shall not send a notice of Default or
acceleration to Borrower without the approval of the Required Banks. In no event
shall  Administrative  Agent  be  required  to take  any  such  action  which it
determines to be contrary to law.

         SECTION 10.04.  Rights of Administrative  Agent as a Bank. With respect
to its Loan Commitment and the Loan provided by it,  Administrative Agent in its
capacity as a Bank hereunder shall have the same rights and powers  hereunder as
any  other  Bank and may  exercise  the same as  though  it were not  acting  as
Administrative  Agent, and the term "Bank" or "Banks" shall,  unless the context
otherwise  indicates,  include  Administrative  Agent in its capacity as a Bank.
Administrative  Agent and its Affiliates may (without having to account therefor
to any Bank)  accept  deposits  from,  lend money to (on a secured or  unsecured
basis),  and generally  engage in any kind of banking,  trust or other  business
with  Borrower  (and any  Affiliates  of  Borrower)  as if it were not acting as
Administrative Agent.

         SECTION  10.05.  Indemnification  of  Administrative  Agent.  Each Bank
agrees to indemnify  Administrative  Agent (to the extent not  reimbursed  under
Section 12.04 or under the applicable provisions of any other Loan Document, but
without  limiting  the  obligations  of  Borrower  under  Section  12.04 or such
provisions),  for its Pro Rata  Share of any and all  liabilities,  obligations,
losses,  damages,  penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits,  costs,  expenses or
disbursements  of any  kind and  nature  whatsoever  which  may be  imposed  on,
incurred by or asserted against  Administrative  Agent in any way relating to or
arising out of this  Agreement,  any other Loan Document or any other  documents
contemplated by or referred to herein or the transactions contemplated hereby or
thereby (including, without limitation, the costs and expenses which Borrower is
obligated to pay under Section 12.04) or under the applicable  provisions of any
other Loan Document or the  enforcement of any of the terms hereof or thereof or
of any such  other  documents  or  instruments;  provided  that no Bank shall be
liable  for (1) any of the  foregoing  to the  extent  they arise from the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of the party to be indemnified, (2) any loss of
principal  or interest  with respect to  Administrative  Agent's Loan or (3) any
loss  suffered  by  Administrative  Agent  in  connection  with a swap or  other
interest rate hedging arrangement entered into with Borrower.


                                       48


<PAGE>



         SECTION 10.06.  Non-Reliance on  Administrative  Agent and Other Banks.
Each  Bank  agrees  that  it  has,   independently   and  without   reliance  on
Administrative  Agent  or any  other  Bank,  and  based  on such  documents  and
information  as it has  deemed  appropriate,  made its own  credit  analysis  of
Borrower  and the  decision  to  enter  into  this  Agreement  and that it will,
independently and without reliance upon Administrative  Agent or any other Bank,
and based on such documents and information as it shall deem  appropriate at the
time,  continue to make its own analysis  and  decisions in taking or not taking
action under this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document.  Administrative  Agent
shall  not  be  required  to  keep  itself  informed  as to the  performance  or
observance by Borrower of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other
document  referred  to or  provided  for herein or  therein  or to  inspect  the
properties or books of Borrower. Except for notices, reports and other documents
and   information   expressly   required  to  be   furnished  to  the  Banks  by
Administrative Agent hereunder,  Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or
responsibility  to  provide  any Bank  with  any  credit  or  other  information
concerning  the  affairs,  financial  condition  or business of Borrower (or any
Affiliate  of Borrower)  which may come into the  possession  of  Administrative
Agent or any of its  Affiliates.  Administrative  Agent shall not be required to
file this  Agreement,  any other Loan  Document or any  document  or  instrument
referred to herein or therein, for record or give notice of this Agreement,  any
other Loan Document or any document or instrument referred to herein or therein,
to anyone.

         SECTION  10.07.  Failure  of  Administrative  Agent to Act.  Except for
action expressly  required of  Administrative  Agent  hereunder,  Administrative
Agent  shall in all cases be fully  justified  in  failing  or  refusing  to act
hereunder  unless it shall have received further  assurances  (which may include
cash collateral) of the  indemnification  obligations of the Banks under Section
10.05 in respect of any and all  liability  and expense which may be incurred by
it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.

         SECTION  10.08.   Resignation  or  Removal  of  Administrative   Agent.
Administrative  Agent hereby  agrees not to  unilaterally  resign  except in the
event it becomes an Affected  Bank and is removed or replaced as a Bank pursuant
to  Section   3.07,   in  which  event  it  shall  have  the  right  to  resign.
Administrative  Agent may be removed  at any time with or  without  cause by the
Required  Banks,  provided  that  Borrower and the other Banks shall be promptly
notified thereof. Upon any such removal, the Required Banks shall have the right
to appoint a  successor  Administrative  Agent  which  successor  Administrative
Agent, so long as it is reasonably  acceptable to the Required  Banks,  shall be
that  Bank  then  having  the  greatest   Loan   Commitment.   If  no  successor
Administrative  Agent shall have been so  appointed  by the  Required  Banks and
shall have accepted such appointment  within thirty (30) days after the Required
Banks'  removal  of  the  retiring   Administrative  Agent,  then  the  retiring
Administrative   Agent  may,  on  behalf  of  the  Banks,  appoint  a  successor
Administrative Agent, which shall be one of the Banks. The Required Banks or the
retiring Administrative Agent, as the case may be, shall upon the appointment of
a  successor  Administrative  Agent  promptly so notify  Borrower  and the other
Banks. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative  Agent hereunder
by a successor  Administrative Agent, such successor  Administrative Agent shall
thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights,  powers,  privileges
and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative
Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations  hereunder.  After any
retiring Administrative Agent's removal hereunder


                                       49


<PAGE>



as  Administrative  Agent,  the  provisions of this Article X shall  continue in
effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by
it while it was acting as Administrative Agent.

         SECTION 10.09.  Amendments Concerning Agency Function.  Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Administrative Agent shall
not be  bound by any  waiver,  amendment,  supplement  or  modification  of this
Agreement or any other Loan Document  which affects its duties,  rights,  and/or
function  hereunder or  thereunder  unless it shall have given its prior written
consent thereto.

         SECTION 10.10. Liability of Administrative Agent.  Administrative Agent
shall not have any liabilities or responsibilities to Borrower on account of the
failure  of any Bank to  perform  its  obligations  hereunder  or to any Bank on
account of the failure of Borrower to perform its obligations hereunder or under
any other Loan Document.

         SECTION  10.11.  Transfer  of Agency  Function.  Without the consent of
Borrower or any Bank,  Administrative Agent may at any time or from time to time
transfer its functions as  Administrative  Agent hereunder to any of its offices
wherever located in the United States,  provided that Administrative Agent shall
promptly notify Borrower and the Banks thereof.

         SECTION 10.12.  Non-Receipt of Funds by  Administrative  Agent.  Unless
Administrative  Agent shall have received notice from a Bank or Borrower (either
one as appropriate being the "Payor") prior to the date on which such Bank is to
make  payment  hereunder  to  Administrative  Agent of the proceeds of a Loan or
Borrower is to make payment to Administrative  Agent, as the case may be (either
such payment being a "Required  Payment"),  which notice shall be effective upon
receipt,  that  the  Payor  will  not  make  the  Required  Payment  in  full to
Administrative Agent,  Administrative Agent may assume that the Required Payment
has been made in full to Administrative  Agent on such date, and  Administrative
Agent in its sole  discretion  may, but shall not be  obligated  to, in reliance
upon  such  assumption,  make  the  amount  thereof  available  to the  intended
recipient on such date. If and to the extent the Payor shall not have in fact so
made the Required Payment in full to Administrative Agent, the recipient of such
payment shall repay to Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such amount made
available to it together with interest thereon,  for each day from the date such
amount  was  so  made   available  by   Administrative   Agent  until  the  date
Administrative  Agent  recovers  such  amount,  at  the  customary  rate  set by
Administrative  Agent for the  correction  of errors  among  Banks for three (3)
Banking Days and thereafter at the Base Rate.

         SECTION  10.13.  Withholding  Taxes.  Each Bank  represents  that it is
entitled  to  receive  any  payments  to be made  to it  hereunder  without  the
withholding  of any tax and will  furnish to  Administrative  Agent such  forms,
certifications,  statements  and  other  documents  as  Administrative  Agent or
Borrower may request from time to time to evidence  such Bank's  exemption  from
the   withholding  of  any  tax  imposed  by  any   jurisdiction  or  to  enable
Administrative  Agent to comply with any applicable Laws or regulations relating
thereto.  Without  limiting  the  effect  of the  foregoing,  if any Bank is not
created or organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state
thereof, such Bank will furnish to


                                       50


<PAGE>



Administrative  Agent Form 4224 or Form 1001 of the Internal Revenue Service, or
such other forms,  certifications,  statements or  documents,  duly executed and
completed by such Bank as evidence of such Bank's exemption from the withholding
of U.S. tax with respect thereto. Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to
make any payments hereunder to such Bank in respect of any Loan or participation
or such Bank's Loan  Commitment or obligation to purchase  participations  until
such Bank shall have  furnished  to  Administrative  Agent the  requested  form,
certification, statement or document.

         SECTION  10.14.   Minimum  Commitment  by  UBS.   Notwithstanding   the
provisions of Section  12.05,  subsequent to the Closing Date, UBS hereby agrees
to maintain a Loan Commitment in an amount no less than $15,000,000, and further
agrees to hold and not to participate or assign any of such amount other than an
assignment  to a  Federal  Reserve  Bank of to the  Parent  or a  majority-owned
subsidiary of UBS.

         SECTION  10.15.  Pro Rata  Treatment.  Except to the  extent  otherwise
provided,  each  advance  of  proceeds  of the Loans  shall be made by the Banks
ratably according to the amounts of their respective Loan Commitments.

         SECTION 10.16.  Sharing of Payments Among Banks. If a Bank shall obtain
payment of any  principal  of or  interest  on any Loan made by it  through  the
exercise of any right of setoff,  banker's lien,  counterclaim,  or by any other
means  (including  direct  payment),  and  such  payment  results  in such  Bank
receiving a greater payment than it would have been entitled to had such payment
been paid directly to  Administrative  Agent for disbursement to the Banks, then
such Bank shall promptly  purchase for cash from the other Banks  participations
in the  Loans  made by the other  Banks in such  amounts,  and make  such  other
adjustments  from  time to time as  shall be  equitable  to the end that all the
Banks shall share  ratably  the benefit of such  payment.  To such end the Banks
shall  make  appropriate   adjustments   among  themselves  (by  the  resale  of
participations sold or otherwise) if such payment is rescinded or must otherwise
be restored.  Borrower agrees that any Bank so purchasing a participation in the
Loans made by other  Banks may  exercise  all rights of setoff,  banker's  lien,
counterclaim  or similar  rights  with  respect to such  participation.  Nothing
contained  herein  shall  require any Bank to  exercise  any such right or shall
affect the right of any Bank to exercise, and retain the benefits of exercising,
any such right with respect to any other indebtedness of Borrower.

         SECTION 10.17. Possession of Documents. Each Bank shall keep possession
of its own Notes.  Administrative  Agent shall hold all the other Loan Documents
and related  documents  in its  possession  and  maintain  separate  records and
accounts   with  respect   thereto,   and  shall  permit  the  Banks  and  their
representatives  access at all reasonable  times to inspect such Loan Documents,
related documents, records and accounts.


                                       51


<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE XI

                              NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS

         SECTION  11.01.  Absolute  and  Unconditional   Obligations.   Borrower
acknowledges  and  agrees  that  its  obligations  and  liabilities  under  this
Agreement and under the other Loan Documents shall be absolute and unconditional
irrespective  of (1)  any  lack  of  validity  or  enforceability  of any of the
Obligations,  any  Loan  Documents,  or any  agreement  or  instrument  relating
thereto,  (2) any change in the time,  manner or place of payment  of, or in any
other term in respect of, all or any of the Obligations,  or any other amendment
or waiver of or consent to any  departure  from any Loan  Documents or any other
documents  or  instruments  executed  in  connection  with  or  related  to  the
Obligations,  (3) any  exchange  or release of any  collateral,  or of any other
Person from all or any of the Obligations or (4) any other  circumstances  which
might otherwise  constitute a defense  available to, or a discharge of, Borrower
or any other Person in respect of the Obligations.

         The  obligations  and  liabilities of Borrower under this Agreement and
other Loan Documents  shall not be conditioned or contingent upon the pursuit by
any Bank or any other Person at any time of any right or remedy against Borrower
or any other Person which may be or become  liable in respect of all or any part
of the  Obligations or against any collateral or security or guarantee  therefor
or right of setoff with respect thereto.

         SECTION 11.02.  Non-Recourse to TRG Partners.  Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in any of the other Loan Documents,
or in any other instruments,  certificates,  documents or agreements executed in
connection  with the Loans (all of the foregoing,  for purposes of this Section,
hereinafter  referred  to,  individually  and  collectively,  as  the  "Relevant
Documents"), no recourse under or upon any Obligation, representation, warranty,
promise or other matter  whatsoever  shall be had against any of the constituent
partners of Borrower or their successors or assigns (said  constituent  partners
and their  successors  and assigns,  for purposes of this  Section,  hereinafter
referred to, individually and collectively, as the "TRG Partners") and each Bank
expressly  waives  and  releases,  on behalf of itself  and its  successors  and
assigns,  all right to assert any liability  whatsoever under or with respect to
the Relevant  Documents  against,  or to satisfy any claim or obligation arising
thereunder  against,  any of the TRG  Partners  or out of any  assets of the TRG
Partners, provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall be deemed to (1)
release  Borrower  from any personal  liability  pursuant to, or from any of its
respective obligations under, the Relevant Documents, or from personal liability
for its fraudulent actions or fraudulent omissions,  (2) release any TRG Partner
from  personal  liability  for its or his own  fraudulent  actions or fraudulent
omissions, (3) constitute a waiver of any obligation evidenced or secured by, or
contained  in,  the  Relevant  Documents  or affect in any way the  validity  or
enforceability   of  the   Relevant   Documents   or  (4)  limit  the  right  of
Administrative  Agent  and/or the Banks to proceed  against or realize  upon any
collateral  hereafter  given  for the  Loans  or any and  all of the  assets  of
Borrower  (notwithstanding  the fact  that the TRG  Partners  have an  ownership
interest in Borrower and, thereby,  an interest in the assets of Borrower) or to
name Borrower (or, to the extent that the same are required by applicable law or
are determined by a court to be necessary  parties in connection  with an action
or suit against Borrower or any collateral hereafter given for the Loans, any of
the TRG Partners) as a party


                                       52


<PAGE>



defendant  in, and to enforce  against any  collateral  hereafter  given for the
Loans and/or assets of Borrower any judgment  obtained by  Administrative  Agent
and/or  the  Banks  with  respect  to,  any  action or suit  under the  Relevant
Documents so long as no judgment  shall be taken  (except to the extent taking a
judgment is required by applicable  law or determined by a court to be necessary
to preserve  Administrative  Agent's and/or Banks' rights against any collateral
hereafter  given  for the  Loans or  Borrower,  but not  otherwise)  or shall be
enforced  against the TRG  Partners,  their  successors  and  assigns,  or their
assets.


                                   ARTICLE XII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         SECTION 12.01.  Binding Effect of Request for Advance.  Borrower agrees
that,  by its  acceptance  of any  advance of  proceeds  of the Loans under this
Agreement,  it shall  be  bound  in all  respects  by the  request  for  advance
submitted on its behalf in connection  therewith  with the same force and effect
as if Borrower  had itself  executed and  submitted  the request for advance and
whether or not the  request  for  advance is  executed  and/or  submitted  by an
authorized person.

         SECTION 12.02.  Amendments and Waivers. No amendment or material waiver
of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document nor consent to any
material departure by Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless
the same shall be in writing and signed by the  Required  Banks and,  solely for
purposes of its  acknowledgment  thereof,  Administrative  Agent,  and then such
waiver or consent shall be effective  only in the specific  instance and for the
specific purpose for which given, provided,  however, that no amendment,  waiver
or consent  shall,  unless in writing  and signed by all the Banks do any of the
following:  (1) reduce the  principal  of, or interest on, the Notes or any fees
due hereunder or any other amount due hereunder or under any Loan Document;  (2)
postpone  any date fixed for any payment of  principal  of, or interest  on, the
Notes or any fees due hereunder or under any Loan Document, or waive any default
in the payment of principal, interest or any other amount due hereunder or under
any Loan Documents;  (3) change the definition of Required Banks; (4) amend this
Section or any other  provision  requiring the consent of all the Banks;  or (5)
waive any default under  paragraph (5) of Section 9.01.  Any advance of proceeds
of the Loans made prior to or without the  fulfillment by Borrower of all of the
conditions  precedent thereto,  whether or not known to Administrative Agent and
the Banks, shall not constitute a waiver of the requirement that all conditions,
including the  non-performed  conditions,  shall be required with respect to all
future advances.  No failure on the part of Administrative  Agent or any Bank to
exercise,  and no delay in exercising,  any right  hereunder  shall operate as a
waiver thereof or preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise
of any  other  right.  The  remedies  herein  provided  are  cumulative  and not
exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

         SECTION 12.03. Usury. Anything herein to the contrary  notwithstanding,
the  obligations of Borrower under this Agreement and the Notes shall be subject
to the limitation  that payments of interest shall not be required to the extent
that receipt thereof would be contrary


                                       53


<PAGE>



to provisions of law  applicable to a Bank limiting  rates of interest which may
be charged or collected by such Bank.

         SECTION 12.04. Expenses; Indemnification.  Borrower agrees to reimburse
Administrative Agent on demand for all reasonable costs,  expenses,  and charges
including,  without  limitation,  all reasonable  fees and charges of engineers,
appraisers  and other  consultants  (provided such other  consultants  have been
engaged with Borrower's consent, not to be unreasonably  withheld or delayed; it
being  understood,  however,  that Borrower  shall have no such right of consent
during the existence of an Event of Default) and external legal counsel incurred
by  Administrative  Agent in connection  with the Loans and to reimburse each of
the Banks for reasonable  legal costs,  expenses and charges incurred by each of
the Banks in connection  with the  performance or enforcement of this Agreement,
the Notes, or any other Loan Documents;  provided, however, that Borrower is not
responsible  for costs,  expenses  and charges  incurred by the Bank  Parties in
connection  with the day-to-day  administration  or the syndication of the Loans
(except as otherwise  provided in the Supplemental Fee Letter).  Borrower agrees
to indemnify Administrative Agent and each Bank and their respective Affiliates,
controlling  Persons,  directors,  officers,  employees  and  agents  (each,  an
"Indemnified  Party) from, and hold each of them harmless  against,  any and all
losses, liabilities,  claims, damages or expenses, joint or several, incurred by
any of them arising out of or by reason of (x) any claims by brokers due to acts
or  omissions  by  Borrower  or (y)  any  third-party  claims  relating  to this
Agreement,  the Loans,  the use of proceeds of the Loans, and the performance by
UBS (including as Administrative Agent) or any of its Affiliates of the services
contemplated by this Agreement or the Supplemental Fee Letter, and Borrower will
reimburse any Indemnified Party for any and all reasonable  expenses  (including
reasonable  counsel fees and expenses) as they are incurred in  connection  with
the  investigation of or preparation for or defense of any pending or threatened
claim  or any  action  or  proceeding  arising  therefrom,  whether  or not such
Indemnified Party is a party and whether or not such claim, action or proceeding
is  initiated  or  brought  to be by or on  behalf  of  Borrower  or  any of its
Affiliates and whether or not any of the transactions  contemplated hereby or by
the  Supplemental  Fee  Letter are  consummated  or this  Agreement  or the Loan
Commitments  are  terminated.  Borrower  will not be liable under the  foregoing
indemnification  provision to an Indemnified  Party to the extent that any loss,
claim, damage,  liability or expense is found in a final non-appealable judgment
by a court of competent  jurisdiction  to have  resulted  from such  Indemnified
Party's bad faith or gross negligence or breach of this Agreement.

         In any such  action  or  proceeding  Borrower  shall  have the right to
assume the defense  thereof and select  counsel  reasonably  acceptable  to UBS;
however,  in no event will such counsel,  without the prior  written  consent of
UBS, not to be  unreasonably  withheld,  be counsel to Borrower or to any of its
Affiliates.

         Borrower also agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability
(whether  direct or indirect,  in contract or tort or  otherwise) to Borrower or
its creditors related to or arising out of or in connection with this Agreement,
the Supplemental Fee Letter, the Loans, the use of proceeds of the Loans, any of
the  transactions  contemplated  hereby or by the Supplemental Fee Letter or any
related  transaction  or the  performance  by UBS  (including as  Administrative
Agent) or any of its Affiliates of the services  contemplated  by this Agreement
or the  Supplemental  Fee  Letter,  except to the extent  that any loss,  claim,
damage or liability is found in a final non-


                                       54


<PAGE>



appealable  judgment by a court of competent  jurisdiction to have resulted from
such  Indemnified  Party's  bad  faith or gross  negligence  or  breach  of this
Agreement.

         Borrower agrees that, without UBS's prior written consent,  which shall
not be unreasonably withheld, Borrower will not settle, compromise or consent to
the  entry of any  judgment  in any  pending  or  threatened  claim,  action  or
proceeding in respect of which indemnification has been or could be sought under
the  indemnification  provisions  of this  Agreement  (whether or not UBS or any
other Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such claim, action or
proceeding),  unless such  settlement,  compromise  or consent  (i)  includes an
unconditional written release, in form and substance reasonably  satisfactory to
the Indemnified  Parties,  of each Indemnified  Party from all liability arising
out of such claim,  action or proceeding and (ii) does not include any statement
as to an  admission of fault,  culpability  or failure to act by or on behalf of
any Indemnified Party.

         No Indemnified Party shall,  without the prior consent of Borrower (not
to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) settle or compromise any action or claim
for which indemnity has been or could be sought hereunder.

         If (a) an Indemnified  Party is requested to appear as a witness in any
action  brought by or on behalf of Borrower or any of its  Affiliates  or (b) an
Indemnified  Party is  required  to appear as a witness  in any  action  brought
against Borrower or any of Affiliates, in either case, in which such Indemnified
Party is not named as a defendant, Borrower agrees to reimburse such Indemnified
Party  for all  reasonable  expenses  incurred  by it in  connection  with  such
Indemnified  Party's  appearing  and  preparing  to  appear  as such a  witness,
including,  without  limitation,  the reasonable fees and  disbursements  of its
legal  counsel,  and to  compensate  such  Indemnified  Party in an amount to be
reasonable and mutually agreed upon.

         The  obligations  of  Borrower  under this  Section  shall  survive the
repayment  of all  amounts  due  under  or in  connection  with  any of the Loan
Documents and the termination of the Loans.

         SECTION  12.05.  Assignment;  Participation.  This  Agreement  shall be
binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, Borrower, Administrative Agent,
the Banks and their respective  successors and permitted  assigns.  Borrower may
not assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder.

         Any  Bank  may  at  any  time  grant  to one or  more  banks  or  other
institutions  (each a  "Participant")  participating  interests in its Loan (the
"Participations")  subject to Borrower's consent, provided there exists no Event
of Default,  which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. In the
event of any such grant by a Bank of a participating  interest to a Participant,
whether or not  Borrower or  Administrative  Agent was given  notice,  such Bank
shall remain responsible for the performance of its obligations  hereunder,  and
Borrower  and  Administrative  Agent shall  continue to deal solely and directly
with such Bank in connection with such Bank's rights and obligations  hereunder.
Any agreement pursuant to which any Bank may grant such a participating interest
shall provide that such Bank shall retain the sole right and  responsibility  to
enforce the obligations of Borrower  hereunder and under any other Loan Document
including, without limitation, the right to approve any amendment,  modification
or


                                       55


<PAGE>



waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan  Document;  provided
that such  participation  agreement may provide that such Bank will not agree to
any  modification,  amendment or waiver of this  Agreement  described in Section
12.02 without the consent of the Participant.

         Any Bank having a Loan  Commitment in an amount  exceeding  $15,000,000
may at any time assign to any bank or other institution with the  acknowledgment
of  Administrative  Agent and,  provided  there exists no Event of Default,  the
consent of Borrower, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed
(such  assignee,  a  "Consented  Assignee"),  or to one or more  banks  or other
institutions which are majority owned subsidiaries of a Bank or to the Parent of
a  Bank  (each  Consented  Assignee  or  subsidiary  bank  or  institution,   an
"Assignee")  all, or a proportionate  part of all, of its rights and obligations
under this  Agreement and its Notes,  and such Assignee  shall assume rights and
obligations, pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement executed by such
Assignee and the  assigning  Bank,  provided  that,  in each case,  after giving
effect to such assignment, the Assignee's Loan Commitment, and, in the case of a
partial assignment, the assigning Bank's Loan Commitment,  each will be equal to
or greater than $5,000,000.  Upon (i) execution and delivery of such instrument,
(ii)  payment by such  Assignee to the Bank of an amount  equal to the  purchase
price  agreed  between the Bank and such  Assignee  and (iii) at  Administrative
Agent's option,  payment by such Assignee to Administrative  Agent of a fee, for
Administrative  Agent's  own  account,  in the amount of  $2,500,  on account of
Administrative  Agent's fees and expenses in  connection  with such  assignment,
such  Assignee  shall be a Bank Party to this  Agreement  and shall have all the
rights and  obligations of a Bank as set forth in such Assignment and Assumption
Agreement,  and the  assigning  Bank  shall be  released  from  its  obligations
hereunder to a  corresponding  extent,  and no further  consent or action by any
party shall be required.  Upon the  consummation  of any assignment  pursuant to
this paragraph,  substitute  Notes shall be issued to the assigning Bank (in the
case of a partial  assignment)  and  Assignee by  Borrower,  in exchange for the
return of the original Notes. The oblgations  evidenced by such substitute notes
shall constitute  "Obligations" for all purposes of this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents. If the Assignee is not incorporated under the laws of the United
States of America or a state thereof, it shall, prior to the first date on which
interest or fees are payable hereunder for its account,  deliver to Borrower and
Administrative Agent certification as to exemption from deduction or withholding
of any United States federal income taxes in accordance with Section 10.13.

         Any Bank may at any time assign all or any portion of its rights  under
this Agreement and its Notes to a Federal Reserve Bank. No such assignment shall
release the transferor Bank from its obligations hereunder.

         Borrower  recognizes  that  in  connection  with a  Bank's  selling  of
Participations  or making of assignments,  any or all  documentation,  financial
statements,  appraisals and other data, or copies thereof,  relevant to Borrower
or the  Loans  may be  exhibited  to and  retained  by any such  Participant  or
assignee or prospective Participant or assignee. In addition, such documentation
etc. may be exhibited to and retained by  Affiliates  of a Bank.  In  connection
with a Bank's  delivery of any financial  statements  and appraisals to any such
Participant or assignee or prospective  Participant or assignee, such Bank shall
also deliver its standard confidentiality statement indicating that the same are
delivered on a confidential basis. Borrower agrees to


                                       56


<PAGE>



provide all  assistance  reasonably  requested  by a Bank to enable such Bank to
sell  Participations  or  make  assignments  of its  Loan as  permitted  by this
Section.  Each Bank agrees to provide Borrower with notice of all Participations
sold by such Bank.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section,  prior to the
consummation of the Unit Redemption  Transaction,  no Bank shall assign,  grant,
convey,  or  transfer  all or  any  portion  of or  interest  (participation  or
otherwise)  in the Loan to any Person if such  Person is (i) a greater  than 10%
partner   (determined   in   accordance   with  Treasury   Regulations   Section
1.752-2(d)(1)  of the Code) of Borrower (a "Greater than 10% Partner"),  (ii) an
80% or greater partner, member or shareholder of any Greater than 10% Partner or
(iii) a person who is under 80% or greater  common  ownership with (x) a Greater
than 10% Partner or (y) a shareholder, member or partner of any Greater than 10%
Partner.  For purposes of clauses (ii) and (iii),  percentage ownership shall be
determined  pursuant  to  Sections  267(b) and 707(b) of the Code as modified by
Treasury  Regulations Section 1.752-4. Any Person described above is referred to
as a  "Disqualified  Person".  Any Person who becomes a Bank or  Participant  in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement agrees to be bound by the provisions
of this Section  and,  other than  obtaining,  in  connection  with a bankruptcy
proceeding of a constituent  partner of Borrower,  any interest as (a) a partner
in  Borrower  or  (b) an  80%  or  greater  interest  as a  partner,  member  or
shareholder of any partner of Borrower, agrees not to take any action that would
make it a Disqualified  Person.  In addition,  during the term of the Loans, any
Bank or Participant shall be a "qualified  person" within the meaning of Section
465(b)(6)(D)(i) and 49(a)(1)(D)(iv) of the Code.

         SECTION 12.06. Documentation  Satisfactory.  All documentation required
from or to be submitted on behalf of Borrower in connection  with this Agreement
and the documents relating hereto shall be subject to the prior approval of, and
be satisfactory in form and substance to, Administrative Agent, its counsel and,
where  specifically  provided  herein,  the Banks.  In addition,  the persons or
parties  responsible  for the execution and delivery of, and signatories to, all
of such  documentation,  shall be acceptable to, and subject to the approval of,
Administrative Agent and its counsel and the Banks.

         SECTION  12.07.  Notices.  Unless  the party to be  notified  otherwise
notifies the other party in writing as provided in this  Section,  and except as
otherwise  provided in this Agreement,  notices shall be given to Administrative
Agent by  telephone,  confirmed by writing,  and to the Banks and to Borrower by
ordinary mail or overnight courier addressed to such party at its address on the
signature  page  of  this  Agreement.  Notices  shall  be  effective  (1)  if by
telephone,  at the time of such  telephone  conversation,  (2) if given by mail,
three  (3)  days  after  mailing  and (3) if given by  overnight  courier,  upon
receipt.

         SECTION  12.08.  Setoff.  Borrower  agrees  that,  in  addition to (and
without limitation of) any right of setoff, bankers' lien or counterclaim a Bank
may  otherwise  have,  each Bank shall be  entitled,  at its  option,  to offset
balances (general or special,  time or demand,  provisional or final) held by it
for the account of Borrower at any of such Bank's offices,  in Dollars or in any
other  currency,  against any amount payable by Borrower to such Bank under this
Agreement or such Bank's  Notes,  or any other Loan  Document  which is not paid
when due  (regardless  of whether such  balances are then due to  Borrower),  in
which case it shall promptly


                                       57


<PAGE>



notify  Borrower and  Administrative  Agent  thereof;  provided that such Bank's
failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity  thereof.  Payments by
Borrower  hereunder  or under the other  Loan  Documents  shall be made  without
setoff or counterclaim.

         SECTION 12.09. Year 2000. Borrower  represents,  warrants and covenants
that Borrower has taken and shall take all action reasonably necessary to assure
that its data  processing  and  information  technology  systems  are capable of
effectively  processing  data and  information,  including  dates  on and  after
January  1,  2000,  and shall not cease to  perform,  or  provide,  or cause any
software  and/or  system which is material to its  operations  or any  interface
therewith  to  provide,  invalid  or  incorrect  results  as a  result  of  date
functionality  and/or data, or otherwise  experience any material degradation of
performance  or  functionality  arising  from,  relating  to or  including  date
functionality  and/or data which represents or references different centuries or
more  than one  century  or leap  years,  and that  all  such  systems  shall be
reasonably  effective  and  accurate in managing and  manipulating  data derived
from,  involving  or  relating  in any way to dates  (including  single  century
formulas and multi-century or leap year formulas), and will not cause a material
abnormally  ending scenario within such systems or in any software and/or system
with which such systems interface,  or generate  materially  incorrect values or
invalid results  involving such dates. At the request of  Administrative  Agent,
Borrower shall provide Administrative Agent with reasonably acceptable assurance
of Borrower's year 2000 capability.

         SECTION 12.10. Table of Contents;  Headings.  Any table of contents and
the headings  and  captions  hereunder  are for  convenience  only and shall not
affect the interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

         SECTION  12.11.  Severability.  The  provisions  of this  Agreement are
intended to be  severable.  If for any reason any  provision  of this  Agreement
shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part in any  jurisdiction,
such provision shall, as to such  jurisdiction,  be ineffective to the extent of
such invalidity or unenforceability without in any manner affecting the validity
or enforceability  thereof in any other jurisdiction or the remaining provisions
hereof in any jurisdiction.

         SECTION  12.12.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be executed in any
number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the
same instrument,  and any party hereto may execute this Agreement by signing any
such counterpart.

         SECTION 12.13.  Integration.  The Loan Documents and  Supplemental  Fee
Letter set forth the entire  agreement  among the parties hereto relating to the
transactions  contemplated  thereby  and  supersede  any prior  oral or  written
statements or agreements with respect to such transactions.

         SECTION 12.14.  GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
INTERPRETED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.


                                       58


<PAGE>



         SECTION  12.15.   Waivers.  In  connection  with  the  obligations  and
liabilities as aforesaid,  Borrower hereby waives: (1) promptness and diligence;
(2) notice of any  actions  taken by any Bank Party  under this  Agreement,  any
other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto except
to the extent  otherwise  provided  herein;  (3) all other notices,  demands and
protests,  and all  other  formalities  of  every  kind in  connection  with the
enforcement of the  Obligations,  the omission of or delay in which, but for the
provisions of this Section,  might constitute  grounds for relieving Borrower of
its  obligations  hereunder;  (4) any  requirement  that any Bank Party protect,
secure,  perfect or insure any Lien on any  collateral  or exhaust  any right or
take any action against Borrower or any other Person or any collateral;  (5) any
right or claim of right to cause a  marshalling  of the assets of Borrower;  and
(6) all rights of subrogation or  contribution,  whether  arising by contract or
operation of law (including,  without  limitation,  any such right arising under
the Federal  Bankruptcy  Code) or  otherwise  by reason of payment by  Borrower,
either jointly or severally, pursuant to this Agreement or other Loan Documents.

         SECTION 12.16. JURISDICTION; IMMUNITIES. BORROWER, ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
AND EACH BANK  HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY  SUBMIT TO THE  JURISDICTION  OF ANY NEW YORK
STATE OR UNITED STATES FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY OVER ANY ACTION OR
PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT,  THE NOTES OR ANY OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENT.  BORROWER,  ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, AND EACH BANK IRREVOCABLY AGREE
THAT ALL  CLAIMS  IN  RESPECT  OF SUCH  ACTION  OR  PROCEEDING  MAY BE HEARD AND
DETERMINED  IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE OR UNITED  STATES  FEDERAL  COURT.  BORROWER,
ADMINISTRATIVE  AGENT, AND EACH BANK  IRREVOCABLY  CONSENT TO THE SERVICE OF ANY
AND ALL  PROCESS IN ANY SUCH  ACTION OR  PROCEEDING  BY THE MAILING OF COPIES OF
SUCH PROCESS TO BORROWER, ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR EACH BANK, AS THE CASE MAY BE,
AT THE ADDRESSES SPECIFIED HEREIN. BORROWER,  ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH BANK
AGREE THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE
AND MAY BE ENFORCED  IN OTHER  JURISDICTIONS  BY SUIT ON THE  JUDGMENT OR IN ANY
OTHER  MANNER  PROVIDED  BY LAW.  BORROWER,  ADMINISTRATIVE  AGENT AND EACH BANK
FURTHER  WAIVE ANY OBJECTION TO VENUE IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND ANY OBJECTION
TO AN  ACTION OR  PROCEEDING  IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK ON THE BASIS OF FORUM NON
CONVENIENS.  BORROWER,  ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH BANK AGREE THAT ANY ACTION
OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT AGAINST BORROWER, ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY BANK, AS THE
CASE MAY BE, SHALL BE BROUGHT ONLY IN A NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK
CITY OR A UNITED STATES FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY.

         Nothing  in  this   Section   shall   affect  the  right  of  Borrower,
Administrative  Agent or any Bank to serve  legal  process  in any other  manner
permitted by law.

         To the extent that Borrower,  Administrative  Agent or any Bank have or
hereafter  may acquire any immunity from  jurisdiction  of any court or from any
legal process (whether


                                       59


<PAGE>



from  service or notice,  attachment  prior to  judgment,  attachment  in aid of
execution,  execution  or  otherwise)  with  respect to itself or its  property,
Borrower,  Administrative  Agent and each Bank  hereby  irrevocably  waive  such
immunity in respect of its obligations  under this Agreement,  the Notes and any
other Loan Document.

         BORROWER,  ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH BANK WAIVE ANY RIGHT EACH SUCH
PARTY MAY HAVE TO JURY TRIAL IN CONNECTION  WITH ANY SUIT,  ACTION OR PROCEEDING
BROUGHT WITH  RESPECT TO THIS  AGREEMENT,  THE NOTES OR THE LOANS.  IN ADDITION,
BORROWER  HEREBY  WAIVES,  IN  CONNECTION  WITH ANY SUIT,  ACTION OR  PROCEEDING
BROUGHT  BY  ADMINISTRATIVE  AGENT OR THE BANKS WITH  RESPECT TO THE NOTES,  ANY
RIGHT BORROWER MAY HAVE TO (1) INTERPOSE ANY COUNTERCLAIM  THEREIN (OTHER THAN A
COUNTERCLAIM  THAT IF NOT BROUGHT IN THE SUIT,  ACTION OR PROCEEDING  BROUGHT BY
ADMINISTRATIVE  AGENT OR THE BANKS  COULD NOT BE  BROUGHT  IN A  SEPARATE  SUIT,
ACTION OR PROCEEDING OR WOULD BE SUBJECT TO DISMISSAL OR SIMILAR DISPOSITION FOR
FAILURE TO HAVE BEEN  ASSERTED  IN SUCH SUIT,  ACTION OR  PROCEEDING  BROUGHT BY
ADMINISTRATIVE  AGENT OR THE BANKS) OR (2) HAVE THE SAME  CONSOLIDATED  WITH ANY
OTHER OR SEPARATE SUIT,  ACTION OR PROCEEDING.  NOTHING HEREIN  CONTAINED  SHALL
PREVENT OR PROHIBIT  BORROWER FROM  INSTITUTING OR MAINTAINING A SEPARATE ACTION
AGAINST ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR THE BANKS WITH RESPECT TO ANY ASSERTED CLAIM.


                                       60


<PAGE>





         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed as of the day and year first above written.



                              THE TAUBMAN REALTY GROUP LIMITED
                              PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership



                              By  /s/ Steven Eder
                                  ---------------------------------------
                                  Steven Eder,
                                  -----------
                                  its authorized signatory

                              Address for Notices:

                              c/o The Taubman Company Limited Partnership
                              200 East Long Lake Road - Suite 300
                              Bloomfield Hills, Michigan 48304
                              Attention: Mr. Steven E. Eder


                              with copy to:

                              Miro Weiner & Kramer
                              500 North Woodward Avenue
                              Suite 100 - P.O. Box 908
                              Bloomfield Hills, Michigan 48303-0908
                              Attention: Martin L. Katz, Esq.


                                       61


<PAGE>



                              UBS AG, NEW YORK BRANCH
                              (as Bank and Administrative Agent)



                              By  /s/ Tom Curtin
                                  --------------------------------------
                                 Name:  Tom Curtin
                                 Title: Managing Director





                              By /s/ Jeffrey W. Wald
                                 ---------------------------------------
                                 Name:  Jeffrey W. Wald
                                 Title: Executive Director

                              Address for notices and Applicable Lending Office:


                              299 Park Avenue
                              New York, New York 10171
                              Attention: Ms. Xiomara Martez
                              Telephone: (212) 821-3872


                              with copy to:


                              Dewey Ballantine LLP
                              1301 Avenue of the Americas
                              New York, New York 10019-6092
                              Attention: George C. Weiss, Esq.

                                      62




                      THE SECOND AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

                                       OF

                        AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                                       OF

                  THE TAUBMAN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                         a Delaware limited partnership

                                                              September 30, 1998



<PAGE>




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                      THE SECOND AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
                                       OF
                        AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                                       OF
                  THE TAUBMAN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                         a Delaware limited partnership


                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

   I -- CONTINUATION; CHANGE OF JURISDICTION; NAME; PRINCIPAL OFFICE; AGENT
        FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS; FILING OF CERTIFICATE(S); TERM; TITLE TO 
        PARTNERSHIP PROPERTY.
        Section 1.1    Continuation; Change of Jurisdiction.................   2
        Section 1.2    Name.................................................   2
        Section 1.3    Principal Office; Agent for Service of Process.......   2
        Section 1.4    Filing of Certificate(s) as Required.................   2
        Section 1.5    Term.................................................   3
        Section 1.6    Title to Partnership Property........................   3
  II -- DEFINITIONS.........................................................   4
 III -- PURPOSES AND POWERS; PARTNERSHIP ONLY FOR PURPOSES SPECIFIED;
        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; CERTAIN COVENANTS.
        Section 3.1    Purposes and Powers of the Partnership...............  14
        Section 3.2    Partnership Only for Purposes Specified..............  17
        Section 3.3    Representations and Warranties by the Partners;
                       Certain Covenants....................................  17
        Section 3.4    Real Estate Investment Trust Requirements............  18
        Section 3.5    ERISA Requirement....................................  19

  IV -- CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; OPENING CAPITAL ACCOUNT BALANCES; PREFERRED
        EQUITY; ANTICIPATED FINANCING; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS; PARTNERSHIP
        INTERESTS; UNITS OF PARTNERSHIP INTEREST; PERCENTAGE INTERESTS;
        PARTNERSHIP INTEREST CERTIFICATES; PURCHASE OF FRACTIONAL UNITS;
        ADJUSTMENT OF UNITS OF PARTNERSHIP INTEREST.
        Section 4.1    Capital Contributions; Opening Capital Account 
                       Balances; Preferred Equity...........................  20
        Section 4.2    Anticipated Financing................................  20
        Section 4.3    No Right to Withdraw Capital; No Requirement of 
                       Further Contributions................................  21
        Section 4.4    No Interest on Capital Contributions or Capital
                       Accounts.............................................  21
        Section 4.5    Capital Accounts.....................................  21
        Section 4.6    Partnership Interests; Units of Partnership Interest;
                       Percentage Interests.................................  22
        Section 4.7    Partnership Interest Certificates....................  23
        Section 4.8    Purchase of Fractional Units of Partnership Interest;
                       Adjustment of Units of Partnership Interest..........  23
   V -- ALLOCATIONS; DISTRIBUTIONS; BANK ACCOUNTS; BOOKS OF ACCOUNT; TAX
        RETURNS; ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS; PARTNERSHIP FISCAL YEAR.
        Section 5.1    Allocations..........................................  25
        Section 5.2    Distributions........................................  28
        Section 5.3    Guaranteed Payments; TCO's Right to Convert..........  28
        Section 5.4    Bank Accounts and Other Investments..................  29
        Section 5.5    Books of Account.....................................  29
        Section 5.6    Tax Returns..........................................  29
        Section 5.7    Accounting and Reports, Etc..........................  30
        Section 5.8    Partnership Fiscal Year..............................  30



<PAGE>



                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

  VI -- MANAGEMENT; AUTHORITY AND AUTHORIZED ACTIONS BY THE MANAGING GENERAL
        PARTNER; EXTRAORDINARY TRANSACTIONS; ANNUAL BUDGET; NOTICES; STANDARD
        OF CONDUCT; MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT AND CORPORATE SERVICES 
        AGREEMENT; ABSENCE OF AUTHORITY OF PARTNERS OTHER THAN THE MANAGING
        GENERAL PARTNER; FIDELITY BONDS AND INSURANCE; ENGAGEMENT OF PARTNERS'
        AFFILIATES; INDEMNITY AND REIMBURSEMENT; TAX MATTERS PARTNER.
        Section 6.1    Management; Authority and Authorized Actions by
                       the Managing General Partner.........................  31
        Section 6.2    Delegation of Authority and Designation of Officers..  31
        Section 6.3    Compensation of Certain Employees of the Manager;
                       Issuance of Incentive Options........................  32
        Section 6.4    Annual Budget; Notices...............................  32
        Section 6.5    Master Services Agreement and Corporate Services
                       Agreement; Engagement of Partners' Affiliates........  33
        Section 6.6    Absence of Authority of Non-Managing Partners........  33
        Section 6.7    Fidelity Bonds and Insurance.........................  33
        Section 6.8    Execution of Legal Instruments.......................  33
        Section 6.9    Indemnity and Reimbursement; Advancement of Expenses
                       and Insurance 33.....................................  33
        Section 6.10   Tax Matters Partner..................................  34
 VII -- OTHER VENTURES......................................................  36
VIII -- TRANSFERS OF UNITS OF PARTNERSHIP INTEREST; SUBSTITUTION OF PARTNERS;
        ADDITIONAL PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS; CONVERSION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS.
        Section 8.1    Transfers............................................  37
        Section 8.2    Substitution of Partners.............................  38
        Section 8.3    Failure or Refusal to Grant Consent..................  39
        Section 8.4    Issuance of Additional Interests to TCO and Other 
                       Persons or of Incentive Interests to Certain Persons.  39
        Section 8.5    Conversion of Partnership Interests..................  40
        Section 8.6    No Change to TG Receivable Documents.................  40
  IX -- WITHHOLDING.........................................................  41
   X -- DISABLING EVENT OR EVENT OF WITHDRAWAL IN RESPECT OF A PARTNER; 
        SUCCESSION OF INTERESTS.
        Section 10.1  Disabling Event or Event of Withdrawal in Respect
        of a Partner 42.....................................................  42
        Section 10.2 References to "Partner" and "Partners" in the Event 
        of Successors.......................................................  43
        Section 10.3  Waiver of Dissolution if Transfer is in Full Compliance
        with Agreement; Negation of Right to Dissolve Except as Herein 
        Provided; No Withdrawal.............................................  43
  XI -- TERMINATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP, WINDING UP, AND LIQUIDATION.
        Section 11.1  Liquidation of the Assets of the Partnership and 
        Disposition of the proceeds Thereof.................................  45
        Section 11.2  Cancellation of Certificates..........................  46
        Section 11.3  Return of Capital.....................................  46
 XII -- POWER OF ATTORNEY...................................................  47
XIII -- MISCELLANEOUS
        Section 13.1  Notices...............................................  48
        Section 13.2  Applicable Law........................................  48
        Section 13.3  Entire Agreement......................................  48
        Section 13.4  Word Meanings; Gender.................................  48
        Section 13.5  Section Titles........................................  48
        Section 13.6  Waiver................................................  49
        Section 13.7  Separability of Provisions............................  49
        Section 13.8  Binding Agreement.....................................  49
        Section 13.9  Equitable Remedies....................................  49
        Section 13.10 Partition.............................................  49
        Section 13.11 Amendment.............................................  49
        Section 13.12 No Third Party Rights Created Hereby..................  50
        Section 13.13 Liability of Partners.................................  50
        Section 13.14 Additional Acts and Instruments.......................  50
        Section 13.15 Agreement in Counterparts.............................  50


                                       ii

<PAGE>



        Section 13.16 Attorneys-In-Fact.....................................  50
        Section 13.17 Execution by Trustee..................................  50
        Section 13.18 Lost Partnership Interest Certificates................  51
        Schedule A    Units of Partnership Interest and Percentage Interests
        of the Partners.....................................................
        Schedule B    Certain Interests of Partners in Tenants of Regional
        Centers..............................................................
        Schedule C    Capital Account Balances of the Partners as of 
        September 30, 1998...................................................
        Schedule D    Initial Book Value of Partnership Assets as of 
        September 30, 1998...................................................
        Schedule E    Designated Properties..................................
        Exhibit A       Form of Partnership Interest Certificate.............


                                      iii

<PAGE>



                      THE SECOND AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
                                       OF
                        AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                                       OF
                  THE TAUBMAN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                         a Delaware limited partnership

    THIS SECOND AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
(hereinafter,  as the same may be amended  and/or  supplemented,  referred to as
this  "Agreement")  is made the 30th day of September,  1998, by,  between,  and
among TAUBMAN CENTERS, INC. ("TCO"), a Michigan corporation, TG PARTNERS LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP ("TG"), a Delaware limited partnership, and TAUB-CO MANAGEMENT, INC.
("Taub-Co"),  a Michigan corporation,  who as the Appointing Persons pursuant to
Section  13.11 of the Amended and Restated  Partnership  Agreement,  as amended,
have the full power and authority to amend the Amended and Restated  Partnership
Agreement,  as amended, on behalf of all of the partners of the Partnership with
respect to the matters herein provided.

                                    RECITALS:

   A.  Effective  November 30, 1992,  the parties  hereto  together  with others
entered  into the Amended and  Restated  Limited  Partnership  Agreement  of The
Taubman Realty Group Limited Partnership (the "Amended and Restated  Partnership
Agreement").

   B. The Amended and Restated  Partnership  Agreement was subsequently  amended
effective September 30, 1997 (the "Amended and Restated  Partnership  Agreement,
as amended") in certain respects.

   C. On September 23, 1998, the  Partnership  formed two (2) limited  liability
companies (the  "Companies")  pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company
Act by filing Certificates of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State
of Delaware and, in exchange for all of the membership  interests in each of the
Companies, contributed to the Companies all of its right, title, and interest in
and to certain of its assets, subject to certain liabilities.

   D. On September  30, 1998,  the  Partnership  distributed  the  Partnership's
entire  interest  in the  Companies  to GMPTS in  redemption  of GMPTS's  entire
interest in the Partnership, and GMPTS executed a Certificate of Withdrawal from
the Partnership.

   E.  Pursuant  to  Section  6.1(b) of the  Amended  and  Restated  Partnership
Agreement,  as amended,  as a result of GMPTS's withdrawal from the Partnership,
GMPTS is no longer an Appointing  Person,  the remaining  Appointing Persons now
being only TCO, TG, and Taub-Co.

   F. The  parties  hereto  now wish to amend and  restate in its  entirety  the
Amended  and  Restated  Partnership  Agreement,   as  amended,  to  reflect  the
redemption of GMPTS's entire interest in the Partnership and GMPTS's  withdrawal
from the Partnership,  to provide for various new terms of the Partnership,  and
for certain other purposes.





<PAGE>



   NOW,  THEREFORE,  the parties  hereto  agree that the  Amended  and  Restated
Partnership Agreement,  as amended is hereby further amended and restated in its
entirety to read as follows:

                                       I.

          CONTINUATION; CHANGE OF JURISDICTION; NAME; PRINCIPAL OFFICE;
             AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS; FILING OF CERTIFICATE(S);
                      TERM; TITLE TO PARTNERSHIP PROPERTY.

Section 1.1 Continuation; Change of Jurisdiction.

   The parties hereto do hereby continue the  Partnership as a Delaware  limited
partnership pursuant to the applicable laws of the State of Delaware,  including
the Delaware  Revised Uniform Limited  Partnership Act as in effect in the State
of Delaware,  all as the same may be amended from time to time (all of such laws
being  hereinafter  referred to as the  "Partnership  Law"),  upon the terms and
conditions  herein set forth.  If the Managing  General  Partner shall cause the
Partnership  to change its  jurisdiction,  by merger,  consolidation,  or in any
other fashion or manner,  the  Partnership  Law shall,  for all purposes of this
Agreement, refer to the applicable laws of the new jurisdiction, as the same may
be amended from time to time.  Without any further act,  approval or vote of the
Partners,  the Managing  General  Partner  shall be  authorized on behalf of the
Partners and the  Partnership,  as the case may be, to amend and/or restate this
Agreement and the Certificate of Limited  Partnership,  and to execute a plan of
merger or similar document,  and all other documents  determined by the Managing
General  Partner,  in all such cases as shall be  necessary  to effect  solely a
change of jurisdiction.

Section 1.2 Name.

   The name of the Partnership is "The Taubman Realty Group Limited Partnership"
or such other name or names as the Managing  General  Partner  shall select from
time to time in  compliance  with the  Partnership  Law.  The  Managing  General
Partner shall send written notice of any such name change to the Partners.

Section 1.3 Principal Office; Agent For Service of Process.

   The  principal  office of the  Partnership  is  located at 200 East Long Lake
Road, Bloomfield Hills, Michigan 48304, or at such other address(es) as shall be
designated from time to time by the Managing General Partner with written notice
thereof by the Managing  General Partner to the other  Partners.  The address of
the office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware required to be maintained
pursuant to the  Partnership  Law is Corporation  Service  Company,  1013 Centre
Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19805, or such other address(es) as may be designated
from time to time by the Managing General  Partner,  with written notice thereof
by the Managing  General Partner to the other Partners.  The name and address of
the registered  agent for service of process on the  Partnership in the State of
Delaware is Corporation Service Company, 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington,  Delaware
19805, or such other agent and address as may be designated from time to time by
the Managing  General  Partner in  compliance  with the  Partnership  Law,  with
written notice thereof by the Managing General Partner to the other Partners.

Section 1.4 Filing of Certificate(s) as Required.

   The  Managing  General  Partner has caused or shall cause the  execution  and
filing  of  an  appropriate   partnership  and/or  assumed  or  fictitious  name
certificate or certificates, or like instrument or instruments, or other filings
or  applications,  at any  time  and  from  time  to  time  as  required  by the
Partnership Law or the law of any applicable jurisdiction in connection with the
existence  or  activities  or  business  of the  Partnership,  a  change  in the
jurisdiction  of the  Partnership,  and/or the use of a name  (which name may be
different  than the name of the  Partnership),  and all  amendments  thereto  of
record.   Copies  of  such   certificates,   instruments  or  other  filings  or
applications shall be furnished on a timely basis to all Partners.


                                       2

<PAGE>



Section 1.5 Term.

   The term of the Partnership shall end, and the Partnership shall dissolve, on
the first to occur of (i) the  recordation  of the last (or only)  deed,  or the
execution  and  delivery  of the  last  (or  only)  assignment,  completing  the
conveyance and transfer by the  Partnership of all property (other than cash and
cash  equivalents)  owned by the Partnership to one or more bona fide purchasers
for value,  or if such purchaser or purchasers  give the  Partnership a purchase
money obligation,  then upon the payment in full by such purchaser or purchasers
of such obligation or upon the disposition for cash of such obligation, provided
that neither a sale and leaseback by the  Partnership  nor any other transfer of
title for  financing  purposes  or  pursuant  to the  provisions  of Section 1.6
hereof,  shall  be  deemed  to be a sale  for  the  purpose  of  dissolving  and
terminating the Partnership, (ii) the occurrence of any event which would, under
the terms of this Agreement or the Partnership Law, result in the dissolution of
the Partnership;  provided,  however, that the term of the Partnership shall not
end and the  Partnership  shall not be dissolved  upon the occurrence of such an
event if the  Partnership is continued as provided in this  Agreement,  (iii) an
entry  of a  decree  of  judicial  dissolution  pursuant  to  ss.17-802  of  the
Partnership Law, or (iv) December 31, 2090.

Section 1.6 Title to Partnership Property.

   All property owned by the Partnership,  whether real or personal, tangible or
intangible,  shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no
Partner,   individually,   shall  have  any  ownership  of  such  property.  The
Partnership  may hold any of its  property in its own name or in the name of one
or more nominees.


                                       3

<PAGE>



                                       II.

                                  DEFINITIONS.

   Unless the context in which a term is used clearly indicates  otherwise,  the
following  terms  have  the  following  respective  meanings  when  used in this
Agreement,  and the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, unless the
context requires otherwise:

   "AAT" means A. Alfred Taubman.

   "AAT Affiliates"  means AAT, and any Affiliate of AAT or of any member of his
Immediate Family.

   "Additional Interest" is defined in Section 8.4(a) hereof.

   "Additional  Required Amount" means, for the relevant period,  an amount,  as
set forth in the Additional Required Amount Notice,  equal to the greater of (i)
the Tax Liability, and (ii) the Net Capital Gain.

   "Additional Required Amount Notice" is defined in Section 6.4 hereof.

   "Additional Tax" is defined in Article IX hereof.

   "Affiliate" and "Affiliates"  means, (i) with respect to any individual,  any
member of such  individual's  Immediate  Family,  a Family Trust with respect to
such  individual,  and any  Person  (other  than an  individual)  in which  such
individual and/or his Affiliate(s) owns, Directly or Indirectly, more than fifty
percent  (50%) of any class of Equity  Security or of the  aggregate  Beneficial
Interest of all beneficial  owners, or in which such individual or his Affiliate
is the sole general partner,  or is the sole managing general partner, or is the
sole  managing  member,  or which is Controlled  By such  individual  and/or his
Affiliates; and (ii) with respect to any Person (other than an individual),  any
Person (other than an individual) which Controls,  is Controlled By, or is Under
Common  Control  With,  such Person and any  individual  who is the sole general
partner,  the sole managing general partner,  or the sole managing member of, or
who Controls, such Person.

   "Affiliate  Financing" means financing or refinancing obtained from a Partner
or an Affiliate of a Partner by the Partnership or an Owning Entity, as the case
may be.

   "Agreement" is defined in the Preamble to this Agreement.

   "Alternative  Minimum Tax  Distribution  Amount" means,  for each Partnership
Fiscal  Year,  an amount  equal to the  quotient  obtained by  dividing  (i) the
alternative minimum tax (as determined pursuant to Sections 55 through 59 of the
Code) of TCO for such Partnership  Fiscal Year, by (ii) the Percentage  Interest
of TCO on the Relevant Date.

   "Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement" is defined in Recital A.

   "Amended  and  Restated  Partnership  Agreement,  as  amended"  is defined in
Recital B.

   "Annual Budget" is defined in Section 6.4 hereof.

   "Annual Development Budget" is defined in Section 6.4 hereof.

   "Annual Operating Budget" is defined in Section 6.4 hereof.

   "Appointing  Person"  means TCO, TG for so long as the  aggregate  Percentage
Interest held by Original Partner Affiliates and TTC Affiliates is not less than
seven and 7/10ths  percent  (7.7%),  determined by including the total number of
Units of  Partnership  Interest over which Original  Partner  Affiliates and TTC
Affiliates  have  Incentive  Options to the extent  such  Incentive  Options are
vested,  and  Taub-Co for so long as Taub- Co has an interest in the Person that
is the Manager and the aggregate  Percentage  Interest held by Original  Partner
Affiliates  and TTC  Affiliates is at least three  percent  (3%),  determined by
including the total number of Units of Partnership  Interest over which Original
Partner  Affiliates and TTC Affiliates have Incentive Options to the extent such
Incentive  Options  are  vested;  it  being  understood  that  inasmuch  as  the
Partnership's partnership committee has been eliminated,  Appointing Persons are
only  relevant  for  purposes  of  Section  13.11  regarding  amendment  of this
Agreement.


                                       4

<PAGE>



   "Assigned Interest" is defined in Section 8.3(b) hereof.

   "Bankrupt"  or  "Bankruptcy"  as to any  Person  means  (i)  applying  for or
consenting to the  appointment  of, or the taking of possession  by, a receiver,
custodian, trustee,  administrator,  liquidator, or the like of itself or of all
or a substantial portion of its assets, (ii) admitting in writing its inability,
or being generally  unable or deemed unable under any applicable law, to pay its
debts as such debts become due,  (iii)  convening a meeting of creditors for the
purpose of  consummating  an  out-of-  court  arrangement,  or  entering  into a
composition, extension, or similar arrangement, with creditors in respect of all
or a substantial  portion of its debts, (iv) making a general assignment for the
benefit of its creditors,  (v) placing  itself or allowing  itself to be placed,
voluntarily  or   involuntarily,   under  the  protection  of  the  law  of  any
jurisdiction relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,  winding-up, or
composition  or adjustment  of debts,  (vi) taking any action for the purpose of
effecting  any of the  foregoing,  or (vii)  if a  proceeding  or case  shall be
commenced  against such Person in any court of competent  jurisdiction,  seeking
(x) the liquidation, reorganization,  dissolution, winding-up, or composition or
adjustment of debts, of such Person, (y) the appointment of a trustee, receiver,
custodian, administrator,  liquidator, or the like of such Person or of all or a
substantial portion of such Person's assets, or (z) similar relief in respect of
such Person under any law relating to  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,
winding-up,  or composition or adjustment of debts,  and such proceeding or case
shall  continue  undismissed  for a period of  ninety  (90)  Days,  or an order,
judgment,  or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered
and continue unstayed and in effect for a period of sixty (60) Days, or an order
for relief or other legal instrument of similar effect against such Person shall
be entered in an involuntary case under such law and shall continue unstayed and
in effect for a period of sixty (60) Days.

   "Beneficial Interest" means an interest,  whether as partner, joint venturer,
cestui que  trust,  or  otherwise,  a contract  right,  or a legal or  equitable
position under or by which the possessor  participates  in the economic or other
results  of the  Person  (other  than an  individual)  to which  such  interest,
contract right, or position relates.

   "Best  Efforts"  is  defined  to  require  that the  obligated  party  make a
diligent,  reasonable  and  good  faith  effort  to  accomplish  the  applicable
objective.  Such obligation,  however, does not require any material expenditure
of  funds  or the  incurrence  of any  material  liability  on the  part  of the
obligated  party,  nor does it require that the obligated  party act in a manner
which  would  otherwise  be  contrary  to prudent  business  judgment  or normal
commercial  practices in order to accomplish  the  objective.  The fact that the
objective is not actually accomplished is no indication that the obligated party
did not in fact  utilize  its Best  Efforts  in  attempting  to  accomplish  the
objective.

   "Book Value" and "Book Values" are defined in Section 4.5(b) hereof.

   "Business Day" means any Day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday
in New York, New York and on which commercial banks are open for business in New
York, New York.

   "Capital Account" is defined in Section 4.5(a) hereof.

   "Code" means the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time
(or any corresponding provisions of succeeding law).

   "Communication" and "Communications" are defined in Section 13.1(a) hereof.

   "Companies" is defined in Recital C.

   "Conditional Transfer Determination" is defined in Section 8.1(e) hereof.

   "Control(s)"  (and its  correlative  terms  "Controlled By" and "Under Common
Control  With") means,  with respect to any Person  (other than an  individual),
possession by the applicable  Person or Persons of the power,  acting alone (or,
solely among such applicable Person or Persons,  acting together),  to designate
and direct or cause the designation and direction of the management and policies
thereof,  whether through the ownership of voting  securities,  by contract,  or
otherwise.

   "Day" or "Days" means each calendar day, including  Saturdays,  Sundays,  and
legal holidays; provided, however, that if the Day on which a period of time for
consent or approval or other action  begins or ends is not a Business  Day, such
period shall begin or end, as applicable, on the next Business Day.


                                       5

<PAGE>



   "Deficiency Dividend" means, for any Partnership Fiscal Year, an amount equal
to the quotient  obtained by dividing (i) the  adjustment (as defined in Section
860(d)(2)  of the Code) in respect  of a  determination  (as  defined in Section
860(e) of the Code) in respect of TCO for such Partnership  Fiscal Year, by (ii)
the Percentage Interest of TCO on the Relevant Date.
   "Deficiency Dividend Notice" is defined in Section 6.4 hereof.

   "Depreciation"  means for each  Partnership  Fiscal Year or other period,  an
amount equal to the depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction
allowable under the Code with respect to an asset for such year or other period,
except that if the Book Value of an asset  differs from its  adjusted  basis for
federal  income tax  purposes  at the  beginning  of such year or other  period,
Depreciation  shall be an amount  which  bears the same ratio to such  beginning
Book Value as the federal income tax depreciation,  amortization,  or other cost
recovery  deduction  for such  year or  other  period  bears  to such  beginning
adjusted  tax  basis;  provided,   however,  that  if  the  federal  income  tax
depreciation,  amortization,  or other cost recovery  deduction for such year is
zero,  Depreciation  shall be determined  with  reference to such beginning Book
Value using any reasonable method selected by the Managing General Partner.

   "Designee Notice" is defined in Section 5.2(b) hereof.

   "Development   Opportunities"  means  any  regional  retail  shopping  center
developments and opportunities  (through  contract,  option, or other rights) to
develop, redevelop, or expand regional retail shopping centers, including in all
such cases Peripheral  Property in respect thereof, in which the Partnership has
a Direct or Indirect  ownership interest and which is not yet a Regional Center.
Reference  to a  Development  Opportunity  includes  any one of the  Development
Opportunities.

   "Development  Opportunity  Interest" or "Development  Opportunity  Interests"
means the interest or  interests in a  Development  Opportunity  or  Development
Opportunities  then held by the Partnership either Directly or Indirectly as the
holder of a Beneficial Interest,  Directly or Indirectly, in an Owning Entity or
Owning Entities that own a Development Opportunity or Development Opportunities.

   "Direct or Indirect" or "Directly or Indirectly", when used with respect to a
Person's,  a Partner's,  or the Partnership's  interest in another  partnership,
limited liability company, or joint venture which owns a Development Opportunity
or a Regional Center, or a Development Opportunity Interest or a Regional Center
Interest,  means and  includes  all  interests  of, and acting in respect of all
interests of, the partner or partners or member or members  therein,  whether as
an owner or  ground  lessee,  as a  partner,  member,  or  joint  venturer  of a
partnership,   limited  liability  company,   or  joint  venture  which  owns  a
Development  Opportunity or a Regional Center, as a stockholder of a corporation
which in turn owns an interest in a partnership,  limited liability company,  or
joint  venture  having  an  interest,  direct  or  indirect,  in  a  Development
Opportunity  or a Regional  Center,  and as a  beneficiary  of a trust which has
legal  title  to a  Development  Opportunity  or a  Regional  Center  or  owns a
partnership  interest,  limited  liability  company  interest,  or joint venture
interest in a partnership,  limited  liability  company,  or joint venture which
owns a Development  Opportunity or a Regional  Center,  in each such case as the
context requires.

   "Disabled   Partner,"  "Disabled  General  Partner,"  and  "Disabled  Limited
Partner" are defined in Section 10.1(a)(2) hereof.

   "Disabling Event" is defined in Section 10.1(a)(1) hereof.

   "Distribution Date" is defined in Section 5.2(a)(i) hereof.

   "Dollars" or "$" means United States dollars.

   "Effective  Date"  means  the  date of the  execution  and  delivery  of this
Agreement.

   "Equity  Security" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  as  amended  from  time to time,  and the  rules  and  regulations
thereunder (and any successor laws, rules and regulations of similar import).

   "Equity Shares" means the shares of the common stock of TCO.


                                       6


<PAGE>



   "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
from time to time (or any corresponding provisions of succeeding law).

   "Estimated  Minimum  Distribution  Amount" means, for each Partnership Fiscal
Year,  an amount equal to the greater of (i) the  quotient  obtained by dividing
(1) the sum of (x) TCO's  allocable  share of the  Partnership's  estimated Real
Estate  Investment  Trust  Taxable  Income  for  such  Partnership  Fiscal  Year
(determined  without  regard to any deduction for dividends  paid (as defined in
Section 561 of the Code)),  and by excluding any net capital gain (as defined in
Section   1222(11)  of  the  Code),   and  (y)  TCO's  allocable  share  of  the
Partnership's   estimated  net  income  from   foreclosure   property  for  such
Partnership  Fiscal  Year,  minus  TCO's  allocable  share of the  Partnership's
estimated  excess  noncash  income (as  determined  under Section  857(e) of the
Code), if any, for such Partnership Fiscal Year, by (2) the Percentage  Interest
of TCO on the Relevant Date,  and (ii) the estimated  Ordinary Tax Liability for
such Partnership Fiscal Year.

   "Event of Withdrawal" is defined in Section 10.1(a)(5) hereof.

   "Excise Tax Distribution  Amount" means, for each Partnership Fiscal Year, an
amount  equal to the  quotient  obtained by dividing  (i) the excise tax imposed
pursuant to Section 4981(a) of the Code on TCO for such Partnership Fiscal Year,
by (ii) the Percentage Interest of TCO on the Relevant Date.

   "Extraordinary  Transaction" means (i) a sale, exchange, or other disposition
(including the  encumbering) of all or  substantially  all of the  Partnership's
assets or of any  designated  property  described  on Schedule E hereto,  (ii) a
merger (including a triangular merger),  consolidation,  or other combination of
the Partnership with another Person,  (iii) an issuance of Additional  Interests
to any  Person  (including  a Partner  other  than  TCO)  such that such  Person
together with any of such Person's Affiliates would own a Percentage Interest in
excess  of  five  percent  (5%),  (iv)  the  placing  of  the  Partnership  into
Bankruptcy,  (v) a recapitalization of the Partnership,  or (vi) the dissolution
of the  Partnership,  in each such case in any one (1)  transaction or series of
transactions.

   "Family Trust" means, with respect to an individual,  a trust for the benefit
of  such  individual  or for  the  benefit  of any  member  or  members  of such
individual's  Immediate  Family or for the  benefit of such  individual  and any
member or members of such  individual's  Immediate  Family  (for the  purpose of
determining  whether or not a trust is a Family Trust, the fact that one or more
of the  beneficiaries  (but not the sole  beneficiary)  of the trust  includes a
Person or Persons,  other than a member of such  individual's  Immediate Family,
entitled to a  distribution  after the death of the  settlor if he, she,  it, or
they shall have survived the settlor of such trust,  which  distribution  may be
made  of  something  other  than  a  Partnership  Interest  and/or  includes  an
organization or  organizations  exempt from federal income taxes pursuant to the
provisions of Section  501(a) of the Code and described in Section  501(c)(3) of
the Code, shall be disregarded); provided, however, that in respect of transfers
by way of  testamentary  or inter vivos trust,  the trustee or trustees shall be
solely  such  individual,  a member or  members of such  individual's  Immediate
Family, a responsible financial institution, an attorney that is a member of the
Bar of any State in the  United  States,  and/or an  individual  or  individuals
approved by the Managing General Partner.

   "Fractional  Unit"  means a portion  of, or less than the whole of, a Unit of
Partnership Interest.

   "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting  principles,  consistently applied
in the United States.

   "General Partner" and "General  Partners" are (i) those Persons identified as
such on  Schedule  A hereto,  in their  capacities  as general  partners  of the
Partnership,  (ii)  the  successors  to any  portion  or all of the  Partnership
Interest of those Persons  identified  as General  Partners on Schedule A hereto
who are admitted to the Partnership as general partners  pursuant to Section 8.2
hereof,  and (iii) any  Person or Persons to whom an  Additional  Interest  as a
general  partner is issued pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof and who is admitted to
the Partnership as a general partner pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof.

   "GMPTS" means "GMPTS Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership, all
of the  beneficial  interests  of which are held by General  Motors  Hourly-Rate
Employees  Pension  Trust  u/t/a dated  March 1, 1983,  as amended,  and General
Motors Salaried Employees Pension Trust u/t/a dated March 1, 1983, as amended.


                                       7


<PAGE>



   "Gross  Income" means the income of the  Partnership  determined  pursuant to
Section 61 of the Code before deduction of items of expense or deduction.

   "Guaranteed  Payment"  means,  as to each  series of  Preferred  Equity,  the
applicable  Preferred Rate multiplied by the balance of such series of Preferred
Equity during the period to which the Guaranteed Payment relates,  commencing on
the date of the contribution of such Preferred Equity pursuant to Section 4.1(b)
hereof,  determined  on the basis of a year of three  hundred  sixty (360) Days,
consisting of twelve (12), thirty (30)-day months,  cumulative to the extent not
paid in any given month pursuant to Section 5.3 hereof.

   "Immediate  Family" means, with respect to a Person, (i) such Person's spouse
(former or then current), (ii) such Person's parents and grandparents, and (iii)
ascendents and descendants (natural or adoptive,  of the whole or half blood) of
such Person's  parents or of the parents of such Person's spouse (former or then
current).

   "Incentive Interest" is defined in Section 8.4(b) hereof.

   "Incentive Options" is defined in Section 6.3 hereof.

   "Incentive  Option Plan" means an incentive option plan or plans (whether now
existing or hereafter established) pursuant to which the Partnership has granted
or shall grant Incentive Options, as the same may be amended from time to time.

   "Income Source Tax Distribution  Amount" means,  for each Partnership  Fiscal
Year, an amount equal to the quotient  obtained by dividing (i) the tax, if any,
of TCO calculated pursuant to Section 857(b)(5) of the Code for such Partnership
Fiscal Year, by (ii) the Percentage Interest of TCO on the Relevant Date.

   "Indemnified Person" means each Partner, each officer, each member of the TCO
Board,  each member of any committee  established by the TCO Board,  each Person
designated or delegated by a Partner, an officer,  the TCO Board, or a member of
a committee established by the TCO Board, and each employee, partner, principal,
shareholder, agent, director, or officer of a Partner.

   "Knowing"  means  with  respect  to any  Person  that is an  individual,  the
conscious awareness by such Person of the matter at issue.

   "Limited Partner" and "Limited  Partners" are (i) those Persons identified as
such on  Schedule  A hereto,  in their  capacities  as limited  partners  of the
Partnership,  (ii)  the  successors  to any  portion  or all of the  Partnership
Interest of those Persons  identified  as Limited  Partners on Schedule A hereto
who are admitted to the Partnership as limited partners  pursuant to Section 8.2
hereof,  and (iii) any  Person or Persons to whom an  Additional  Interest  as a
limited  partner is issued pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof and who is admitted to
the Partnership as a limited partner pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof.

   "Liquidator" is defined in Section 11.1(a).

   "Losses" is defined in Section 5.1(a) hereof.

   "Majority in Interest of the Non-Managing  Partners" means those Non-Managing
Partners  holding in excess of fifty percent  (50%) of the aggregate  Percentage
Interests held by all such Non-Managing Partners.

   "Major  Stores"  means those stores  occupied by a single  Person,  the gross
leasable  floor  area of which is in excess of forty  thousand  (40,000)  square
feet.

   "Manager" means that Person who has by written  contract with the Partnership
agreed to provide management,  administration,  leasing and development services
for the properties of the Partnership. On the Effective Date, the Manager is TTC
pursuant to the Master Services Agreement.

   "Managing  General  Partner"  means TCO,  as defined in the  Preamble to this
Agreement.

   "Master Services Agreement" means the management, administration, leasing and
development  services  agreement  dated as of  November  30,  1992,  between the
Partnership and TTC, engaging TTC as the Manager,


                                       8

<PAGE>



as the same may be amended  from time to time,  or any  agreement  entered  into
hereafter in replacement thereof.

   "Minimum  Distribution  Amount" means, for each  Partnership  Fiscal Year, an
amount equal to the greater of (i) the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum
of (x) TCO's allocable share of the  Partnership's  Real Estate Investment Trust
Taxable Income for such Partnership  Fiscal Year  (determined  without regard to
any deduction for dividends  paid (as defined in Section 561 of the Code)),  and
by excluding any net capital gain (as defined in Section  1222(11) of the Code),
and (y) TCO's allocable share of the  Partnership's  net income from foreclosure
property for such  Partnership  Fiscal Year,  minus TCO's allocable share of the
Partnership's  excess noncash income (as determined  under Section 857(e) of the
Code), if any, for such Partnership Fiscal Year, by (2) the Percentage  Interest
of TCO on the  Relevant  Date,  and (ii) the  Ordinary  Tax  Liability  for such
Partnership Fiscal Year.

   "Minimum  Distribution  Amount Adjustment" means, for each Partnership Fiscal
Year,  an amount,  as set forth in the Minimum  Distribution  Amount  Adjustment
Notice,  equal  to the  excess  (if  any)  of (i)  the  sum of (1)  the  Minimum
Distribution  Amount for such Partnership  Fiscal Year, (2) the Net Capital Gain
for  such   Partnership   Fiscal  Year,  (3)  the  Prohibited   Transaction  Tax
Distribution  Amount for such Partnership Fiscal Year, (4) the Income Source Tax
Distribution  Amount  for such  Partnership  Fiscal  Year,  (5) the  Alternative
Minimum Tax Distribution  Amount for such  Partnership  Fiscal Year, and (6) the
Excise Tax Distribution  Amount for such Partnership  Fiscal Year, over (ii) the
amount of cash actually  distributed to the Partners  pursuant to Section 5.2(a)
hereof in respect of such Partnership Fiscal Year.

   "Minimum  Distribution  Amount  Adjustment  Notice" is defined in Section 6.4
hereof.

   "Minimum  Gain" means an amount  determined  in accordance  with  Regulations
Section 1.704-2(d) by computing,  with respect to each Nonrecourse  Liability of
the Partnership,  the amount of gain, if any, that the Partnership would realize
if it disposed of the property  subject to such  liability for no  consideration
other than full  satisfaction  thereof,  and by then  aggregating the amounts so
computed.

   "Minimum Gain Chargeback" is defined in Section 5.1(d)(1) hereof.

   "Net Capital  Gain" means,  for the relevant  period,  an amount equal to the
quotient  obtained by dividing  (i) the net capital  gain (as defined in Section
1222(11)  of the Code) that is  allocable  to TCO for such  period,  by (ii) the
Percentage Interest of TCO on the Relevant Date.

   "Ninety Day Period" is defined in Section 10.1(b) hereof.

   "Non-Managing  Partners"  means all of the  Partners  other than the Managing
General Partner.

   "Nonrecourse Deductions" is defined in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(1).

   "Nonrecourse   Liabilities   and   Nonrecourse   Liability"  are  defined  in
Regulations Section 1.704- 2(b)(3).

   "Ordinary Tax Liability"  means, for each Partnership  Fiscal Year, an amount
equal to the  product  of (i) the  highest  individual  federal  income tax rate
applicable to ordinary  income in effect for such  Partnership  Fiscal Year, and
(ii) the largest  quotient  obtained by dividing  (a) each  Partner's  allocable
share of the taxable income of the Partnership for such Partnership Fiscal Year,
determined  by taking into account  allocation  of items of income and deduction
pursuant to Section 704(c) of the Code and by excluding any items giving rise to
a capital gain or a capital loss, by (b) such Partner's  Percentage  Interest on
the Relevant Date.

   "Original Assignor" is defined in Section 8.3(b) hereof.

   "Original  Partner"  means each of those Persons  listed on Schedule A hereto
other than TCO and GMPTS.

   "Original Partner  Affiliates"  means AAT Affiliates,  each Original Partner,
and any  Affiliate  of an  Original  Partner  or of any  member  of an  Original
Partner's Immediate Family.


                                       9


<PAGE>



   "Other  Retail  Property"  or "Other  Retail  Properties"  means a  developed
regional retail shopping center or centers, whether part of a mixed-use property
or not, having a gross leasable area (including  space occupied by Major Stores)
in excess of Two Hundred Thousand (200,000) square feet.

   "Owning  Entity"  means any  Person,  other  than the  Partnership,  owning a
Development  Opportunity  or a Regional  Center,  provided that the  Partnership
holds, Directly or Indirectly,  a Beneficial Interest in such Person.  Reference
to the Owning Entities includes each Owning Entity.

   "Owning  Entity  Agreement"  means an  agreement,  in whatever  form embodied
(including,  without  limitation,  within  the  partnership  agreement,  limited
liability  company  agreement,  or other document forming or governing an Owning
Entity),  providing for management,  administration,  leasing and/or development
and/or like services between an Owning Entity and Taub-Co or TTC,  including any
such  agreement  entered  into by an Owning  Entity  with  Taub-Co  prior to the
Effective Date.

   "Partner" and  "Partners" are (i) those Persons named in the Preamble to this
Agreement, (ii) the successors to any portion or all of the Partnership Interest
of those Persons  named in the Preamble to this  Agreement who are admitted as a
Partner or Partners  pursuant  to Section  8.2  hereof,  and (iii) any Person or
Persons to whom a Partnership  Interest has been issued  pursuant to Section 8.4
hereof.

   "Partner Nonrecourse Debt" is defined in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

   "Partner  Nonrecourse  Debt  Minimum  Gain" is defined  in Section  5.1(d)(2)
hereof.

   "Partner Nonrecourse Deduction" is defined in Regulations Section 1.704-2(i).

   "Partnership" means The Taubman Realty Group Limited Partnership,  a Delaware
limited partnership.

   "Partnership  Accountants" means Deloitte & Touche and its successors, or any
firm of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing
selected by the Managing General Partner.

   "Partnership Fiscal Year" means the calendar year.

   "Partnership Interest" is defined in Section 4.6(a) hereof.

   "Partnership Interest  Certificate" and "Partnership  Interest  Certificates"
are defined in Section 4.7 hereof.

   "Partnership  Interest  Ledger"  means a ledger  maintained  at the principal
office of the Partnership that shall set forth, among other things, the name and
address of each  Partner  and the  nature of the  Partnership  Interest  of each
Partner,  the number of Units of Partnership  Interest held by each Partner, and
the current Percentage Interest of each Partner.

   "Partnership Law" is defined in Section 1.1 hereof.

   "Percentage Interest" is defined in Section 4.6(b) hereof.

   "Peripheral  Property"  means the real  property  adjacent  or  related  to a
Development  Opportunity or a Regional  Center,  owned by the  Partnership or an
Owning  Entity and improved or  unimproved  and held as distinct from or in some
manner differentiated from, but intended as integrated with, the Regional Center
(or anticipated Regional Center).

   "Person"  or  "Persons"  means  an  individual,  a  partnership  (general  or
limited), limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, business trust,
cooperative, association, or other form of business organization, whether or not
regarded  as a legal  entity  under  applicable  law,  a trust  (inter  vivos or
testamentary),  an  estate of a  deceased,  insane,  or  incompetent  person,  a
quasi-governmental  entity,  a government  or any agency,  authority,  political
subdivision, or other instrumentality thereof, or any other entity.

   "Pledge" means a pledge or grant of a mortgage,  security  interest,  lien or
other encumbrance in respect of a Partnership Interest.

   "Preferred  Equity"  means,  on any date,  an amount  equal to the  aggregate
contributions  to the capital of the Partnership made by TCO pursuant to Section
4.1(b) hereof, to the extent such contributions have not yet


                                       10

<PAGE>



been converted to Additional  Interests pursuant to Sections 5.3 and 8.4 hereof.
Each  contribution of Preferred Equity shall be designated as a separate series,
e.g., Series A Preferred Equity.

   "Preferred  Rate"  means,  a fixed rate per annum,  specified  by TCO as to a
given series of Preferred Equity, which rate shall be equal to the dividend rate
for the Related Issue.

   "Primarily  Engaged" means, with respect to a private or public Person (other
than an individual), that (i) Other Retail Properties held by such Person (other
than an individual) at the relevant time represent at least twenty-five  percent
(25%)  of the  value  of all of  the  assets  of  such  Person  (other  than  an
individual),  or (ii) at least  twenty-five  percent (25%) of the average annual
gross revenues of such Person (other than an individual)  during the immediately
preceding twenty-four (24) month period were derived from the development and/or
management  of Other Retail  Properties  not owned by such Person (other than an
individual),  or (iii) if each of the percentages  determined  under clauses (i)
and (ii) is less than  twenty-five  percent (25%),  the  percentages  determined
under  both  clauses  (i) and (ii) in the  aggregate  equal at least  forty-five
percent (45%).

   "Profits" is defined in Section 5.1(a) hereof.

     "Prohibited   Transaction"   means   such  term  as   defined   in  Section
857(b)(6)(B)(iii) of the Code.

   "Prohibited  Transaction Tax Distribution Amount" means, for each Partnership
Fiscal  Year,  an amount  equal to the  quotient  obtained by  dividing  (i) one
hundred  percent  (100%)  of the  net  income  of TCO  derived  from  prohibited
transactions  (as  defined  in  Section  857(b)(6)(B)(i)  of the  Code) for such
Partnership Fiscal Year, by (ii) the Percentage  Interest of TCO on the Relevant
Date.

   "Qualified  Appraiser" means a Third Party designated by the Managing General
Partner and who is a member in good  standing of the American  Institute of Real
Estate  Appraisers,  or a  Member,  Appraisal  Institute  (or a  member  of  the
successor to either such organization).

   "Qualified  Institutional  Transferee"  means any transferee of a Partnership
Interest that is or are (i) a pension fund, profit-sharing fund or similar fund,
or an organization or organizations exempt from federal income taxes pursuant to
the provisions of Section 501(a) of the Code and described in Section  501(c)(3)
of the Code,  in each such case  possessing  more  than  Fifty  Million  Dollars
($50,000,000)  in assets,  (ii) an organization  described in Section 509 of the
Code, and having a Partner as a "substantial contributor" (as defined in Section
507(d)(2)  of  the  Code),  (iii)  pooled  funds  for  Keogh  plans,  individual
retirement  plans,  profit-sharing  plans,  pension plans or similar  tax-exempt
plans,  in each  such case  possessing  more than One  Hundred  Million  Dollars
($100,000,000) in assets,  (iv) insurance  companies or banks, in each such case
possessing  more than Two  Billion  Dollars  ($2,000,000,000)  in assets,  (v) a
domestic entity organized as a mutual fund or registered  investment  company in
each case possessing more than One Hundred  Million  Dollars  ($100,000,000)  in
assets, (vi) any other Person (a "QIT Entity"),  all the Beneficial Interests in
which at the time of such  Transfer and  thereafter  are owned by one or more of
the  foregoing,  or  (vii)  a QIT  Entity  that  has as one  (1) or  more of its
constituent  partners,  a foreign  entity that is  organized as a mutual fund or
investment  company that is not Primarily  Engaged and, in each such case,  that
possesses  more than One  Hundred  Million  Dollars  ($100,000,000)  in  assets,
provided  that  such  QIT  Entity  is at no time a  nonresident  alien,  foreign
corporation,  foreign trust,  or foreign  estate,  within the meaning of Section
7701 of the Code;  provided that a Transfer to such  transferee will not cause a
prohibited transaction (as defined in Section 4975(c) of the Code or Section 406
of ERISA) to occur.

   "QIT  Entity"  is  defined  in the  definition  of  "Qualified  Institutional
Transferee."

   "REAs" means reciprocal easement and operating or like agreements.

   "Real Estate  Investment  Trust" means such term as defined in Section 856 of
the Code.

   "Real Estate  Investment  Trust Taxable Income" means such term as defined in
Section 857(b)(2) of the Code.

   "Record  Partner"  means a Person  set  forth as a  Partner  on the books and
records of the  Partnership.  No Person other than a Person that is a Partner on
the Effective Date shall be a Record Partner until such Person


                                       11

<PAGE>



has become a  substitute  Partner in the  Partnership  pursuant  to Section  8.2
hereof, or has acquired an Additional Interest or an Incentive Interest pursuant
to Section  8.4 hereof and has become a Partner in the  Partnership  pursuant to
Section 8.4 hereof.

   "Regional Center Interest" or "Regional Center  Interests" means the interest
or  interests  in a  Regional  Center  or  Regional  Centers  then  held  by the
Partnership  either  Directly  or  Indirectly  as  the  holder  of a  Beneficial
Interest,  Directly or Indirectly,  in an Owning Entity or Owning  Entities that
own or owns a Regional Center or Regional Centers.

   "Regional  Centers" means those regional retail shopping  centers,  including
Peripheral  Property  in respect  thereof,  and any other real  property  owned,
acquired and/or developed by the Partnership,  provided that some portion of the
enclosed mall portion thereof is open for business to the public  generally,  in
each case for so long as the  Partnership  has a Direct or  Indirect  Beneficial
Interest therein.
Reference to a Regional Center includes any one of the Regional Centers.

   "Regulations" (including Temporary Regulations or Proposed Regulations) means
Department  of  Treasury  regulations   promulgated  under  the  Code,  as  such
regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions
of succeeding regulations).

   "REIT Requirements" is defined in Section 3.4 hereof.

   "Related Issue" and "Related Issues" are defined in Section 4.1(b) hereof.

   "Relevant Date" means, (i) with respect to a Minimum Distribution Amount, the
date of the Annual Budget setting forth such amount, or the date of an amendment
thereto  which  provides  a change  in such  amount,  (ii)  with  respect  to an
Additional Required Amount, the date of the Additional Required Amount Notice in
respect  thereof,  and  (iii)  with  respect  to a Minimum  Distribution  Amount
Adjustment,  or any component  thereof,  or a Tax Adjustment Amount, the date of
the TCO Information Notice in respect thereof.

   "Representative" is defined in Section 10.1(a)(3) hereof.

   "Required  Distribution  Amount" means an amount,  as set forth in the Annual
Budget,  equal to the aggregate cash (or cash per Unit of Partnership  Interest)
to be  distributed  to the Partners for such  Partnership  Fiscal Year,  as such
amount may be increased or decreased  from time to time by the Managing  General
Partner,  in  consultation  with  the  Manager,  but in no event  less  than the
Estimated Minimum Distribution Amount.

   "Successor" is defined in Section 10.1(a)(4) hereof.

   "Successor General Partner" is defined in Section 10.1(b) hereof.

   "Taub-Co" is defined in the Preamble to this Agreement.

   "Tax Adjustment  Amount" means, for each  Partnership  Fiscal Year, an amount
equal to the excess (if any) of (i) the sum of (x) TCO's Real Estate  Investment
Trust Taxable Income for such Partnership Fiscal Year (determined without regard
to any deduction  for  dividends  paid (as defined in Section 561 of the Code)),
and by  excluding  any net capital  gain (as defined in Section  1222(11) of the
Code), and (y) TCO's net income from  foreclosure  property for such Partnership
Fiscal Year, minus its excess noncash income (as determined under Section 857(e)
of the Code) for such  Partnership  Fiscal Year,  over (ii) the sum of (A) TCO's
allocable portion of the Required  Distribution Amount distributed to TCO during
such  Partnership  Fiscal Year, and (B) TCO's  allocable  portion of the Minimum
Distribution Amount Adjustment distributed to TCO during the current Partnership
Fiscal Year, to the extent such Minimum  Distribution  Amount  Adjustment  was a
distribution in respect of those amounts determined under subclauses (x) and (y)
of clause (i) hereof.

   "Tax Adjustment Notice" is defined in Section 6.4 hereof.

   "Tax  Liability"  means,  for the  relevant  period,  the  product of (i) the
highest  individual  federal income tax rate applicable to capital gains (taking
into account the relevant  holding period for the  applicable  capital asset) in
effect for such period,  and (ii) the largest quotient  obtained by dividing (a)
each Partner's (other


                                       12


<PAGE>



than TCO's)  allocable share of net capital gain (as defined in Section 1222(11)
of the Code) of the  Partnership for such period,  by (b) such Partner's  (other
than  TCO's)  Percentage  Interest on the  Relevant  Date,  taking into  account
allocation of gain pursuant to Section  704(c) of the Code;  provided,  however,
that in no event shall the Tax Liability for any period exceed the cash proceeds
received or to be received by the  Partnership on the sale during such period of
capital assets.

   "Tax Matters Partner" is defined in Section 6.10(a) hereof.

   "TCO" means Taubman Centers, Inc., a Michigan corporation.

   "TCO Board" means the Board of Directors of TCO.

   "TCO Information Notice" is defined in Section 5.7(b) hereof.

   "TG" is defined in the Preamble to this Agreement.

   "TG  Receivables"  means those  certain  loan  receivables  created by the TG
Receivable  Documents  and held by TG in  respect of the  amounts  owed to TG by
certain of its partners.

   "TG Receivable  Documents"  means that certain Loan Agreement dated August 1,
1985,  among the  Partnership  and certain of the partners of TG, the promissory
notes, and all other documents,  agreements,  certificates and other instruments
(as the  same  have  been  amended  through  the  Effective  Date)  executed  in
connection with the  authorization  and consummation of those certain loans made
pursuant to such Loan  Agreement,  and as the same may be  amended,  restated or
supplemented.

   "Third  Party" or "Third  Parties"  means a Person or  Persons  who is or are
neither a Partner or Partners  nor an Affiliate  or  Affiliates  of a Partner or
Partners.

   "Third Party Financing" means financing or refinancing  obtained from a Third
Party by the Partnership or an Owning Entity, as the case may be.

   "Transfer" means any assignment, sale, transfer, conveyance, Pledge, grant of
an option or proxy, or other disposition or act of alienation, whether voluntary
or involuntary, or by operation of law.

   "Transfer Determination" is defined in Section 8.1(b) hereof.

   "TTC"  is  The  Taubman  Company  Limited  Partnership,  a  Delaware  limited
partnership,  its successors and assigns,  the present  constituency of which is
Taub-Co and the Partnership.

   "TTC Affiliates"  means all officers and employees of TTC for so long as they
are  actively  employed by TTC, and for so long as any of such  individuals  are
included  within  such  definition  of TTC  Affiliates,  any  Affiliate  of such
individual. Reference to a TTC Affiliate includes any one of the TTC Affiliates.

   "Unit of  Partnership  Interest"  and  "Units of  Partnership  Interest"  are
defined in Section 4.6(a) hereof.


                                       13


<PAGE>



                                      III.

                    PURPOSES AND POWERS; PARTNERSHIP ONLY FOR
               PURPOSES SPECIFIED; REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES;
                               CERTAIN COVENANTS.

Section 3.1 Purposes and Powers of the Partnership.

   The Partnership has been formed pursuant to the Partnership Law and continued
in accordance  with this  Agreement  for the purposes of (i) owning,  operating,
maintaining,  administering,  developing,  holding,  improving,  rehabilitating,
redeveloping,  renovating,  expanding, leasing, mortgaging, selling, exchanging,
disposing of, and generally dealing in and with, the Development  Opportunities,
the Development Opportunity Interests, the Regional Centers, the Regional Center
Interests,  and any other property owned by the  Partnership,  (ii) financing or
refinancing  for any of the  foregoing  purposes,  or for any other  purpose  in
furtherance  of, or  necessary,  convenient,  or  incidental  to the business or
requirements of the Partnership,  (iii) seeking to acquire, acquiring, obtaining
options or other rights to acquire (pursuant to a purchase for cash and/or other
consideration, exchange, merger, contribution to the capital of the Partnership,
or  otherwise)  interests  in, or in Persons  owning,  or owning an  interest or
interests in, regional retail shopping centers (including  mixed-use  properties
the retail component of which is or is anticipated to be of significant value in
relation  to the  value  of the  entire  mixed-use  property),  or  property  or
properties in  anticipation  of developing  same as a regional  retail  shopping
center or centers,  or any other property as shall be specifically,  in all such
cases,  designated  from  time to time by the  Managing  General  Partner,  (iv)
holding an interest as a partner (general and/or  limited),  member of a limited
liability  company,  or  shareholder  in  a  management,  leasing,  development,
administrative or other service company,  including interests incidental to such
interest,  and (v) engaging in any other activities  (including the ownership of
property)  that are in  furtherance  of or necessary or incidental or related to
any of the foregoing.

   In  furtherance  of its  purposes,  but  subject  to the  provisions  of this
Agreement,  the Partnership has the power and is hereby  authorized to, Directly
or Indirectly:

      (i) retain,  own, hold, do business with,  acquire (pursuant to a purchase
   for cash and/or other consideration,  exchange,  merger,  contribution to the
   capital of the Partnership, or otherwise), renovate,  rehabilitate,  improve,
   expand, lease, operate,  maintain,  and administer and sell, convey,  assign,
   exchange,  mortgage,  finance,  refinance, or demolish, or deal in any manner
   with, a  Development  Opportunity,  a  Development  Opportunity  Interest,  a
   Regional  Center,  a  Regional  Center  Interest,  and any  real or  personal
   property used in connection  therewith or which may be in furtherance  of, or
   necessary,  convenient,  or incidental to the accomplishment of, the purposes
   of the Partnership;

      (ii) borrow,  including without  limitation,  borrowing to obtain funds to
   acquire,  own,  obtain an option or other right to acquire,  develop,  and/or
   improve (including,  without limitation, to renovate,  rehabilitate,  expand,
   lease, operate,  maintain,  and administer) a regional retail shopping center
   or other  venture  opportunity,  a  Regional  Center,  or a  Regional  Center
   Interest,  and make capital  improvements  and/or  investments in one or more
   Owning  Entities or Regional  Centers,  and  refinance  any  indebtedness  or
   borrowing in furtherance of, or necessary,  convenient,  or incidental to the
   accomplishment  of, any purposes or  requirements of the  Partnership,  issue
   evidences  of  indebtedness   to  evidence  such  borrowings   which  may  be
   convertible in whole or in part into  Partnership  Interests (to be issued in
   accordance  with the  provisions  of  Section  8.4  hereof)  and which may be
   unsecured or secured by a mortgage,  deed of trust,  assignment,  pledge,  or
   other lien on a Regional  Center or  Regional  Center  Interest  or any other
   asset(s) of the Partnership  and/or an Owning Entity, and enter into guaranty
   agreements and/or indemnity agreements in connection with any such borrowings
   or in connection  with a borrowing by or  indebtedness of any other Person in
   which the Partnership holds an interest;

      (iii) contribute to the capital of, or lend to, an Owning Entity, acquire,
   own,  obtain an option or other right to acquire  (pursuant to a purchase for
   cash  and/or  other  consideration,  exchange,  merger,  contribution  to the
   capital of the Partnership, or otherwise),  develop, renovate,  rehabilitate,
   improve,


                                       14

<PAGE>



   expand,  lease,  make capital  improvements  to, satisfy  obligations  of, or
   operate a regional retail shopping center,  or other venture  opportunity,  a
   Regional Center, or a Regional Center Interest;

      (iv) seek and/or locate regional retail shopping  centers or other venture
   opportunities that are or are intended to be in furtherance of, or necessary,
   convenient,  or  incidental  to the  accomplishment  of, any  purposes of the
   Partnership;

      (v) perform and/or engage others to perform  studies and/or  investigation
   or analysis of any sort in respect of a possible or proposed  regional retail
   shopping center or other venture opportunity;

      (vi) acquire and/or obtain options or other rights to acquire (pursuant to
   a  purchase  for  cash  and/or   other   consideration,   exchange,   merger,
   contribution to the capital of the Partnership, or otherwise) regional retail
   shopping centers (including interests therein) or other venture opportunities
   that are or are intended to be in furtherance  of, or necessary,  convenient,
   or incidental to the accomplishment  of, the purposes of the Partnership,  as
   shall be specifically,  from time to time, designated by the Managing General
   Partner,  and enter into and perform any and all agreements,  execute any and
   all  instruments  and  documents,  and take any and all actions  with respect
   thereto;

      (vii)  accept,  in exchange for a  Partnership  Interest  and, if desired,
   admission  as a Partner  in the  Partnership,  and as a  contribution  to the
   capital of the  Partnership,  or through the  liquidation of a corporation or
   other entity, or otherwise,  regional retail shopping  centers,  interests in
   regional retail shopping centers, development or other venture opportunities,
   or interests in development or other venture opportunities;

      (viii) take any action reasonably anticipated to enhance,  protect, defend
   and/or  preserve,  the  value of a  Development  Opportunity,  a  Development
   Opportunity  Interest, a Regional Center, a Regional Center Interest or other
   venture opportunity, or the Partnership and the return to the Partners;

      (ix) act as one of the general and/or  limited  partners or members of, or
   act as the sole general or limited partner or member of, an Owning Entity and
   exercise  all the  powers and  authorities  given to the  Partnership  by the
   partnership  agreement,   limited  liability  company  agreement,   or  other
   governing  document  covering such Owning Entity, or otherwise own all or any
   part or portion  of a  Development  Opportunity,  a  Development  Opportunity
   Interest, a Regional Center, or a Regional Center Interest;

      (x) enter into,  consent to, and enter into amendments of, any partnership
   or limited liability  company agreement or other governing  document covering
   an Owning Entity or any other agreement to which the Partnership or an Owning
   Entity is or is to be a party;

      (xi) enter into ground leases, as a tenant or landlord,  in respect of all
or any part or portion of the Partnership's real property;

      (xii) convert a Regional Center or a Regional Center  Interest,  or a part
thereof, to condominium or cooperative status;

      (xiii)  prepay  in whole  or in part,  and  refinance,  recast,  increase,
   modify,  amend,  extend,  or assign any loan,  secured or  unsecured,  and in
   connection therewith,  execute any extensions,  renewals, or modifications of
   any mortgage or deed of trust or lien securing any such loan;

      (xiv) act as one of the general  and/or  limited  partners or members,  or
   shareholders  of, or act as the sole general or limited  partner or member or
   shareholder of, or otherwise employ, a management,  leasing,  development, or
   other service company,  to perform or engage others to perform all activities
   and  services  in  respect  of  a  Development  Opportunity,   a  Development
   Opportunity  Interest,  a Regional  Center,  or a Regional Center Interest or
   other  venture  opportunity,  or to perform  administrative  services for the
   Partnership and the Managing General  Partner,  and pay compensation for such
   services;

      (xv) enter into,  perform,  and carry out  contracts or  agreements of any
   kind, including,  without limitation,  contracts or agreements with a Partner
   or an Affiliate or Affiliates of a Partner,  in furtherance of, or necessary,
   convenient,  or  incidental  to the  accomplishment  of, the  purposes of the
   Partnership,


                                       15

<PAGE>



   including,  without limitation, the execution and delivery of all agreements,
   certificates,  instruments, or documents required by lenders or in connection
   with any mortgage, deed of trust, or assignment;

      (xvi) place record ownership to a Development  Opportunity,  a Development
   Opportunity  Interest,  a Regional Center, a Regional Center Interest (or any
   part  thereof),  or  other  venture  opportunity,  or any  other  Partnership
   property in the name or names of a nominee or nominees,  or establish a trust
   ("nominee"  or  otherwise)  to  own  or  hold a  Development  Opportunity,  a
   Development  Opportunity  Interest,  a Regional Center,  or a Regional Center
   Interest, or any other Partnership property, including to direct, select, and
   remove the trustee(s)  thereof and amend or terminate such trust, all for the
   purpose of financing or any other convenience;

      (xvii) execute contracts with governmental  agencies,  including,  without
   limitation, any documents required in connection with any debt;

      (xviii)  execute any lease or leases (without limit as to the term thereof
   (including beyond the term of the  Partnership),  whether or not the space so
   leased is to be occupied by the lessee or, in turn, sub-leased in whole or in
   part to others) with respect to all or any part of a Development Opportunity,
   a Development  Opportunity  Interest, a Regional Center, or a Regional Center
   Interest;

      (xix) obtain, through contract or otherwise, goods and services;

      (xx) maintain insurance;

      (xxi) invest in, reinvest, and oversee the investment of, cash a nd  cash-
   like assets;

      (xxii) make or revoke any election permitted the Partnership by any taxing
or other authority;

      (xxiii) grant and enter into and amend REAs and impose  restrictions  with
   respect  to all or any  part  of a  Development  Opportunity,  a  Development
   Opportunity   Interest,  a  Regional  Center,  a  Regional  Center  Interest,
   Peripheral Property, or other property;

      (xxiv)    foreclose upon any property;

      (xxv)  admit a Person as a Partner  to the  Partnership,  or  increase  or
   decrease the interest of a Partner in the Partnership,  pursuant to the terms
   of this Agreement;

      (xxvi) sell, exchange, or otherwise dispose of, upon any terms, all or any
   part or portion of Partnership property or the property of an Owning Entity;

      (xxvii) enter into, perform, and carry out contracts which may be lawfully
   carried out or performed by a partnership  under  applicable  laws including,
   without limitation, the Master Services Agreement;

      (xxviii) enter into an agreement to merge with or into another partnership
   having similar purposes as the Partnership and having the Partnership or such
   other partnership as the surviving partnership;

      (xxix) retain legal counsel, the Partnership Accountants,  appraisers, and
   any other professionals in connection with the business of the Partnership or
   of an Owning Entity;

      (xxx)  execute or deliver any  assignment  for the benefit of creditors of
   the Partnership or of an Owning Entity;

      (xxxi) negotiate with, defend, and resolve all matters with any Person;

      (xxxii)  sue on,  defend,  pursue,  or  compromise  any and all  claims or
   liabilities  in favor of or  against  the  Partnership  or an Owning  Entity,
   submit any or all such claims or  liabilities to  arbitration,  and confess a
   judgment  against the  Partnership  or an Owning  Entity in  connection  with
   litigation in which the Partnership or an Owning Entity may be involved;

      (xxxiii) take any action and exercise any right  (including the assignment
   or  disposition  of same)  under  any  contract  or  agreement  to which  the
   Partnership or an Owning Entity is a party;


                                       16

<PAGE>



      (xxxiv) terminate,  dissolve, and liquidate any Person, including, without
   limitation,  an Owning  Entity,  and  retain  and deal in and with the assets
   (subject to  liabilities  and  obligations)  received as a result of any such
   liquidation;

      (xxxv)  amend,  modify,  or  terminate  and  deal in any  manner  with any
   instrument,  including without  limitation,  any trust instrument,  corporate
   document,  partnership  agreement,  limited liability company  agreement,  or
   joint  venture  agreement  covering  or in  respect  of an Owning  Entity,  a
   Development  Opportunity,  a  Development  Opportunity  Interest,  a Regional
   Center, or a Regional Center Interest;

      (xxxvi)    indemnify   the   Indemnified    Persons   and   satisfy   such
   indemnifications from the assets of the Partnership; and

      (xxxvii) in addition to the foregoing,  take or omit to take any action as
   may be necessary,  convenient, or desirable to further the purposes or intent
   of the  Partnership or of an Owning Entity,  and have and exercise all of the
   powers and rights conferred upon limited  partnerships formed pursuant to the
   Partnership Law.

Section 3.2 Partnership Only for Purposes Specified.

   The  Partnership  shall be a partnership  only for the purposes  specified in
Section  3.1  hereof,  and  this  Agreement  shall  not be  deemed  to  create a
partnership  among the Partners with respect to any activities  whatsoever other
than the  activities  within the  purposes of the  Partnership  as  specified in
Section 3.1 hereof.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement,  no Partner
shall have any authority to act for, bind,  commit,  or assume any obligation or
responsibility  on  behalf  of the  Partnership,  its  properties,  or any other
Partner. No Partner, in its capacity as a Partner under this Agreement, shall be
responsible or liable for any indebtedness or obligation of another Partner, nor
shall  the  Partnership  be  responsible  or  liable  for  any  indebtedness  or
obligation  of any Partner,  incurred  either  before or after the execution and
delivery of this Agreement by such Partner, except as to those responsibilities,
liabilities, indebtedness, or obligations incurred pursuant to and as limited by
the terms of this Agreement or incurred pursuant to the Partnership Law.

Section 3.3 Representations and Warranties by the Partners; Certain Covenants.

      (a) Each Partner  that is an  individual  represents  and warrants to each
   other Partner, that (i) the consummation of the transactions  contemplated by
   this Agreement to be performed by such Partner will not result in a breach or
   violation of, or a default under,  any agreement by which such Partner or any
   of such  Partner's  properties is or are bound,  or any statute,  regulation,
   order,  or other law to which such  Partner is subject,  (ii) such Partner is
   not a "foreign  person"  within the  meaning of Section  1445(f) of the Code,
   (iii) except as  specifically  provided on Schedule B attached  hereto,  such
   Partner does not own, Directly or Indirectly, (1) two percent (2%) or more of
   the total combined  voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote, or
   two  percent  (2%) or more of the total  number of shares of all  classes  of
   stock, of any corporation  that is a tenant of a Regional  Center,  or (2) an
   interest  of two  percent  (2%) or more in the  assets or net  profits of any
   tenant of a Regional  Center,  and (iv) this  Agreement is binding upon,  and
   enforceable against, such Partner in accordance with its terms.

      (b) Each Partner that is not an individual represents and warrants to each
   other Partner, that (i) all transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be
   performed by it have been duly authorized by all necessary action,  including
   without limitation, that of its general partner(s), committee(s), trustee(s),
   beneficiaries,  directors,  and/or  shareholder(s),  as the case  may be,  as
   required,  (ii) the consummation of such  transactions  shall not result in a
   breach or violation of, or a default under, its partnership agreement,  trust
   agreement,  charter,  or by-laws,  as the case may be, any agreement by which
   such  Partner or any of such  Partner's  properties  or any of its  partners,
   beneficiaries,  trustees,  or  shareholders,  as the case  may be,  is or are
   bound, or any statute, regulation,  order, or other law to which such Partner
   or any of its partners, trustees, beneficiaries, or shareholders, as the case
   may be, is or are subject,  (iii) such Partner is neither a "foreign  person"
   within the  meaning of  Section  1445(f) of the Code nor a "foreign  partner"
   within the


                                       17
<PAGE>



   meaning of Section 1446(e) of the Code, (iv) except as specifically  provided
   on  Schedule  B attached  hereto,  such  Partner  does not own,  Directly  or
   Indirectly,  (1) two percent (2%) or more of the total combined  voting power
   of all classes of stock  entitled to vote, or two percent (2%) or more of the
   total number of shares of all classes of stock, of any corporation  that is a
   tenant of a Regional  Center,  or (2) an interest of two percent (2%) or more
   in the assets or net profits of any tenant of a Regional Center, and (v) this
   Agreement  is  binding  upon,  and  enforceable  against,   such  Partner  in
   accordance with its terms.

      (c) The  representations  and warranties  contained in Sections 3.3(a) and
   3.3(b) hereof shall  survive the execution and delivery of this  Agreement by
   each  Partner  and  the  dissolution,  liquidation  and  termination  of  the
   Partnership;  provided,  however,  that in the  event of a breach of any such
   representation  or warranty the sole source of recovery by the Partners shall
   be a Partner's Partnership Interest.

      (d) TCO covenants and agrees that,  (i) it will not Directly or Indirectly
   through  ownership  of another  Person  (including  a wholly  owned direct or
   indirect   subsidiary)   engage  in  any  business  other  than  through  the
   Partnership  except  for the  acquisition  of  businesses  held  for the sole
   benefit of the Partnership or a subsidiary  partnership or limited  liability
   company,  (ii) it will own all  Regional  Center  Interests  and  Development
   Opportunity  Interests only through the Partnership,  (iii) it will not incur
   any  indebtedness  for borrowed money other than to effect a distribution  to
   satisfy the REIT  Requirements,  to  contribute  or loan such proceeds to the
   Partnership to accomplish  the  Partnership's  purposes,  or to refinance any
   existing  indebtedness  of the  Partnership,  and (iv) it will not  assign or
   otherwise  dispose of its right to a Guaranteed  Payment or the corresponding
   series  of  Preferred  Equity  or its  right to any  loan  and  corresponding
   interest  described  in  Section  4.1(b)  hereof,  other then as set forth in
   Section 5.3 hereof.

      (e)  Each  Partner  hereby  acknowledges  that  no  representations  as to
   potential profit, cash flows, or yield, if any, in respect of the Partnership
   or  any  one or  more  or all of the  Regional  Centers  or  Regional  Center
   Interests or Development  Opportunities or Development  Opportunity Interests
   have been made by any Partner or any employee or  representative or Affiliate
   of any Partner,  and that projections and any other  information,  including,
   without limitation,  financial and descriptive information and documentation,
   which  may have  been in any  manner  submitted  to such  Partner  shall  not
   constitute any representation or warranty, express or implied.

Section 3.4 Real Estate Investment Trust Requirements.

   Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, for so
long as TCO is a Partner, the Partnership shall operate in such a manner and the
Partnership  shall  take  or  omit  to  take  all  actions  as may be  necessary
(including making appropriate  distributions from time to time), so as to permit
TCO (i) to continue to qualify as a Real Estate  Investment Trust under Sections
856  through  860 of the  Code so long as such  requirements  exist  and as such
provisions  may be amended from time to time,  or  corresponding  provisions  of
succeeding law (the "REIT  Requirements"),  and (ii) to minimize its exposure to
the imposition of an excise tax under Section 4981(a) of the Code or a tax under
Section  857(b)(5) of the Code, so long as such taxes may be imposed and as such
provisions  may be amended from time to time,  or  corresponding  provisions  of
succeeding  law,  each of (i) and (ii) to at all times be  determined  (a) as if
TCO's sole asset is its  Partnership  Interest,  and (b)  without  regard to the
action or inaction of TCO with respect to distributions  (by way of dividends or
otherwise) and the timing  thereof.  The Managing  General Partner may cause the
Partnership to obtain an opinion of tax counsel selected by the Managing General
Partner,  regarding the impact of any proposed action affecting TCO's continuing
ability to qualify as a Real  Estate  Investment  Trust,  or its  exposure to an
excise tax under Section  4981(a) of the Code, or a tax under Section  857(b)(5)
of the Code, so long as such taxes exist and as such  provisions  may be amended
from time to time or corresponding provisions of succeeding law.


                                       18


<PAGE>



Section 3.5 ERISA Requirement.

   Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained in this  Agreement,  the
Partnership  shall  operate in such a manner and the  Partnership  shall take or
omit to take all actions as may be necessary so as (i) to permit the Partnership
to satisfy the requirements of a "real estate operating  company" (as defined by
Department of Labor Regulations 29 C.F.R.  ss.2510.3-101),  as such requirements
exist and as such provisions may be amended from time to time, or  corresponding
provisions  of  succeeding  law,  and  (ii)  to  prevent  the  occurrence  of  a
"prohibited  transaction"  (as defined in Section 4975(c) of the Code or Section
406 of ERISA).


                                       19


<PAGE>



                                       IV.

            CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; OPENING CAPITAL ACCOUNT BALANCES;
           PREFERRED EQUITY; ANTICIPATED FINANCING; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS;
              PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS; UNITS OF PARTNERSHIP INTEREST;
            PERCENTAGE INTERESTS; PARTNERSHIP INTEREST CERTIFICATES;
              PURCHASE OF FRACTIONAL UNITS; ADJUSTMENT OF UNITS OF
                              PARTNERSHIP INTEREST.

Section 4.1 Capital Contributions;  Opening Capital Account Balances;  Preferred
Equity.

      (a) The Partners have  contributed to the capital of the Partnership  such
   assets and amounts as set forth on the books and records of the Partnership.

      (b) TCO may contribute,  from time to time,  amounts to the capital of the
   Partnership  as Preferred  Equity,  which amounts have been obtained from the
   sale by TCO of any one or more series of shares of preferred  stock.  In lieu
   of contributing such proceeds as Preferred  Equity,  TCO shall have the right
   to lend such proceeds to the Partnership.  Any such loan shall be on the same
   terms and  conditions  as the Related  Issue except that in lieu of dividends
   payable  by TCO on the  Related  Issue,  interest  shall  be  payable  by the
   Partnership  to TCO.  The  Partnership  shall  assume  and  pay the  expenses
   (including  applicable  underwriter  discounts) incurred by TCO in connection
   with any  contributions  or loans by TCO to the  capital  of the  Partnership
   pursuant to this Section 4.1(b). Any such loan made by TCO to the Partnership
   may at any time be converted by TCO to Preferred  Equity  pursuant to Section
   5.3 hereof.  Each  contribution  or loan made by TCO pursuant to this Section
   4.1(b) shall be identified by the series of preferred  shares which  provided
   TCO with the funds to contribute or loan to the Partnership (individually,  a
   "Related Issue," and collectively, the "Related Issues").

      (c) The Capital Account  balances of the Partners as of the Effective Date
   shall be as set forth opposite their  respective names on Schedule C attached
   hereto.

Section 4.2 Anticipated Financing.

   The  Partnership  may obtain funds which it  considers  necessary to meet the
needs and obligations and  requirements of the Partnership,  including,  without
limitation,  the Partnership's obligation to lend and/or contribute funds to, or
the  Partnership's  obligations in respect of, an Owning Entity,  or to maintain
adequate working capital or to repay Partnership indebtedness,  and to carry out
the  Partnership's  purposes,  from the  proceeds  of Third Party  Financing  or
Affiliate  Financing,  in each case  pursuant  to such  terms,  provisions,  and
conditions  and in such  manner  (including  the  engagement  of brokers  and/or
investment  bankers to assist in providing  such  financing)  and amounts as the
Managing  General  Partner  shall  determine.  Any and  all  funds  required  or
expended,  Directly or Indirectly,  by the Partnership for capital  expenditures
may be obtained or replenished through Partnership  borrowings.  Any Third Party
Financing or Affiliate  Financing  obtained by the Managing  General  Partner on
behalf of the Partnership may be convertible in whole or in part into Additional
Interests  (to  be  issued  in  accordance  with  Section  8.4  hereof),  may be
unsecured, may be secured by a mortgage or mortgages, or deed(s) of trust and/or
assignments  on or in  respect  of all  or any  portion  of  the  assets  of the
Partnership or an Owning Entity,  may include or be obtained  through the public
or private placement of debt and/or other instruments, domestic and foreign, and
may include the provision for the option to acquire Additional  Interests (to be
issued in accordance  with Section 8.4 hereof),  and may include the acquisition
of or  provision  for  interest  rate  swaps,  credit  enhancers,  and/or  other
transactions  or items in respect of such Third  Party  Financing  or  Affiliate
Financing;  provided,  however,  that in no event may the Partnership obtain any
Third Party Financing that is recourse to any Partner or any Affiliate, partner,
shareholder, beneficiary, principal, officer, or director of any Partner without
the consent of the Person or Persons to whom such recourse may be had.





<PAGE>





Section  4.3  No  Right  to  Withdraw   Capital;   No   Requirement  of  Further
Contributions.

   Except as specifically provided in this Agreement,  no Partner (i) shall have
the right to withdraw  any part of its  Capital  Account or to demand or receive
the return of its capital contributions,  or any part thereof, or to receive any
distributions from the Partnership,  (ii) shall be entitled to make, or have any
obligation  to make,  any  contribution  to the  capital  of, or any loan to, or
provide a guaranty with respect to any loan to, the Partnership, or (iii) except
as provided in Section 11.1(d)  hereof,  shall have any liability for the return
of any other Partner's  Capital Account or  contributions  to the capital of the
Partnership.  No Partner shall be liable for the  liabilities and obligations of
the Partnership  except as otherwise  provided by the Partnership Law; provided,
however,  that  any and all  obligations  and  liabilities  to a  Partner  or an
Affiliate of a Partner shall be satisfied solely from Partnership  assets and no
Partner shall have any personal liability on account thereof.

Section 4.4 No Interest on Capital Contributions or Capital Accounts.

   No Partner  shall receive any interest or return in the nature of interest on
its contributions to the capital of the Partnership, or on the positive balance,
if any, in its Capital Account.

Section 4.5 Capital Accounts.

    (a) The Partnership  shall establish and maintain a separate capital account
 ("Capital Account") for each Partner,  including a substitute partner who shall
 pursuant to the provisions hereof acquire a Partnership Interest, which Capital
 Account shall be:

      (1)  credited  with the amount of cash and the initial  Book Value (net of
   liabilities secured by such contributed property that the Partnership assumes
   or takes subject to) of any other property contributed by such Partner to the
   capital of the Partnership, such Partner's distributive share of Profits, and
   any items in the nature of income or gain that are  allocated to such Partner
   pursuant  to  Section  5.1  hereof,  but  excluding  tax items  described  in
   Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(i); and

      (2) debited with the amount of cash and the Book Value (net of liabilities
   secured  by such  distributed  property  that such  Partner  assumes or takes
   subject to) of any Partnership  property distributed to such Partner pursuant
   to any provision of this  Agreement,  such  Partner's  distributive  share of
   Losses,  any items in the nature of expenses or losses that are  allocated to
   such  Partner  pursuant  to  Section  5.1  hereof,  but  excluding  tax items
   described in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(i),  and such Partner's share,
   determined in accordance with its Percentage Interest, of any expenditures of
   the Partnership  described in Section  705(a)(2)(B) of the Code or treated as
   Section   705(a)(2)(B)   expenditures   pursuant   to   Regulations   Section
   1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i).

   In the event that a  Partner's  Partnership  Interest  or portion  thereof is
transferred within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704- 1(b)(2)(iv)(l), the
transferee  shall succeed to the Capital Account of the transferor to the extent
that it relates to the Partnership Interest or portion thereof so transferred.

   In the event  that the Book  Values of  Partnership  assets are  adjusted  as
described below in Section 4.5(b) hereof,  the Capital  Accounts of the Partners
shall be adjusted  simultaneously to reflect the aggregate net adjustments as if
the Partnership recognized gain or loss for federal income tax purposes equal to
the amount of such aggregate net adjustment.

   The foregoing  provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating
to the  maintenance  of Capital  Accounts  are  intended to comply with  Section
1.704-1(b) of the Regulations,  and shall be interpreted and applied as provided
in the Regulations.  In the event that the Managing  General Partner  reasonably
determines  that the  manner in which the  Capital  Accounts,  or any  debits or
credits  thereto,  are  maintained or computed under the  Regulations  should be
further amended,  the Managing General Partner shall be authorized,  without the
approval,  consent  or act of any of the  Partners,  to  amend  this  Agreement,
provided  that such  amendment  shall not  directly  and  adversely  affect  the
Partnership  Interest of a Partner,  including without limitation,  the right to
receive distributions allocable thereto, without the written concurrence of such
Partner.  In determining whether this Agreement should be amended to reflect the
foregoing, the Managing


                                       21

<PAGE>



General  Partner  shall be  entitled  to rely on the  advice of the  Partnership
Accountants and/or counsel to the Partnership.

      (b) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement,  the term "Book Value"
   or "Book  Values"  means,  with respect to any asset,  such asset's  adjusted
   basis for federal income tax purposes, except:

         (1) the initial Book Value of any asset contributed by a Partner to the
      Partnership shall be the gross fair market value of such asset;
         (2) the Book Value of all  Partnership  assets may be adjusted to equal
      their  respective  gross fair market values as of the following  times, as
      determined by the Managing  General Partner (unless such adjustment  shall
      be  required  by  Regulations  Section   1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f)):   (i)  the
      acquisition from the  Partnership,  in exchange for more than a de minimis
      capital  contribution,  of a Partnership Interest by an additional partner
      or an additional  Partnership  Interest by an existing  Partner;  (ii) the
      distribution  by the  Partnership  to a Partner  of more than a de minimis
      amount of Partnership  property  (including money) as consideration for an
      interest in the Partnership;  and (iii) the liquidation of the Partnership
      within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) if there is
      an in-kind  distribution of Partnership property or an installment sale of
      Partnership  assets,  or if,  pursuant  to  the  penultimate  sentence  of
      Regulations  Section  1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b),  the  Partnership  establishes
      reserves to provide for  Partnership  liabilities  in connection  with the
      liquidation of the Partnership;

         (3) if the Book Value of an asset has been  determined  or  adjusted as
      provided in Section 4.5(b)(1) or 4.5(b)(2) hereof,  the Book Value of such
      asset shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation  taken into account
      with respect to such asset for  purposes of computing  Profits and Losses;
      and

         (4) the Book Value of any Partnership  asset distributed to any Partner
      shall  be the  gross  fair  market  value  of such  asset  on the  date of
      distribution.

      (c) In the event that  subsequent to the  Effective  Date any provision of
   this  Article IV requires the  determination  of the fair market value of any
   asset,  such fair market value shall be as determined by the Managing General
   Partner and the relevant Partner,  provided that (i) such value is reasonably
   agreed to by such Persons in arm's-length  negotiations and (ii) such Persons
   have  sufficiently  adverse  interests,  as provided in  Regulations  Section
   1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(h).  In the event that the  requirements of clauses (i) and
   (ii) of this Section  4.5(c) are not met, then the fair market value shall be
   determined by a Qualified Appraiser.  The cost of any such appraisal shall be
   an expense of the Partnership.

Section 4.6 Partnership  Interests;  Units of Partnership  Interest;  Percentage
Interests.

      (a) For the purpose of this  Agreement,  the term  "Partnership  Interest"
   means,  with respect to a Partner,  such Partner's  right to the  allocations
   (and each item  thereof)  specified  in Section 5.1 hereof and  distributions
   from the Partnership,  its share of expenditures of the Partnership described
   in Section  705(a)(2)(B)  of the Code (or  treated as such under  Regulations
   Section  1.704-  1(b)(2)(iv)(i))  and  its  rights  of  management,  consent,
   approval,  or  participation,  if any, as provided  in this  Agreement.  Each
   Partner's  Partnership  Interest shall be divided into units (herein referred
   to collectively as the "Units of Partnership  Interest" and individually as a
   "Unit of  Partnership  Interest")  and shall be represented by that number of
   Units of  Partnership  Interest set forth  opposite  such  Partner's  name on
   Schedule A attached hereto, as such Schedule may be amended from time to time
   pursuant to Section 4.8,  Article VIII or Article X hereof.  The  Partnership
   may issue additional Units of Partnership Interest in accordance with Section
   8.4  hereof.   The  Partnership  and  TCO  shall  conduct  their   respective
   operations,  to the  extent  they  are  able to do so,  so that  one  Unit of
   Partnership  Interest will be equal in value to one (1) share of TCO's common
   stock.

      (b) For the  purpose of this  Agreement,  the term  "Percentage  Interest"
   means,  with respect to each Partner,  the percentage set forth opposite such
   Partner's name on Schedule A attached hereto, as such Schedule may be amended
   from time to time pursuant to Section 4.8, Article VIII or Article X hereof,


                                       22

<PAGE>



   and shall at any time be equal to a fraction,  the  numerator of which is the
   aggregate number of Units of Partnership  Interest held by such Partner,  and
   the denominator of which is the aggregate  number of all Units of Partnership
   Interest  that are  issued  and  outstanding.  For  purposes  of  calculating
   Percentage Interests, no interest in the Partnership that is Preferred Equity
   shall be taken into account.

Section 4.7 Partnership Interest Certificates.

   Units of  Partnership  Interest  shall be evidenced by  Partnership  Interest
Certificates   (herein   referred  to  collectively  as  "Partnership   Interest
Certificates" and individually as a "Partnership  Interest  Certificate")  which
shall be issued in accordance with this Section 4.7 and Section 13.18 hereof, in
the form attached  hereto as Exhibit A, as such form may be amended from time to
time by the Managing General  Partner.  Each  Partnership  Interest  Certificate
shall be signed by an authorized signatory or signatories of the Partnership and
shall bear the following legend:

        "The Unit(s) of Partnership  Interest  represented  by this  certificate
   is(are)  subject  to and  transferable  only in  compliance  with The  Second
   Amendment and Restatement of Agreement of Limited  Partnership of The Taubman
   Realty  Group  Limited  Partnership,  as  the  same  may  be  amended  and/or
   supplemented from time to time (the "Partnership Agreement"), a copy of which
   is on file at the office of The Taubman Realty Group Limited Partnership. Any
   assignment,  sale,  transfer,  conveyance,  mortgage,  or other  encumbrance,
   pledge,  grant  of an  option  or  proxy,  or  other  disposition  or  act of
   alienation,  whether  voluntary  or  involuntary,  or by operation of law, in
   respect of a Unit of Partnership Interest made other than as permitted in the
   Partnership  Agreement  shall be null  and  void and have no force or  effect
   whatsoever."

Transfers (except by way of a Pledge) of Units of Partnership  Interest shall be
made only upon the  request  of the  Person  named in the  Partnership  Interest
Certificate,  or by its  attorney  lawfully  constituted  in  writing,  and upon
surrender and  cancellation  of a Partnership  Interest  Certificate  for a like
number  of Units of  Partnership  Interest,  a duly  executed  and  acknowledged
written  instrument of assignment,  and with such proof of  authenticity  of the
signatures as the Managing General Partner may reasonably  require. In the event
of a Transfer of a Unit of  Partnership  Interest or the issuance of  additional
Units of  Partnership  Interest  pursuant to the  provisions  of Article VIII or
Article X hereof,  the Managing  General  Partner shall cause the Partnership to
issue Partnership  Interest  Certificates to the appropriate  Persons to reflect
any Transfer of Units of Partnership Interest or issuance of additional Units of
Partnership  Interest,  as the case may be.  In the event  that the  Partnership
shall purchase any Units of Partnership  Interest (including  Fractional Units),
such Units of Partnership  Interest (or Fractional  Units) shall be extinguished
and  the  Partnership  Interest  Certificates  with  respect  thereto  shall  be
surrendered and cancelled.

Section 4.8 Purchase of Fractional Units of Partnership Interest;  Adjustment of
Units of Partnership Interest.

   If as a result  of any  division  or  combination  of  Units  of  Partnership
Interest  (as  provided  below in this  Section  4.8) or Transfer or issuance of
Units of Partnership  Interest,  there shall be outstanding any Fractional Unit,
the Managing  General  Partner  may, but shall not be obligated  to, at any time
cause the  Partnership  to purchase  such  Fractional  Unit,  in which event the
Partner  holding such  Fractional  Unit shall sell such  Fractional  Unit to the
Partnership for an amount equal to the fair market value of such Fractional Unit
as determined in good faith by the Managing General Partner.

   The Managing General Partner,  in good faith,  may, from time to time, divide
or combine  all Units of  Partnership  Interest  then  issued  and  outstanding;
provided,  however,  that in no event shall the Managing General Partner combine
the Units of Partnership Interest unless the fair market value of each resulting
Unit of Partnership Interest is One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) or less.
Accordingly,  divisions or  combinations  of Units of Partnership  Interests may
provide  for  fractional  ratios.  In the event of any such action to combine or
divide  Units of  Partnership  Interest  as provided in this  Section  4.8,  all
references in this Agreement to a number of Units of Partnership  Interest shall
be combined or divided by the same  divisor or  multiplier,  as the case may be.
Any action to divide or combine Units of Partnership Interest pursuant to this


                                       23

<PAGE>



Section 4.8 shall be effective on the date set forth as the  effective  date for
such action,  and each Partner or Person to whom a Unit of Partnership  Interest
has been  pledged  shall  have the  right to  request a  certification  from the
Partnership  as to the  date of the last  division  or  combination  of Units of
Partnership  Interest.  Promptly following any such action,  Schedule A shall be
amended to reflect such action,  notice of such action shall be provided to each
of the  Partners  and to any Person to whom a Unit of  Partnership  Interest has
been pledged (provided the Partnership shall have received notice of such Pledge
and the  identity  and  address of such  pledgee),  and  appropriate  substitute
Partnership  Interest  Certificates  shall be issued as of the effective date of
such  action,  in exchange for  outstanding  Partnership  Interest  Certificates
pursuant to such terms as shall be established by the Managing  General Partner.
For the purpose of this Section 4.8,  fair market  values shall be as determined
in good faith by the Managing General Partner.


                                       24


<PAGE>



                                       V.

                   ALLOCATIONS; DISTRIBUTIONS; BANK ACCOUNTS;
                  BOOKS OF ACCOUNT; TAX RETURNS; ACCOUNTING AND
                        REPORTS; PARTNERSHIP FISCAL YEAR.

Section 5.1 Allocations.

      (a) For the purpose of this  Agreement,  the terms  "Profits" and "Losses"
   mean,  respectively,  for each Partnership  Fiscal Year or other period,  the
   Partnership's  taxable  income or loss for such  Partnership  Fiscal  Year or
   other period,  determined in accordance  with Section 703(a) of the Code (for
   this purpose,  all items of income,  gain, loss, or deduction  required to be
   stated separately pursuant to Section 703(a)(1) of the Code shall be included
   in taxable income or loss), adjusted as follows:

         (1) any income of the  Partnership  that is exempt from federal  income
      tax and not  otherwise  taken into account in computing  Profits or Losses
      pursuant to this Section  5.1(a) shall be added to such taxable  income or
      loss;

         (2) in lieu of the depreciation,  amortization, and other cost recovery
      deductions  taken into account in computing  such taxable  income or loss,
      there shall be taken into account Depreciation for such Partnership Fiscal
      Year or other period; and

         (3) any items that are specially  allocated  pursuant to Section 5.1(d)
      or 5.1(f)  hereof shall not be taken into account in computing  Profits or
      Losses.

      (b) Except as otherwise  provided in Section 5.1(d) or 5.1(f) hereof,  the
   Profits  and  Losses of the  Partnership  (and each  item  thereof)  for each
   Partnership  Fiscal Year shall be allocated  among the Partners in accordance
   with their respective Percentage Interests.

      (c) For the purpose of Section 5.1(b) hereof,  gain or loss resulting from
   any disposition of Partnership property shall be computed by reference to the
   Book Value of the property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax
   basis of such property for federal income tax purposes  differs from its Book
   Value.

      (d)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provisions  of this Section 5.1, the
   following provisions shall apply:

         (1)  Nonrecourse  Deductions  shall be allocated in accordance with the
      Partners'  Percentage  Interests;  provided,  however, a Partner shall not
      receive an allocation of any  Partnership  deduction  that would result in
      total loss allocations  attributable to Nonrecourse  Liabilities in excess
      of such Partner's share of Minimum Gain (as determined  under  Regulations
      Section 1.704- 2(g)).  If there is a net decrease in  Partnership  Minimum
      Gain for a Partnership Fiscal Year, in accordance with Regulations Section
      1.704-2(f) and the  exceptions  contained  therein,  the Partners shall be
      allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such Partnership Fiscal
      Year (and, if necessary, for subsequent Partnership Fiscal Years) equal to
      the Partners' respective shares of the net decrease in Minimum Gain within
      the  meaning of  Regulations  Section  1.704-2(g)(2)  (the  "Minimum  Gain
      Chargeback"). The items to be allocated pursuant to this Section 5.1(d)(1)
      shall be determined in accordance with Regulations  Section 1.704-2(f) and
      (j).

         (2) Any item of Partner Nonrecourse Deduction with respect to a Partner
      Nonrecourse  Debt shall be  allocated  to the Partner or Partners who bear
      the economic risk of loss for such Partner  Nonrecourse Debt in accordance
      with  Regulations  Section  1.704-2(i)(1).  Subject to  Section  5.1(d)(1)
      hereof, but notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,  in the
      event  that there is a net  decrease  in Minimum  Gain  attributable  to a
      Partner Nonrecourse Debt (such Minimum Gain being hereinafter  referred to
      as "Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain") for a Partnership Fiscal Year,
      then after taking into account  allocations  pursuant to Section 5.1(d)(1)
      hereof,  but before any other  allocations are made for such taxable year,
      and  subject  to  the  exceptions   set  forth  in   Regulations   Section
      1.704-2(i)(4), each Partner with a share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt


                                       25

<PAGE>



      Minimum  Gain at the  beginning of such  Partnership  Fiscal Year shall be
      allocated items of income and gain for such Partnership  Fiscal Year (and,
      if  necessary,  for  subsequent  Partnership  Fiscal  Years) equal to such
      Partner's  share of the net decrease in Partner  Nonrecourse  Debt Minimum
      Gain  as  determined  in  a  manner  consistent  with  the  provisions  of
      Regulations Section  1.704-2(g)(2).  The items to be allocated pursuant to
      this Section  5.1(d)(2) shall be determined in accordance with Regulations
      Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and (j).

         (3) For the  purpose  of  determining  each  Partner's  share of excess
      nonrecourse  liabilities of the Partnership,  and solely for such purpose,
      each  Partner's  interest  in  Partnership  profits  shall  be  reasonably
      determined by the Managing  General  Partner in  accordance  with Internal
      Revenue Service authority interpreting Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3).

         (4) No Partner  shall be allocated any item of deduction or loss of the
      Partnership if such allocation would cause such Partner's  Capital Account
      to become  negative by more than the sum of (i) any amount such Partner is
      obligated to restore upon liquidation of the  Partnership,  plus (ii) such
      Partner's share of the Partnership's  Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse
      Debt Minimum  Gain.  An item of deduction or loss that cannot be allocated
      to a Partner  pursuant to this Section  5.1(d)(4) shall be allocated among
      the  General  Partners  in  proportion  to  their  respective   Percentage
      Interests. For this purpose, in determining the Capital Account balance of
      such   Partner,    the   items    described   in    Regulations    Section
      1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4),  (5), and (6) shall be taken into account. In the
      event that (A) any Limited Partner  unexpectedly  receives any adjustment,
      allocation,    or   distribution   described   in   Regulations   Sections
      1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5), or (6), and (B) such adjustment, allocation,
      or  distribution  causes or  increases a deficit  balance  (net of amounts
      which such Limited Partner is obligated to restore or deemed  obligated to
      restore under  Regulations  Section  1.704-2(g)(1)  and  1.704-2(i)(5) and
      determined  after taking into  account any  adjustments,  allocations,  or
      distributions  described in Regulations Sections  1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4),
      (5), or (6) that, as of the end of the Partnership Fiscal Year, reasonably
      are expected to be made to such Limited Partner) in such Limited Partner's
      Capital Account as of the end of the Partnership Fiscal Year to which such
      adjustment,  allocation,  or  distribution  relates,  then  items of Gross
      Income (consisting of a pro rata portion of each item of Gross Income) for
      such Partnership  Fiscal Year and each subsequent  Partnership Fiscal Year
      shall be allocated to such Limited  Partner until such deficit  balance or
      increase in such deficit balance, as the case may be, has been eliminated.
      In the event that this Section  5.1(d)(4) and Section 5.1(d)(1) and/or (2)
      hereof apply,  Section  5.1(d)(1) and/or (2) hereof shall be applied prior
      to this Section 5.1(d)(4).

         (5) In accordance  with Sections  704(b) and 704(c) of the Code and the
      Regulations thereunder,  income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to
      any property  contributed to the capital of the Partnership shall,  solely
      for federal income tax purposes,  be allocated among the Partners so as to
      take account of any variation  between the adjusted basis of such property
      to the  Partnership  for federal  income tax purposes and the initial Book
      Value of such  property  as set forth on  Schedule  D hereto.  If the Book
      Value of any Partnership  property is adjusted  pursuant to Section 4.5(b)
      hereof,  subsequent  allocations of income, gain, loss, and deduction with
      respect to such asset  shall take  account of any  variation  between  the
      adjusted  basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and the Book
      Value of such asset in the manner  prescribed  under  Sections  704(b) and
      704(c) of the Code and the Regulations thereunder.

      (e)  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary  contained in this Section
   5.1, the  allocation  of Profits and Losses for any  Partnership  Fiscal Year
   during  which a Person  acquires  a  Partnership  Interest  (other  than upon
   formation of the Partnership)  shall take into account the Partners'  varying
   interests for such Partnership Fiscal Year pursuant to any method permissible
   under  Section  706 of the Code  that is  selected  by the  Managing  General
   Partner  (notwithstanding  any agreement between the assignor and assignee of
   such Partnership Interest although the Managing General Partner may recognize
   any such agreement), which method may take into account the date on which the
   Transfer or an  agreement  to Transfer  becomes  irrevocable  pursuant to its
   terms, as determined by the Managing General Partner.


                                       26


<PAGE>



      (f) In the event of a sale or exchange of a Partner's Partnership Interest
   or portion thereof or upon the death of a Partner, if the Partnership has not
   theretofore elected, pursuant to Section 754 of the Code, to adjust the basis
   of  Partnership  property,  the  Managing  General  Partner  shall  cause the
   Partnership to elect, if the Person  acquiring such  Partnership  Interest or
   portion  thereof so requests,  pursuant to Section 754 of the Code, to adjust
   the  basis  of  Partnership   property.  In  addition,  in  the  event  of  a
   distribution  referred to in Section  734(b) of the Code, if the  Partnership
   has not  theretofore  elected,  the  Managing  General  Partner  may,  in the
   exercise  of its  reasonable  discretion,  cause  the  Partnership  to elect,
   pursuant  to  Section  754 of the Code,  to adjust  the basis of  Partnership
   property.  Except as provided in  Regulations  Section  1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m),
   such adjustment shall not be reflected in the Partners'  Capital Accounts and
   shall be  effective  solely for federal and (if  applicable)  state and local
   income tax purposes.  Each Partner  hereby agrees to provide the  Partnership
   with all information necessary to give effect to such election.  With respect
   to such election:

      (1)  Any  change  in  the  amount  of  the  depreciation  deducted  by the
      Partnership  and any  change in the gain or loss of the  Partnership,  for
      federal  income tax purposes,  resulting  from an  adjustment  pursuant to
      Section  743(b) of the Code shall be allocated  entirely to the transferee
      of the Partnership Interest or portion thereof so transferred. Neither the
      capital contribution  obligations of, nor the Partnership Interest of, nor
      the amount of any cash distributions to, the Partners shall be affected as
      a result of such election,  and except as provided in Regulations  Section
      1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m),  the  making of such  election  shall have no effect
      except  for  federal  and (if  applicable)  state  and  local  income  tax
      purposes.

      (2) Solely for  federal  and (if  applicable)  state and local  income tax
      purposes  and not for the purpose of  maintaining  the  Partners'  Capital
      Accounts (except as provided in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)),
      the Partnership shall keep a written record for those assets, the basis of
      which is  adjusted as a result of such  election,  and the amount at which
      such assets are carried on such record shall be debited (in the case of an
      increase in basis) or credited (in the case of a decrease in basis) by the
      amount  of  such  basis  adjustment.  Any  change  in  the  amount  of the
      depreciation  deducted  by the  Partnership  and any change in the gain or
      loss of the Partnership,  for federal and (if applicable)  state and local
      income tax purposes, attributable to the basis adjustment made as a result
      of such election shall be debited or credited, as the case may be, on such
      record.

      (g) The Profits, Losses, gains, deductions, and credits of the Partnership
   (and all items thereof) for each Partnership  Fiscal Year shall be determined
   in accordance  with the accounting  method  followed by the  Partnership  for
   federal income tax purposes.

      (h) Except as  provided  in  Sections  5.1(d)(5)  and 5.1(f)  hereof,  for
   federal income tax purposes,  each item of income,  gain,  loss, or deduction
   shall be allocated  among the Partners in the same manner as its  correlative
   item of "book" income,  gain, loss, or deduction has been allocated  pursuant
   to this Section 5.1.

      (i) Such portion of the gain  allocated  pursuant to this Section 5.1 that
   is treated as ordinary  income  attributable to the recapture of depreciation
   shall,  to the  extent  possible,  be  allocated  among the  Partners  in the
   proportion that (i) the amount of depreciation  previously  allocated to each
   Partner relating to the property that is the subject of the disposition bears
   to (ii) the total of such depreciation allocated to all of the Partners. This
   Section 5.1(i) shall not alter the amount of  allocations  among the Partners
   pursuant to this Section 5.1, but merely the character of gain so allocated.

      (j) To the extent  permitted by  Regulations  Sections  1.704-2(h)(3)  and
   1.704-2(i)(6),  the  Managing  General  Partner  shall  endeavor  to  treat a
   distribution of the proceeds of Nonrecourse Liabilities (that would otherwise
   be  allocable  to  an  increase  in  Partnership  Minimum  Gain)  or  Partner
   Nonrecourse Debt (that would otherwise be allocable to an increase in Partner
   Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain) as a distribution  that is not allocable to an
   increase in Partnership Minimum Gain or Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain
   to the extent  that such  distribution  does not cause or  increase a deficit
   balance in any Partner's Capital Account that exceeds the amount such Partner
   is otherwise


                                       27

<PAGE>



   obligated   to  restore   (within   the   meaning  of   Regulations   Section
   1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c))  as of the  end of the  Partnership's  taxable  year in
   which the distribution occurs.

Section 5.2 Distributions.

      (a) Subject,  on liquidation of the Partnership to Section 11.1(a) hereof,
   and to Section  11.1(e) hereof on liquidation of a Partner's  interest in the
   Partnership   that  is  not  in  connection   with  the  liquidation  of  the
   Partnership,  for the term of the  Partnership,  as set forth in Section  1.5
   hereof:

        (i) a cash  distribution  shall be made to the  Partners,  in accordance
     with their respective  Percentage  Interests,  not later than the fifteenth
     (15th)  Day of each  month (the  "Distribution  Date") of each  Partnership
     Fiscal  Year,  in an amount  equal to  one-twelfth  (1/12) of the  Required
     Distribution Amount for such Partnership Fiscal Year;

        (ii) a cash  distribution  shall be made to the Partners,  in accordance
     with  their  respective  Percentage  Interests,  on the  Distribution  Date
     immediately  following the date of an Additional Required Amount Notice, in
     an amount equal to the Additional Required Amount; provided,  however, that
     if such  Distribution  Date is less than twenty (20) Days after the date of
     such  Additional  Required  Amount Notice,  the Additional  Required Amount
     shall be distributed on the next Distribution Date;

        (iii) in the event of a Minimum Distribution Amount Adjustment Notice, a
     cash distribution  shall be made to the Partners,  in accordance with their
     respective Percentage Interests, not later than the fifteenth (15th) Day of
     the first month of each Partnership  Fiscal Year, in an amount equal to the
     Minimum  Distribution  Amount Adjustment for the prior  Partnership  Fiscal
     Year;

        (iv) in the event of a Tax Adjustment  Notice, a cash distribution shall
     be made to the Partners,  in accordance  with their  respective  Percentage
     Interests,  not later than the last Day of the fourth  (4th)  month of each
     Partnership  Fiscal Year,  in an amount  equal to the quotient  obtained by
     dividing (x) the Tax  Adjustment  Amount for the prior  Partnership  Fiscal
     Year, by (y) the Percentage Interest of TCO on the Relevant Date; and

        (v) in the event of a Deficiency  Dividend Notice,  a cash  distribution
     shall  be  made  to the  Partners,  in  accordance  with  their  respective
     Percentage  Interests,  as and when  required by TCO, in an amount equal to
     the Deficiency Dividend.

      (b) All  distributions  pursuant to Section 5.2(a),  Section 11.1(a),  and
   Section  11.1(e)  hereof  shall  be made in  accordance  with the  terms  and
   provisions of this Agreement to the Record Partner;  provided,  however, that
   in the event of an assignment of a Partnership  Interest  pursuant to Section
   8.3(a)  hereof to a Person that does not become a  substitute  Partner in the
   Partnership,  the Record  Partner may,  subject to the  provisions of Section
   8.3(a) hereof,  by written notice (a "Designee  Notice") to the Manager,  the
   Partnership,  and the  Managing  General  Partner,  designate  such Person to
   receive those distributions pursuant to Section 5.2(a) and Section 11.1(a) to
   which the Record Partner would  otherwise be entitled.  The Managing  General
   Partner shall not incur any liability for distributions made in good faith to
   any Record  Partner or the  designee  of any  Record  Partner  set forth in a
   Designee  Notice as provided  above in this Section  5.2(b),  notwithstanding
   that  another  Person  may  have  an  interest  in or  be  affected  by  such
   distribution.  Distributions  to the Partners under this  Agreement  shall be
   subject  to any  restriction  imposed by  applicable  law,  and the  Managing
   General Partner may refrain from making any  distribution  hereunder  without
   liability if it believes that the  distribution  would be in violation of any
   applicable law.

Section 5.3 Guaranteed Payments; TCO's Right to Convert.

   Not later than the  fifteenth  (15th)  Day of each month of each  Partnership
Fiscal Year, the  Partnership  shall pay to TCO, in cash or by good certified or
official bank check or by Fedwire  transfer of immediately  available  funds, an
amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the cumulative  Guaranteed Payment on
all  Preferred  Equity,  over  (ii) the sum of all  prior  payments  made to TCO
pursuant to this Section 5.3, such amounts to be paid in the priorities, if any,
set forth in the applicable series. Amounts paid pursuant to this Section


                                       28
<PAGE>



5.3 are intended to constitute guaranteed payments within the meaning of Section
707(c) of the Code and shall not be treated as  distributions  for  purposes  of
computing TCO's Capital Account balance.

   TCO shall  have the right,  but not the  obligation,  to  convert  all or any
portion of the proceeds loaned to the Partnership  pursuant to Section 4.1(b) to
Preferred  Equity,  which  Preferred  Equity  shall be entitled to a  Guaranteed
Payment in lieu of the payment of interest.

   In the event of the  redemption by TCO, in whole or in part, of any series of
preferred  shares that constitute a Related Issue,  TCO may convert that portion
of its  Preferred  Equity  equal to the  portion of the  Related  Issue that was
redeemed  (exclusive  of any accrued  but unpaid  dividends),  to an  Additional
Interest by  contributing  to the capital of the  Partnership  all of its right,
title, and interest,  in and to the payment of any future Guaranteed  Payment on
that portion of the converted Preferred Equity, with the effect that the portion
of the converted Preferred Equity and related right to the payment of any future
Guaranteed  Payment shall be converted to an  Additional  Interest in accordance
with  Section  8.4(a)  hereof,  such  Additional  Interest  to be  provided by a
proportionate  reduction in the Percentage Interests of all of the Partners,  as
provided in Section 8.4(a)  hereof.  Upon and to the extent of the conversion of
Preferred  Equity to Additional  Interests in accordance  with this Section 5.3,
Schedule A to this Agreement shall be amended accordingly.

Section 5.4 Bank Accounts and Other Investments.

   Funds of the  Partnership  shall be deposited in one or more bank accounts in
federal or state chartered banks having a shareholder  capital and undistributed
surplus of not less than One  Hundred  Million  Dollars  ($100,000,000),  all as
determined by the Managing General Partner.  All withdrawals  therefrom shall be
made upon the signature or signatures of whomever shall be designated in writing
from time to time by the Managing General Partner. Any checks of the Partnership
may be signed by any Person(s) designated in writing,  from time to time, by the
Managing General Partner. In addition,  funds of the Partnership may be invested
in highly liquid  investments  pursuant to an investment  policy determined from
time to time by the Managing General Partner.

Section 5.5 Books of Account.

   The Partnership  shall maintain at its principal office complete and accurate
books of account and records of its operations showing the assets,  liabilities,
costs, expenditures, receipts, profits, and losses of the Partnership, and which
books of account  and records  shall  include  provision  for  separate  Capital
Accounts  for the  Partners  and  shall  provide  for  such  other  matters  and
information as may be required by the Partnership Law or as the Managing General
Partner  shall  otherwise  determine,  together  with  copies  of all  documents
executed  on behalf of the  Partnership.  In  addition,  the  Partnership  shall
maintain  at  its  principal  office  a  Partnership   Interest  Ledger  of  the
Partnership,  which  shall set forth the  information  contained  in  Schedule A
attached  hereto,  and  which  shall be kept  current  by the  Managing  General
Partner.  Each  Limited  Partner and its  representatives,  duly  authorized  in
writing,  shall have the right to inspect and examine,  at all reasonable times,
at the principal office of the Partnership,  all such books of account, records,
ledgers, and documents.

Section 5.6 Tax Returns.

      (a) The Managing General Partner shall determine the methods to be used in
   the preparation of federal, state, and local income and other tax returns for
   the Partnership in connection with all items of income and expense, including
   but not limited to, valuation of assets, the methods of depreciation and cost
   recovery, elections, credits, and tax accounting methods and procedures.

      (b) To the extent all necessary  information  is available,  within ninety
   (90) Days after the end of each  Partnership  Fiscal  Year,  and in any event
   within one hundred twenty (120) Days after the end of each Partnership Fiscal
   Year,  the  Partnership  shall cause to be prepared  and  transmitted  to the
   Partners  federal  and  appropriate  state and local  Partnership  Income Tax
   Schedules "K-1," or any substitute therefor, with respect to such Partnership
   Fiscal Year on appropriate forms prescribed.


                                       29


<PAGE>



Section 5.7 Accounting and Reports, Etc.

      (a) Within ninety (90) Days after the end of each Partnership Fiscal Year,
   the  Partnership  shall cause to be prepared and transmitted to each Partner,
   an annual  report of the  Partnership  relating to the  previous  Partnership
   Fiscal Year containing a statement of financial condition as of the year then
   ended, and statements of operations, cash flow and Partnership equity for the
   year then ended, which annual statements shall be prepared in accordance with
   GAAP and shall be audited by the  Partnership  Accountants.  The  Partnership
   shall  also cause to be  prepared  and  transmitted  to each  Partner  within
   forty-five (45) Days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of
   each   Partnership   Fiscal  Year,  a  quarterly   unaudited  report  of  the
   Partnership's financial condition and statements of operations, cash flow and
   Partnership  equity relating to the fiscal quarter then just ended,  prepared
   in accordance with GAAP. The  Partnership  shall further cause to be prepared
   and  transmitted to TCO (i) such reports and/or  information as are necessary
   for TCO to fulfill its  obligations  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  the
   Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 and the applicable  stock exchange rules,
   and under  any  other  regulations  to which  TCO or the  Partnership  may be
   subject,  and (ii) such other reports and/or information as are necessary for
   TCO to determine its  qualification  as a Real Estate  Investment Trust under
   the REIT  Requirements  or its liability  for a tax as a  consequence  of its
   Partnership Interest,  including its distributive share of taxable income, in
   each case,  in a manner that will permit TCO to comply with such  obligations
   or make such determinations in a timely fashion.

      (b) TCO  shall,  from time to time,  upon the  reasonable  request  of the
   Manager,  or as and when such  information  first  becomes  available  to it,
   provide the Manager, by written notice (the "TCO Information  Notice"),  with
   such  information  necessary to permit the Manager to  determine  the Minimum
   Distribution  Amount  Adjustment,  including TCO's  allocable  portion of any
   component  thereof,  for each  Partnership  Fiscal Year,  any Tax  Adjustment
   Amount  for any  prior  Partnership  Fiscal  Year,  to the  extent  such  Tax
   Adjustment  Amount  has not yet been  distributed  or  previously  taken into
   account in calculating a Tax Adjustment Amount, and any Deficiency Dividend.

Section 5.8 Partnership Fiscal Year.

   The  Partnership's  fiscal year (and taxable  year) shall be the  Partnership
Fiscal Year.


                                       30


<PAGE>



                                       VI.

               MANAGEMENT; AUTHORITY AND AUTHORIZED ACTIONS BY THE
              MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER; EXTRAORDINARY TRANSACTIONS;
               ANNUAL BUDGET; NOTICES; STANDARD OF CONDUCT; MASTER
              SERVICES AGREEMENT AND CORPORATE SERVICES AGREEMENT;
            ABSENCE OF AUTHORITY OF PARTNERS OTHER THAN THE MANAGING
                 GENERAL PARTNER; FIDELITY BONDS AND INSURANCE;
                ENGAGEMENT OF PARTNERS' AFFILIATES; INDEMNITY AND
                       REIMBURSEMENT; TAX MATTERS PARTNER.

Section 6.1 Management; Authority and Authorized Actions by the Managing General
Partner.

      (a) The Managing  General  Partner shall be responsible for the management
   of the Partnership and, subject to Section 6.1(b) hereof, shall have the full
   and exclusive right, power and authority, on behalf of and in the name of the
   Partnership,  to  carry  out any  and  all  objectives  and  purposes  of the
   Partnership  and to exercise any and all of the powers of the Partnership and
   to perform any and all acts and enter into and perform any and all contracts,
   agreements,  and other  undertakings which it may deem necessary or advisable
   in furtherance of the purposes of the Partnership or incidental  thereto.  In
   such  capacity,  the Managing  General  Partner shall use its Best Efforts to
   carry out the  purposes of the  Partnership  and shall have in respect of its
   management of the  Partnership all of the powers of the Partnership and shall
   devote such time and attention to the Partnership as is reasonably  necessary
   for the proper management of the Partnership and its properties. The Managing
   General Partner may employ or engage others  including one or more Affiliates
   of  a  Partner (e.g., TTC)  to  satisfy its  obligations in  respect  of  all
   actions, decisions, determinations,  designations,  delegations,  directions,
   appointments,  consents,  approvals,  selections,  and the like to be  taken,
   made,  or given by and/or with respect to the  Partnership,  its business and
   its properties as well as management of all Partnership affairs, and all such
   actions, decisions,  determinations,  designations,  delegations, directions,
   appointments,   consents,  approvals,  selections,  and  the  like  shall  be
   controlling and binding upon the Partnership.  Any Person employed or engaged
   by the  Managing  General  Partner  shall  have and be  subject to all of the
   rights,  obligations and restrictions of the Managing General Partner, all as
   provided in this Agreement.

      The Managing  General  Partner shall supervise the Manager and review on a
   regular basis the reports and other information furnished by the Manager from
   time to time pursuant to the Master Services Agreement.

      (b)  For  so  long  as  the  aggregate  Percentage  Interest  held  by AAT
   Affiliates  equals or exceeds five percent  (5%),  without the prior  written
   consent of a Majority in Interest of the Non-Managing  Partners, the Managing
   General  Partner  shall not enter  into any  Extraordinary  Transaction.  For
   purposes of this Section 6.1(b),  a Majority in Interest of the  Non-Managing
   Partners shall be deemed to have consented to an  Extraordinary  Transaction,
   without the requirement of an actual vote of the  Non-Managing  Partners,  if
   those  Non-Managing  Partners holding in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the
   aggregate Percentage Interests held by all the Non-Managing  Partners consent
   to such transaction in writing.

Section 6.2 Delegation of Authority and Designation of Officers.

      (a)  The  Managing   General  Partner  may  delegate  any  of  its  powers
   hereinbefore, hereinafter, or by law provided or conferred to one (1) or more
   Persons,  or designate one (1) or more Persons to do or perform those matters
   to be done or performed by the Managing  General  Partner.  In addition,  the
   Managing General Partner may designate one (1) or more employees or agents of
   the  Partnership  who are  denominated  as officers who shall  exercise  such
   powers and shall  have such  duties as may from time to time be  assigned  or
   established by the Managing  General Partner.  Any designated  officer of the
   Partnership  shall serve at the pleasure of the Managing  General Partner and
   may be removed at any time with or without  cause,  by the  Managing  General
   Partner.


                                       31


<PAGE>



      (b) The  Partners,  by their  execution  and  delivery of this  Agreement,
   irrevocably  authorize the Managing General Partner and any Person or Persons
   designated  or delegated by the Managing  General  Partner to do any act that
   the Managing General Partner has the right,  power, and authority to do under
   the   provisions  of  this   Agreement,   without  any  other  or  subsequent
   authorizations,  approvals,  or consents of any kind. No Person  dealing with
   the  Partnership  shall be  required  to  investigate  or  inquire  as to the
   authority  of the  Managing  General  Partner,  and  any  Person  or  Persons
   designated  or  delegated  by the  Managing  General  Partner to exercise the
   rights,  powers, and authority herein conferred upon them. Any Person dealing
   with the  Partnership  shall be entitled to rely upon any action taken by the
   Managing General Partner and any Person or Persons designated or delegated by
   the Managing General Partner, and the Partnership shall be bound thereby. Any
   Person  dealing  with the  Partnership  shall be  entitled  to rely  upon any
   document  or  instrument  executed  and  delivered  by a  Person  or  Persons
   designated by the Managing  General  Partner,  and the  Partnership  shall be
   bound  thereby.  No  purchaser  of any  property  or  interest  owned  by the
   Partnership,  or lender,  or Third  Party in  respect of any matter  shall be
   required  to  determine  the sole and  exclusive  authority  of the Person or
   Persons  designated or delegated by the Managing  General  Partner to execute
   and deliver on behalf of the  Partnership  any such instrument of transfer or
   security,  or to  see to the  application  or  distribution  of  revenues  or
   proceeds paid or credited in connection therewith.

Section  6.3  Compensation  of Certain  Employees  of the  Manager;  Issuance of
Incentive Options.

   The Managing  General Partner shall approve the  compensation of any employee
of the Manager or the  Partnership who is also at such time an AAT Affiliate and
administer  a program or  programs  whereby the  Partnership  shall from time to
time, and without the consent of any Partner,  grant to employees of TTC options
(the  "Incentive  Options") to acquire  limited  partner  Partnership  Interests
pursuant to an Incentive  Option  Plan,  which plan and any  amendments  thereto
shall have been  approved  by the  Managing  General  Partner.  After  review of
recommendations  made by Taub-Co,  the Managing  General  Partner may direct the
Partnership to issue the Incentive Options to employees of TTC.

Section 6.4 Annual Budget; Notices.

   Pursuant to the Master Services Agreement, the Manager is required to prepare
and submit to the Managing General Partner for approval,  prior to the beginning
of each  Partnership  Fiscal  Year,  an annual  development  budget (the "Annual
Development  Budget"),  and an annual  operating  budget (the "Annual  Operating
Budget") for the Partnership,  which shall reflect a reasonable  estimate of the
proposed operations (including  development) and expenses of the Partnership for
such Partnership Fiscal Year, and which shall include the Required  Distribution
Amount for such  Partnership  Fiscal Year and any annual business plan,  leasing
plan or similar  materials  required  of the Manager  under the Master  Services
Agreement.  (The Annual  Development  Budget and the Annual Operating Budget are
referred to together as the "Annual Budget".)

   In addition to the foregoing,  pursuant to the Master Services Agreement, the
Manager will be engaged to: (i) advise the Managing  General  Partner by written
notice (an "Additional  Required Amount Notice"),  within thirty (30) Days after
the  closing  of  any  capital  gain  transaction  of  the  Partnership,  of the
Additional  Required Amount with respect to such capital gain transaction of the
Partnership,  (ii) after a TCO Information Notice in respect of a Tax Adjustment
Amount, advise the Managing General Partner by written notice (a "Tax Adjustment
Notice") not less than ten (10) Days prior to TCO's first regular dividend date,
of the Tax Adjustment Amount for such Partnership Fiscal Year, (iii) after a TCO
Information Notice, in respect of a Minimum Distribution Amount Adjustment,  not
later than  December 1 of each  Partnership  Fiscal  Year,  advise the  Managing
General Partner,  by written notice (a "Minimum  Distribution  Amount Adjustment
Notice") of the Minimum  Distribution  Amount  Adjustment  for such  Partnership
Fiscal  Year,  and (iv)  after a TCO  Information  Notice,  in  respect of TCO's
obligation  to  declare  and  pay a  deficiency  dividend  pursuant  to  Section
860(f)(1)  of the Code as a result of a  determination  (as  defined  in Section
860(e) of the Code),  advise the Managing General Partner by written notice (the
"Deficiency  Dividend  Notice") of the Deficiency  Dividend for such Partnership
Fiscal Year.


                                       32


<PAGE>



Section  6.5  Master  Services  Agreement  and  Corporate  Services   Agreement;
Engagement of Partners' Affiliates.

   The Managing  General  Partner shall manage and perform,  or employ or engage
others, including one or more Affiliates of a Partner (e.g., TTC), to manage and
perform all  activities  and  services  in  furtherance  of the  purposes of the
Partnership including,  without limitation,  seeking Development  Opportunities,
and Regional Centers,  and further including without limitation,  all activities
and  services  in respect  of  Development  Opportunities,  all  activities  and
services in respect of the expansion,  reconstruction,  repair,  renovation,  or
alteration  of  Regional  Centers  and/or  the  development  of  any  Peripheral
Property,  and all other  activities and services in respect of the  management,
administration,   leasing,  financing,  refinancing,  development,  improvement,
acquisition and disposition of Regional Centers.  The Partnership has heretofore
entered into the Master  Services  Agreement.  In addition,  the Partnership may
provide in the partnership  agreement,  limited liability company agreement,  or
other agreement  forming or covering an Owning Entity or in separate  agreements
entered into between an Owning Entity and TTC,  which  agreements may include an
Owning  Entity  Agreement,  for such  terms,  provisions,  and  conditions,  and
compensation  to TTC, all in respect of the activities of TTC for the benefit of
a Development  Opportunity or a Regional  Center,  as shall be determined by the
Managing  General  Partner,  and  TTC  or as  shall  be  available  pursuant  to
negotiations   with  Third  Parties  having  an  interest  in  such  Development
Opportunity  or  Regional  Center.  The  compensation  to be  paid  to  TTC,  as
applicable, as well as all reimbursements for or in respect of services rendered
to the  Partnership  shall be as provided in the Master Services  Agreement,  an
Owning Entity  Agreement,  or other applicable  agreement forming or covering an
Owning  Entity.  The  Partnership  has  heretofore  entered  into the  Corporate
Services  Agreement,  pursuant  to which TCO has  engaged  TTC to  assist  with,
implement  and effect the  actions  to be taken by TCO as the  Managing  General
Partner,  and to do or perform  those  matters to be done or performed by TCO as
the Managing General Partner in accordance with the terms and provisions of this
Agreement.

Section 6.6 Absence of Authority of Non-Managing Partners.

   Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, the Non-Managing Partners,
as such,  shall  take no part  in,  nor have  the  right  to take  part in,  nor
interfere in, nor have the right to interfere or participate  in, in any manner,
the conduct or control of the business of the  Partnership  or have any right or
authority to act for or on behalf of the Partnership.

Section 6.7 Fidelity Bonds and Insurance.

   The Partnership  shall obtain fidelity bonds with reputable surety companies,
covering all Persons having access to the Partnership  funds,  indemnifying  the
Partnership  against loss resulting  from fraud,  theft,  dishonesty,  and other
wrongful  acts of such  Persons.  The  Partnership  shall  carry  or cause to be
carried on its behalf,  with companies and in amounts determined by the Managing
General Partner all property,  liability, and workers' compensation insurance as
shall be required under  applicable  mortgages,  leases,  agreements,  and other
instruments  and statutes by which the  Partnership or its properties are bound,
as well as such  additional  insurance  and  coverages as the  Managing  General
Partner, shall from time to time propose or approve.

Section 6.8 Execution of Legal Instruments.

   All legal instruments  affecting the Partnership or Partnership property need
be  executed  by, and only by,  that  Person or those  Persons  (who need not be
Partners)  designated  in  writing  by the  Managing  General  Partner  and such
designated Person's(s') signature(s) shall be sufficient to bind the Partnership
and its properties.

Section 6.9 Indemnity and Reimbursement; Advancement of Expenses and Insurance.

      (a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Partnership shall and does
   hereby indemnify,  defend, and hold harmless each Indemnified Person from any
   claim,  demand, or liability,  and from any loss, cost, or expense including,
   without  limitation,  attorneys' fees and court costs,  which may be asserted
   against,


                                       33

<PAGE>



   imposed  upon,  or suffered by such  Indemnified  Person by reason of any act
   performed  for or on  behalf of the  Partnership,  or in  furtherance  of the
   Partnership's  business, to the extent authorized hereby, or by reason of any
   omission,  except for any act or omission that constitutes a breach of a duty
   of  loyalty,  any  act or  omission  not in  good  faith  or  which  involves
   intentional  misconduct or a Knowing violation of law, and provided that with
   respect to any criminal action or proceeding,  such Indemnified Person had no
   reasonable  cause to believe its or his conduct was  unlawful,  and  provided
   further  that no  indemnification  shall  be made in  respect  of any  claim,
   demand,  or liability,  or for any loss,  cost, or expense,  as to which such
   Indemnified  Person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the  Partnership
   unless and only to the  extent  that a court  shall  determine,  despite  the
   adjudication of liability but in view of all the  circumstances  of the case,
   such Indemnified Person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity.  Each
   Indemnified  Person shall not have any personal  liability to the Partnership
   or its Partners for monetary  damages for breach of fiduciary duty except (i)
   for a breach of a duty of loyalty,  or (ii) for acts or omissions not in good
   faith or which involve intentional  misconduct or a Knowing violation of law.
   Any indemnity  under this Section  6.9(a) shall be provided out of and to the
   extent of Partnership  assets only, and only with respect to amounts actually
   and reasonably incurred,  and no Partner shall have any personal liability on
   account thereof.

      (b) Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by an Indemnified Person
   in defending any civil,  criminal,  administrative  or investigative  action,
   suit,  or  proceeding  relating  to any action or  omission in respect of the
   Partnership  shall  be  paid  by the  Partnership  in  advance  of the  final
   disposition of the action, suit, or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking
   by or on behalf of such  Indemnified  Person  to repay  such  amount if it is
   ultimately  determined  that such  Indemnified  Person is not  entitled to be
   indemnified by the Partnership.

      (c) The Partnership may purchase and maintain insurance,  as determined by
   the Managing  General Partner in respect of each  Indemnified  Person against
   any liability  relating to any act or omission in respect of the Partnership,
   whether or not the Partnership may indemnify such Indemnified  Person against
   such liability.

      (d) The  indemnification  and  advancement  of  expenses  provided  by, or
   granted  pursuant  to,  this  Section  6.9  shall  survive  the  liquidation,
   dissolution  and  termination of the  Partnership and the termination of this
   Agreement,   shall   continue  as  to  any  Person  who  has  terminated  his
   relationship  with the  Partnership  and shall  inure to the  benefit of such
   Person's  heirs,  executors  and  administrators  and  shall,  to the  extent
   permitted by the Partnership Law, be binding on the Partnership's  successors
   and assigns.

Section 6.10 Tax Matters Partner.

      (a) As used in this Agreement,  "Tax Matters  Partner" has the meaning set
   forth in Section  6231(a)(7)  of the Code.  The Managing  General  Partner is
   hereby  designated Tax Matters Partner for the  Partnership.  The Tax Matters
   Partner shall comply with the  requirements  of Sections 6221 through 6233 of
   the Code applicable to a Tax Matters Partner. To the fullest extent permitted
   by law, the Partnership  shall and does hereby  indemnify,  defend,  and hold
   harmless the Tax Matters Partner from any claim,  demand,  or liability,  and
   from any loss, cost, or expense  including,  without  limitation,  attorneys'
   fees and court  costs,  which  may be  asserted  against,  imposed  upon,  or
   suffered by the Tax Matters  Partner by reason of any act performed for or on
   behalf of the  Partnership  in its  capacity  as Tax  Matters  Partner to the
   extent  authorized  hereby,  or by reason  of any  omission,  except  acts or
   omissions  not in good faith or which  involve  intentional  misconduct  or a
   Knowing  violation of law. Any indemnity  under this Section 6.10(a) shall be
   provided out of and to the extent of  Partnership  assets only, and only with
   respect to amounts  actually and  reasonably  incurred,  and no Partner shall
   have any personal  liability on account  thereof.  The indemnity  provided in
   this Section 6.10 shall survive the liquidation, dissolution, and termination
   of the  Partnership  and the  termination of this Agreement and shall, to the
   extent  permitted  by the  Partnership  Law, be binding on the  Partnership's
   successors and assigns.


                                       34


<PAGE>



      (b) The Tax Matters Partner shall have a continuing  obligation to provide
   the Internal  Revenue  Service  with  sufficient  information  so that proper
   notice can be mailed to all Partners as provided in Section 6223 of the Code,
   provided  that each Partner  shall  furnish the Tax Matters  Partner with all
   such information  (including  information specified in Section 6230(e) of the
   Code) as is required with respect to such Partner for such purpose.


                                       35


<PAGE>



                                      VII.

                                 OTHER VENTURES.

   The  Partners  acknowledge  and agree that each of them and their  respective
constituents  and  Affiliates  may have  interests  in other  present  or future
ventures,  of whatever  nature,  including  real estate,  and further  including
without limitation, ventures that are competitive with the Partnership and that,
notwithstanding its status as a Partner in the Partnership,  a Partner and their
respective  constituents  and  Affiliates  shall be  entitled  to obtain  and/or
continue their respective individual  participation in all such ventures without
(i)  accounting to the  Partnership  or the other  Partners for any profits with
respect  thereto,  (ii) any  obligation to advise the other Partners of business
opportunities  for the Partnership which may come to its or its constituents' or
Affiliates'  attention as a result of its or its  Affiliates'  or  constituents'
participation  in such other  ventures  or in the  Partnership,  and (iii) being
subject to any claims whatsoever on account of such participation.


                                       36


<PAGE>



                                      VIII.

                   TRANSFERS OF UNITS OF PARTNERSHIP INTEREST;
                SUBSTITUTION OF PARTNERS; ADDITIONAL PARTNERSHIP
                 INTERESTS; CONVERSION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS.

Section 8.1 Transfers.

      (a) No Partner may Transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interest
   or, if such  Partner is an entity  (other than TCO and other than a Qualified
   Institutional  Transferee that is not a QIT Entity),  permit a Transfer of an
   interest in such Partner,  to any Person except as specifically  permitted in
   this Article VIII.

      (b) A Partner  (other  than TCO) may  Transfer  all or any  portion of its
   Partnership Interest (but not less than one (1) Unit of Partnership Interest)
   to any  other  Partner,  or to one (1) or  more  members  of  such  Partner's
   Immediate  Family,  or to a Family Trust,  or to any Qualified  Institutional
   Transferee,  or to an entity  consisting  of or owned  entirely by one (1) or
   more of the foregoing Persons, or to the Partnership, or, in the event that a
   Partner is a  partnership,  or other entity  (other than TCO and other than a
   Qualified  Institutional  Transferee that is not a QIT Entity), to one (1) or
   more of the constituent  partners, or owners of such Partner or other entity,
   or to one (1) or more members of the respective  Immediate Families or Family
   Trusts  of the  constituent  partners,  or owners  of such  Partner  or other
   entity,  or to  any  Qualified  Institutional  Transferee,  or  to an  entity
   consisting of or owned entirely by one (1) or more of the foregoing  Persons,
   or to the  Partnership,  provided  that, in each case,  the Managing  General
   Partner has determined by written notification (a "Transfer  Determination"),
   to the  transferring  Partner,  which  Transfer  Determination  shall  not be
   unreasonably  withheld and shall be deemed given if not refused  within seven
   (7)  Business  Days of the date of notice  thereof to the  Partnership,  that
   either (A) such Transfer will not cause (i) any lender of the  Partnership or
   an Owning  Entity to hold in excess of ten  percent  (10%) of the  Percentage
   Interests or any other  percentage of the  Percentage  Interests  that would,
   pursuant to the  Regulations  under  Section 752 of the Code or any successor
   provision, cause a loan by such lender to constitute Partner Nonrecourse Debt
   or (ii) a violation of any partnership agreement or other document forming or
   governing  an  Owning  Entity,  or  (B)  the  Managing  General  Partner  has
   determined to waive such  requirement  in its  reasonable  discretion,  after
   having determined that the Transfer will not materially  adversely affect the
   Partnership,  its assets or any  Partner,  or  constitute  a violation of the
   Partnership  Law,  or any  other law to which  the  Partnership  or an Owning
   Entity is subject.

      In addition to the foregoing, in the event that a Partner is a partnership
   or other  entity  (other than the Managing  General  Partner and other than a
   Qualified  Institutional  Transferee that is not a QIT Entity),  such Partner
   may permit a  Transfer  of an  interest  in such  Partner to any  constituent
   partner  or  owner  of  such  Partner,  to one  (1) or  more  members  of any
   constituent  partner's  or owner's  Immediate  Family or a Family  Trust with
   respect  to  any   constituent   partner  or  owner,   or  to  any  Qualified
   Institutional Transferee, or to any Partner, provided that, in each case, the
   Managing  General  Partner  has made a  Transfer  Determination  prior to the
   proposed Transfer.

      (c) TCO may Transfer all or any portion of its  Partnership  Interest (but
   not less than one (1) Unit of  Partnership  Interest)  to,  and only to,  the
   Partnership  or to any other  Partner(s)  or to any  Qualified  Institutional
   Transferee(s)  provided  that TCO  retains  at least a thirty  percent  (30%)
   Percentage  Interest  in the  Partnership.  Notwithstanding  anything  to the
   contrary contained in this Agreement,  in the event of a Transfer (other than
   a Transfer to an existing General Partner or to the Partnership) of a portion
   of  TCO's  Partnership   Interest  pursuant  to  this  Section  8.1(c),  such
   Partnership  Interest (or a portion thereof) shall  immediately  convert to a
   Partnership  Interest  as  a  limited  partner  in  the  Partnership,   which
   transferee,  subject to the provisions of Section 8.2 hereof,  shall have and
   be subject to all of the rights, obligations, restrictions, and attributes of
   a limited  partner,  all as  provided  in this  Agreement.  In the event of a
   conversion  of a  portion  of TCO's  Partnership  Interest  pursuant  to this
   Section  8.1(c),  without the  approval,  consent or act of any Partner,  the
   Managing General Partner may amend this Agreement, the


                                       37

<PAGE>



   Certificate of Limited  Partnership (if required by the Partnership Law), and
   any other document determined by the Managing General Partner to be necessary
   to reflect the foregoing.

      (d)  Transfers  of  ownership  interests  in  TCO  and  in  any  Qualified
   Institutional Transferee (other than a QIT Entity) as well as the change in a
   trustee of any trust that is a Partner or of any trust that holds an interest
   in  any  Partner  may be  made  without  restriction  by the  terms  of  this
   Agreement.  Without the approval, consent or act of any Partner, the Managing
   General  Partner  may  amend  this  Agreement,  the  Certificate  of  Limited
   Partnership  (if required by the  Partnership  Law),  and any other  document
   determined  by the  Managing  General  Partner to be necessary to reflect any
   such Transfer or, if necessary, change in trustee.

      (e) In the event that the Managing  General Partner is unable to provide a
   Transfer Determination to a Partner in accordance with this Section 8.1, upon
   request  of  such  Partner,  the  Managing  General  Partner  may  provide  a
   conditional Transfer Determination (a "Conditional Transfer  Determination"),
   which Conditional  Transfer  Determination shall be subject to such terms and
   conditions as the Managing  General  Partner shall  determine and so state in
   the Conditional Transfer Determination.

      (f) Any action  contrary to the  provisions  of this Article VIII shall be
null and void and ineffective for all purposes.

Section 8.2 Substitution of Partners.

   Regardless  of  compliance  with  any of the  provisions  hereof  (including,
without  limitation,  the  provisions  of  Section  8.1 and  Article  IX hereof)
permitting a Transfer of a Partnership Interest, no Transfer (except by way of a
Pledge) of a Partnership  Interest shall be recognized by or be binding upon the
Partnership unless:

      (i) such  instruments as may be required by the  Partnership  Law or other
   applicable  law or to effect  the  continuation  of the  Partnership  and the
   Partnership's  ownership of its properties are executed and delivered  and/or
   filed;

      (ii) the assignee  delivers to the  Partnership,  a  Partnership  Interest
   Certificate  evidencing the number of Units of Partnership Interest which are
   the subject of the Transfer,  together with a duly executed and  acknowledged
   written  instrument of assignment,  which  instrument of assignment binds the
   assignee  to all of the  terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement  as if the
   assignee were a signatory party hereto and does not release the assignor from
   any  liability  or  obligation  (accrued  to the date of  Transfer)  of or in
   respect of the Partnership Interest which is the subject of the Transfer;

      (iii) the instrument of assignment is manually  signed by the assignee and
   assignor with such proof of  authenticity  of the  signatures as the Managing
   General Partner may reasonably require; and

      (iv)  in the  event  that  such  assignee  is not  then a  Partner  in the
   Partnership, the Managing General Partner shall have consented (which consent
   may be withheld for any reason or for no reason) in writing to the  admission
   of the  assignee  as a  substitute  partner  (in  respect of the  Partnership
   Interest acquired) in the Partnership.

   An assignee of a  Partnership  Interest  pursuant to a Transfer  permitted in
this Agreement may,  subject to the provisions of this Article VIII, be admitted
as a partner in the  Partnership in the place and stead of the assignor  Partner
in respect of the Partnership  Interest  acquired from the assignor  Partner and
shall, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement,  have all of
the rights, powers, obligations,  and liabilities,  and be subject to all of the
restrictions,  of the  assignor  Partner,  including,  without  limitation,  the
liability of the assignor  Partner for any existing  unperformed  obligations of
the assignor Partner.  In the event that a Partner pledges or proposes to pledge
its Partnership  Interest or any portion thereof (but not less than one (1) Unit
of  Partnership  Interest)  in  connection  with a financing  transaction,  such
Partner may request that the Managing General Partner consent in writing, at the
time of the financing transaction or in contemplation  thereof, to the admission
of a pledgee or pledgees (or  transferee(s)  upon the foreclosure or like action
in respect of such Pledge) as a substitute  partner(s) in the Partnership (which
consent may be withheld for any reason or for


                                       38

<PAGE>



no  reason).  Each of the  Partners,  on  behalf  of  itself  and its  permitted
successors and assigns,  HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS to the admission of any such
substitute partners as herein provided.

Section 8.3 Failure or Refusal to Grant Consent.

      (a) The Managing General Partner's failure or refusal to grant its consent
   to the admission of an assignee as a substitute Partner in the Partnership as
   provided in clause (iv) of Section 8.2 hereof,  shall not affect the validity
   or  effectiveness  of any such instrument as an assignment by the assignor to
   the  assignee  of the right to receive  the share of the Profits or Losses or
   other items,  or  distributions  from the  Partnership,  or the return of the
   contribution  to which such assignor  would be entitled and which was thereby
   assigned,  provided that such assignor has received a Transfer  Determination
   from the Managing General Partner in accordance with Section 8.1(b) hereof in
   respect  of such  Transfer,  and a duly  executed  and  acknowledged  written
   instrument  of  assignment in form  reasonably  satisfactory  to the Managing
   General  Partner,  the terms of which are not in  contravention of any of the
   provisions  of this  Agreement,  and which  terms shall  contain  appropriate
   indemnifications  in favor of the Partnership  with respect to  distributions
   and other matters as the Managing General Partner may reasonably  require, is
   filed  with the  Partnership;  provided,  however,  that the  assignor  shall
   continue to be a Partner for all purposes of the Partnership, except that the
   assignee (and not the assignor) shall be considered to hold the interest (and
   the  related  Units  of  Partnership   Interest)  assigned  for  purposes  of
   exercising all rights of approval under this Agreement.

      (b) An assignee of any portion of or an interest in a Partnership Interest
   (an  "Assigned  Interest")  pursuant  to a Transfer  with  respect to which a
   Transfer  Determination  has been granted that has not, for any reason,  been
   admitted as, or become,  a partner in the  Partnership in the place and stead
   of an assignor  Partner (the "Original  Assignor") in respect of the Assigned
   Interest,  may, by prior  written  notice to the  Managing  General  Partner,
   assign  the  Assigned  Interest,  in  accordance  with  and  subject  to  the
   provisions  of this  Article  VIII,  in all  respects  as if or with the same
   effect  as if  such  assignee  were a  Partner,  and in the  event  that  any
   subsequent  assignee is admitted as a substitute  partner in accordance  with
   and subject to Section 8.2 hereof, the Original Assignor, simultaneously with
   such subsequent assignment, shall Transfer all of its remaining right, title,
   and interest in the Partnership  Interest relating to the Assigned  Interest,
   to the Partner acquiring the Assigned  Interest,  which Partner shall act and
   be the partner in respect of the Assigned  Interest in the place and stead of
   the Original  Assignor.  Each assignor  Partner,  on behalf of itself and its
   permitted successors and assigns,  hereby agrees to enter into an appropriate
   amendment to this  Agreement,  the  Certificate  of Limited  Partnership  (if
   required by the  Partnership  Law), and any other document  determined by the
   Managing General Partner to be necessary to reflect the foregoing.

Section 8.4  Issuance of  Additional  Interests  to TCO and Other  Persons or of
Incentive Interests to Certain Persons.

      (a) At any time after the Effective  Date, the Managing  General  Partner,
   subject to (i) Section 6.1(b) hereof, (ii) a determination in accordance with
   the Transfer Determination  provisions of Section 8.1(b) hereof in respect of
   the issuance of additional Partnership  Interests,  and (iii) a determination
   that such  issuance  will be in the best  interests of the  Partnership,  may
   cause  the  Partnership  to issue  additional  Partnership  Interests  in the
   Partnership to and, if desired,  admit as a Partner in the  Partnership,  any
   Person  including  TCO (herein  referred to as an  "Additional  Interest") in
   exchange  for  the   contribution  to  the  Partnership  by  such  Person  of
   development or other venture opportunities, interests in development or other
   venture  opportunities,  regional shopping center developments,  interests in
   regional shopping center  developments,  cash, cash equivalents  and/or other
   assets,  as determined  by the Managing  General  Partner in accordance  with
   Section 3.1 hereof. In the event that an Additional Interest is issued by the
   Partnership  pursuant to this Section 8.4(a),  such Additional Interest shall
   be provided by a proportionate  reduction in the Percentage  Interests of all
   of the Partners.  The Managing  General Partner shall be authorized on behalf
   of each of the  Partners  to amend  this  Agreement  and the  Certificate  of
   Limited  Partnership  (if required by the  Partnership  Law),  to reflect the
   admission


                                       39

<PAGE>



   of an  additional  partner or an  increase  in the  Percentage  Interest of a
   Partner,  as applicable,  and the  corresponding  reduction in the Percentage
   Interests of the Partners.

      (b) At any time and  without  the  consent of any  Partner,  the  Managing
   General  Partner,  subject to a determination by the Managing General Partner
   in accordance  with the Transfer  Determination  provisions of Section 8.1(b)
   hereof in respect of the issuance of additional  Partnership  Interests,  may
   cause the  Partnership  to  issue,  pursuant  to an  Incentive  Option  Plan,
   Partnership Interests (herein referred to as an "Incentive Interest") to and,
   if desired,  admit as Partners in the  Partnership,  Persons upon exercise of
   the Incentive  Options in exchange for the contribution to the capital of the
   Partnership of the exercise price,  in accordance  with the Incentive  Option
   Plan governing such grant.  In the event that any individual  that is granted
   an Incentive  Option is not permitted to be a partner in the Partnership as a
   result of Section  8.1(b)(i)  hereof,  and is not  prohibited  from acquiring
   additional  Equity Shares  pursuant to the  provisions  of TCO's  Articles of
   Incorporation,  as the same may be amended from time to time, such individual
   shall  assign to TCO its rights under the  Incentive  Option Plan in exchange
   for Equity Shares prior to the actual issuance of such  Partnership  Interest
   to such individual.  In the event that an Incentive Interest is issued by the
   Partnership pursuant to this Section 8.4(b), such Incentive Interest shall be
   provided by a proportionate  reduction in the Percentage  Interests of all of
   the Partners.  The Managing  General Partner shall be authorized on behalf of
   each of the Partners to amend this  Agreement and the  Certificate of Limited
   Partnership (if required by the Partnership Law), to reflect the admission of
   an  additional  limited  partner  and  the  corresponding  reduction  in  the
   Percentage Interests of all of the Partners.

Section 8.5 Conversion of Partnership Interests.

      (a) Taub-Co shall have no  obligation  to remain a General  Partner of the
   Partnership.  Taub-Co,  at any time, may,  without the consent of any Partner
   including the Managing General Partner,  convert all, or any portion,  of its
   Partnership  Interest  as a General  Partner to a  Partnership  Interest as a
   limited  partner,  which limited  partner shall have and be subject to all of
   the rights, obligations,  restrictions,  and attributes of a limited partner,
   all as  provided in this  Agreement  but shall  retain all of those  specific
   rights and attributes  provided Taub-Co as a Non-Managing  Partner under this
   Agreement.  In the event of a  conversion  of all or a portion  of  Taub-Co's
   Partnership  Interest  pursuant to this Section 8.5(a),  the Managing General
   Partner may, without the approval,  consent or act of any Partner, amend this
   Agreement,  the  Certificate  of  Limited  Partnership  (if  required  by the
   Partnership  Law), and any other document  determined by the Managing General
   Partner,  or reasonably  requested by Taub-Co, to be necessary to reflect the
   foregoing.

      (b) TG and TCO shall each remain a General Partner of the Partnership.  In
   the event that TCO acquires all or a portion of the Partnership Interest of a
   Limited Partner, such Partnership Interest shall, without any further action,
   automatically  convert to a general  partner's  Partnership  Interest  in the
   Partnership;  provided, however, that without the approval, consent or act of
   any  Partner,  the Managing  General  Partner may amend this  Agreement,  the
   Certificate of Limited  Partnership (if required by the Partnership Law), and
   any other document determined by the Managing General Partner to be necessary
   to reflect the foregoing.

Section 8.6 No Change to TG Receivable Documents.

   The approval of the Managing  General  Partner shall be required to amend the
TG Receivable  Documents,  to permit a Transfer, or a prepayment (in whole or in
part),  of the TG Receivables or permit any Person to be released from liability
thereunder.


                                       40


<PAGE>



                                       IX.

                                  WITHHOLDING.

   If the  Partnership  is required by any state or federal law or regulation to
withhold tax attributable to allocations of Profits or items of the foregoing or
distributions to a Partner or if the Managing General Partner in its discretion,
determines it to be in the best interest of the Partnership to withhold  amounts
in  connection  with a Partner's tax  liability  (e.g.,  to file a unified state
income tax return for  nonresidents  of a  particular  state) (all such  amounts
being herein referred to collectively as the "Additional  Tax"),  any Additional
Tax shall (i) be withheld from cash otherwise  currently  distributable  to such
Partner,  and (ii) to the extent cash is not  distributable  to such Partner for
the taxable  period as to which such  withholding  is required,  be treated as a
loan from the Partnership to such Partner, which loan shall bear interest at the
Partnership's   cost  of  funds,  and  the  portion  of  all  cash  subsequently
distributable  to such  Partner  shall,  to the extent of the  unpaid  principal
amount  of,  and  the  accrued  interest  on,  such  loan,  be  retained  by the
Partnership and applied against such loan.

   For the purpose of  determining a Partner's  Capital  Account,  any amount of
cash allocable to a Partner that is retained by the Partnership pursuant to this
Article  IX shall be treated as if such cash had been  actually  distributed  to
such Partner.


                                       41


<PAGE>



                                       X.

                DISABLING EVENT OR EVENT OF WITHDRAWAL IN RESPECT
                     OF A PARTNER; SUCCESSION OF INTERESTS.

Section 10.1 Disabling Event or Event of Withdrawal in Respect of a Partner.

     (a)  For purposes of this Article X:

        (1) a "Disabling Event" means, with respect to a Partner, such Partner's
     (A) in  the  case  of a  Partner  that  is a  natural  person,  death,  (B)
     Bankruptcy, (C) in the case of a Partner who is a natural person, the entry
     by a court of competent jurisdiction adjudicating him incompetent to manage
     his person or his property, (D) in the case of a Partner who is acting as a
     Partner by virtue of being a trustee  of a trust,  the  termination  of the
     trust (but not merely the  substitution of a new trustee),  (E) in the case
     of a Partner that is a separate  partnership or limited liability  company,
     the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the separate  partnership
     or limited  liability  company,  or (F) in the case of a Partner  that is a
     corporation, the filing of a certificate of dissolution, or its equivalent,
     for the  corporation or the revocation of its charter and the expiration of
     ninety (90) Days after the date of notice to the  corporation or revocation
     without a reinstatement of its charter;

        (2) a  "Disabled  Partner"  or the  "Disabled  General  Partner"  or the
     "Disabled Limited Partner" means a Partner (General or Limited, as the case
     may be) who has suffered a Disabling Event or an Event of Withdrawal;

        (3) a  "Representative"  means, with respect to a Disabled Partner,  (A)
     the personal  representative(s),  executor(s),  or  administrator(s) of the
     estate  of a  deceased  Partner,  and  (B) the  committee  or  other  legal
     representative(s)  of the estate of an  insane,  incompetent,  or  Bankrupt
     Partner;

        (4) a "Successor"  means, with respect to a Disabled Partner,  the legal
     representative(s)  or successor(s)  of a corporation,  partnership or other
     business organization, or trust or other entity which is dissolved (without
     timely  reconstitution  or  continuation)  or  terminated  or  whose  legal
     existence has ceased; and

        (5)  "Event of  Withdrawal"  means,  with  respect  to a  Partner,  such
     Partner's  retirement,  resignation,  other withdrawal from the Partnership
     pursuant  to the  Partnership  Law  or  any  other  event  (which  is not a
     Disabling  Event) that causes a Partner to cease to be a Partner  under the
     Partnership Law.

      (b) Upon the occurrence of a Disabling  Event or an Event of Withdrawal in
   respect  of a General  Partner  the  Partnership  shall  dissolve;  provided,
   however, that the Partnership shall not be dissolved if the remaining General
   Partners, by an affirmative,  unanimous vote of such General Partners,  elect
   to continue the Partnership in all respects  pursuant to this Agreement,  and
   the Partnership  Interest of the Disabled General Partner shall automatically
   become that of a limited  partner except to the extent such Disabled  General
   Partner,  at such  time  or any  time  thereafter,  assigns  its  Partnership
   Interest to another General Partner, subject to the provisions of Section 8.1
   hereof;  and such Disabled  General Partner or Successor shall thereupon have
   the  same  interest  in  the  Partnership  capital,   profits,   losses,  and
   distributions as the Disabled  General Partner,  but otherwise shall have and
   be subject to all the rights, obligations,  restrictions, and attributes of a
   limited partner, all as provided in this Agreement.  Upon the occurrence of a
   Disabling  Event or an Event of Withdrawal  in respect of the last  remaining
   General Partner, the Partnership shall dissolve;  provided, however, that the
   Partnership  shall not be  dissolved  if within  ninety  (90) Days after such
   Disabling Event or Event of Withdrawal (the "Ninety Day Period") all Partners
   agree in writing to  continue  the  business  of the  Partnership  and to the
   appointment,  effective  as of the date of such  Disabling  Event or Event of
   Withdrawal,  of one  (1) or  more  general  partners  of the  Partnership  as
   successor general partner(s)  ("Successor General Partner") to act as, and be
   in all respects under this Agreement, a general partner. If any such election
   is made, the  Partnership  shall continue  pursuant to this Agreement for the
   term provided in Section 1.5 hereof, and the Partnership


                                       42

<PAGE>



   Interest of the Disabled  General Partner in the  Partnership  (except to the
   extent  such  interest  is  held  by the  Successor  General  Partner)  shall
   automatically  become that of a limited partner;  and such  Representative or
   Successor  to  the  Disabled  General  Partner  (subject,  in the  case  of a
   Representative or Successor,  to Sections 8.1 and 8.2 hereof) shall thereupon
   have the same  interest in the  Partnership  capital,  profits,  losses,  and
   distributions as the Disabled General Partner,  but otherwise  (except to the
   extent a Successor to the Disabled  General  Partner  shall be the  Successor
   General  Partner)  shall have and be subject to all the rights,  obligations,
   restrictions,  and attributes of a limited  partner,  all as provided in this
   Agreement.  In the event of the selection of a Successor General Partner,  as
   provided in this  Section  10.1(b),  (1) each of the  Partners,  on behalf of
   itself and its permitted  successors and assigns,  HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS
   to the admission of any such Successor  General  Partner as herein  provided;
   and (2) the then  Partners  shall  execute and deliver such  instruments  and
   documents,  and shall take such actions,  as shall be necessary or advisable,
   in the sole and absolute discretion of the Successor General Partner to carry
   out the provisions of this Article X, including,  but not limited to, (x) the
   execution of conformed  counterparts  of this  Agreement,  amendments to this
   Agreement, and/or an amended limited partnership agreement, (y) the execution
   and filing of  certificates  of  discontinuance,  assumed or fictitious  name
   certificates,  certificates of co-partnership, and/or certificates of limited
   partnership,  and/or amended certificates of limited partnership, and (z) the
   execution of such instruments and documents  (including,  but not limited to,
   deeds,  bills of sale, and other instruments of conveyance and/or assignments
   of  Partnership  Interest)  as shall be  necessary or advisable to effect any
   necessary   transfer   (nominal  or  otherwise)  of  the  property,   assets,
   investments,  rights,  liabilities,  and business of the  Partnership or of a
   Partnership  Interest  and/or to  accomplish  the  purpose and intent of this
   Article  X. In the  event  that a  Partner  shall  fail to  execute  any such
   instruments or documents or fail to take any such actions,  when requested to
   do so by the Successor General Partner,  the Successor General Partner and/or
   any Person designated by the Successor General Partner,  as  attorney-in-fact
   for each of the  Partners,  shall have the right and power for, on behalf of,
   and in the  name  of each  of the  Partners  to  execute  any  and  all  such
   instruments and documents and take any and all such actions.

      (c) The  occurrence  of a  Disabling  Event or an Event of  Withdrawal  in
   respect of a Limited  Partner  shall  not,  in and of  itself,  dissolve  the
   Partnership. Subject to the provisions of Section 8.1 hereof, in the event of
   a Disabling Event or an Event of Withdrawal in respect of a Limited  Partner,
   the  Disabled  Limited  Partner  or its  Representative  or  Successor,  upon
   compliance  with the  provisions  of Section 8.2 hereof,  shall  remain or be
   admitted  as a limited  partner  in the  Partnership  and shall  have all the
   rights  of  the  Disabled  Limited  Partner  as  a  limited  partner  in  the
   Partnership  to the  extent of the  Disabled  Limited  Partner's  Partnership
   Interest, subject to the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement.

Section 10.2 References to "Partner" and "Partners" in the Event of Successors.

   In the event that any Partner's  Partnership  Interest is held by one or more
successors  to such  Partner,  references  in this  Article X to  "Partner"  and
"Partners"  shall refer, as applicable and except as otherwise  provided herein,
to the collective  Partnership  Interests of all  successors to the  Partnership
Interest of such Partner.

Section  10.3  Waiver of  Dissolution  if Transfer  is in Full  Compliance  with
Agreement;  Negation  of  Right  to  Dissolve  Except  as  Herein  Provided;  No
Withdrawal.

      (a) Each of the Partners hereby waives its right to terminate or cause the
   dissolution  and  winding up of the  Partnership  (as such right is or may be
   provided  under the  Partnership  Law)  upon the  Transfer  of any  Partner's
   Partnership Interest.

      (b) No  Partner  shall  have the  right to  terminate  this  Agreement  or
dissolve the Partnership by such Partner's express will.

      (c) No  Partner  shall  have any right to  retire,  resign,  or  otherwise
   withdraw  from  the   Partnership  and  have  the  value  of  such  Partner's
   Partnership  Interest ascertained and receive an amount equal to the value of
   such Partnership Interest.


                                       43


<PAGE>



      (d) In the event of an Event of  Withdrawal  in  respect  of a Partner  in
   breach of this  Agreement  but pursuant to such  Partner's  statutory  powers
   under the  Partnership  Law, to the extent that such powers exist in the face
   of a prohibition against withdrawal in this Agreement, then the value of such
   Partner's  Partnership  Interest shall be ascertained in accordance  with the
   Partnership  Law, and such Partner  shall  receive  from the  Partnership  in
   exchange for the  relinquishment  of such Partner's  Partnership  Interest an
   amount  equal to the  lesser of (i) the value of such  Partner's  Partnership
   Interest as so determined  less any damages  incurred by the Partnership as a
   result of such Partner's  breach of this  Agreement,  and (ii) ninety percent
   (90%) of the value of such Partner's  Partnership  Interest as so determined.
   In no  event  shall a  Partner  be  considered  to have  withdrawn  from  the
   Partnership  solely as a result of such Partner  having  suffered a Disabling
   Event.


                                       44


<PAGE>



                                       XI.

                         TERMINATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP,
                          WINDING UP, AND LIQUIDATION.

Section 11.1 Liquidation of the Assets of the Partnership and Disposition of the
Proceeds Thereof.

      (a) Upon the dissolution of the Partnership, the Managing General Partner,
   or in the event that the  Managing  General  Partner has suffered a Disabling
   Event or an Event of Withdrawal and there are one or more  remaining  General
   Partners, such remaining General Partner(s), or in the event that there is no
   remaining General Partner, a Person selected by those Partners holding in the
   aggregate  a  Percentage  Interest of in excess of fifty  percent  (50%) (the
   Managing  General Partner or such Person so selected is herein referred to as
   the  "Liquidator"),  shall proceed to wind up the affairs of the Partnership,
   liquidate  the  property and assets of the  Partnership,  and  terminate  the
   Partnership,  and the  proceeds  of such  liquidation  shall be  applied  and
   distributed in the following order of priority:

        (1)  to  creditors,  to  the  extent  otherwise  permitted  by  law,  in
     satisfaction  of liabilities of the  Partnership  (whether by payment or by
     making a reasonable  provision for payment)  other than  obligations of the
     Partnership to the Partners and liabilities for distribution to Partners on
     account of their respective interests in the Partnership; and then

        (2) to  the  satisfaction  of all  obligations  of  the  Partnership  to
     Partners other than the Guaranteed Payment; and then

        (3) to TCO in an  amount  equal to the  accrued  but  unpaid  Guaranteed
     Payment (in the  priorities,  if any, set forth in the applicable  series);
     and then

        (4)  to  TCO  in an  amount  equal  to  the  Preferred  Equity  (in  the
     priorities, if any, set forth in the applicable series); and then

        (5) to the  Partners  in  accordance  with  and in  proportion  to their
     positive Capital Account balances.  For this purpose,  the determination of
     the Partners'  Capital Account  balances shall be made after  adjustment to
     reflect the allocation of all Profits,  Losses,  and items in the nature of
     income,   gain,  expense,  or  loss  under  Section  5.1  hereof,  and  all
     distributions to the Partners  pursuant to Section 5.2(a),  Section 5.2(b),
     and Section  11.1(a)(4)  hereof,  in each case for all  Partnership  Fiscal
     Years  through and including the  Partnership  Fiscal Year of  liquidation.
     Subject  to the  provisions  of clause  (1) of this  Section  11.1(a),  all
     distributions  pursuant to this Section 11.1(a) shall be made by the end of
     the Partnership Fiscal Year of liquidation (or if later, within ninety (90)
     Days after the date of such liquidation).

      (b)    Subject    to   the    requirements    of    Regulations    Section
   1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2),  a reasonable  time shall be allowed for the orderly
   liquidation of the property and assets of the  Partnership and the payment of
   the debts and  liabilities of the Partnership in order to minimize the losses
   normally attendant upon a liquidation.

      (c) Each Partner  hereby  appoints the  Liquidator  as its true and lawful
   attorney-in-fact  to hold,  collect,  and disburse,  in accordance  with this
   Agreement, the applicable requirements of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), and
   the terms of any  receivables,  any Partnership  receivables  existing at the
   time of the termination of the Partnership and the proceeds of the collection
   of such  receivables,  including  those arising from the sale of  Partnership
   property  and  assets.  Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary  in  this
   Agreement,   the  foregoing  power  of  attorney  shall  terminate  upon  the
   distribution  of the proceeds of all such  receivables in accordance with the
   provisions of this Agreement.

      (d) Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement,
   if a General  Partner or any Limited  Partner which, by written notice to the
   Partnership,  in its sole  discretion,  elects  to be  bound by this  Section
   11.1(d) shall have a negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation
   of the  Partnership or upon  liquidation of its Partnership  Interest,  after
   giving  effect to the  allocation  of all Profits,  Losses,  gain or loss and
   items of the foregoing under Section 5.1 hereof and all distributions to the


                                       45

<PAGE>



   Partners  pursuant  to Section  5.2  hereof in each case for all  Partnership
   Fiscal  Years  through  and  including  the  Partnership  Fiscal Year of such
   liquidation,  such Partner shall be obligated to make an  additional  capital
   contribution to the Partnership by the end of the Partnership  Fiscal Year of
   liquidation  (or,  if later,  within  ninety (90) Days after the date of such
   liquidation),  in an amount  sufficient to eliminate the negative  balance in
   its Capital  Account.  For  purposes of this Section  11.1(d),  "liquidation"
   shall be as defined in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g).

      (e) In  connection  with a  liquidation  of a  Partner's  interest  in the
   Partnership   within   the   meaning   of   Treasury    Regulations   Section
   1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g)  that is not in  connection  with a  liquidation  of the
   Partnership,  distributions  to such Partner shall be made in accordance with
   the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2).

Section 11.2 Cancellation of Certificates.

   After the affairs of the  Partnership  have been wound up, the  property  and
assets of the Partnership  have been  liquidated,  and the proceeds thereof have
been  applied and  distributed  as provided  in Section  11.1(a)  hereof and the
Partnership has been terminated,  appropriate Persons shall, if required by law,
execute and file a certificate of dissolution or cancellation of the Certificate
of Limited  Partnership  and/or  assumed or fictitious  name  certificate  (or a
similar writing) to effect the cancellation, of record, of the certificate(s) of
partnership  of the  Partnership  (or  similar  writing),  and  the  Partnership
Interest Certificates.

Section 11.3 Return of Capital.

   Except as  otherwise  provided in Section  11.1(d)  hereof,  anything in this
Agreement  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding,   no  General  Partner  shall  be
personally liable for the return of the capital contributions or Capital Account
of any Partner, or any portion thereof,  it being expressly  understood that any
such return shall be made only from and to the extent of Partnership assets.


                                       46


<PAGE>



                                      XII.

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY.

   Each Partner hereby constitutes and appoints the Managing General Partner and
any Person or Persons  designated or delegated by the Managing  General  Partner
its true and lawful  attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution,  and with
power and authority to act in its name and on its behalf,  to make,  execute and
deliver, swear to, acknowledge, file, and record:

      (a)  this  Agreement   (and  copies  hereof)  and  amendments   hereto  or
   restatements  hereof adopted  pursuant to the provisions  hereof  (including,
   without  limitation,  any such  amendment  required  upon the  admission of a
   substitute or additional  partner,  the continuation of the Partnership,  the
   formation of a successor  partnership,  or the doing of any act requiring the
   amendment of this Agreement under the Partnership Law or under the applicable
   laws of any other  jurisdiction  in which the Managing  General Partner deems
   such action to be necessary or desirable,  or by any regulatory  agency) and,
   upon  termination of the  Partnership  (or its  successor),  a certificate or
   agreement of dissolution and termination,  as and if the same may be required
   by applicable law, or by any regulatory agency;

      (b) the  Certificate of Limited  Partnership  (and copies thereof) and any
   amendments thereto or restatements thereof adopted pursuant to the provisions
   hereof  (including,  without  limitation,  any  amendment  required  upon the
   admission of a substitute  or additional  partner,  the  continuation  of the
   Partnership,  the formation of a successor  partnership,  or the doing of any
   act requiring the amendment of the Certificate of Limited  Partnership  under
   applicable  law or regulatory  agency,  or the filing of a new or restated or
   amended  Certificate of Limited  Partnership (or amendment thereto) after the
   filing of a Certificate of  Discontinuance  or Dissolution or Termination,  a
   cancellation, or the like, to evidence a new or changed constituency of, or a
   termination of, the  Partnership,  as the Managing General Partner deems said
   filing to be necessary or desirable);

      (c) any  certificate  of  fictitious  or  assumed  name and any  amendment
   thereto, if required by law;

      (d)  any  other  certificates  or  instruments  as may be  required  under
   applicable laws or by any regulatory agency, as the Managing General Partner,
   deems necessary or desirable;

      (e) all such other  instruments  as the  Managing  General  Partner  deems
   necessary or desirable and not inconsistent  with this Agreement to carry out
   the provisions hereof in accordance with the terms hereof, including, without
   limitation,  to  execute  and  issue  Partnership  Interest  Certificates  in
   accordance with Section 4.7 or Section 13.18 hereof; and

      (f) any document(s) to confirm the foregoing. Such attorney-in-fact shall,
   as such, have the right, power, and authority as such to amend or modify this
   Agreement  and all  certificates  and the like  required  when acting in such
   capacity,  so long as such  amendment,  modification,  and/or filing  is(are)
   specifically permitted by this Agreement.

   The power of  attorney  granted in this  Article XII (and each other power of
attorney  granted  under or pursuant to this  Agreement)  is a special  power of
attorney  coupled  with an  interest,  is  irrevocable,  and shall  survive  the
Transfer  by a  Partner  of his  Partnership  Interest  and  shall  survive  his
insanity, disability, incapacity, incompetency, Bankruptcy, and death and may be
exercised by the attorney-in-fact by his signature on behalf of all Partners.


                                       47


<PAGE>



                                      XIII.

                                 MISCELLANEOUS.

Section 13.1 Notices.

      (a)  Any  and  all  notices,  approvals,   directions,  consents,  offers,
   elections,   and  other   communications   (herein   sometimes   referred  to
   collectively as the  "Communications"  and individually as a "Communication")
   required or permitted under this Agreement shall be deemed  adequately  given
   only if in writing.

      (b) All  Communications  to be sent  hereunder to a Partner or the Manager
   shall be given or served only if addressed to such Partner at its address set
   forth in the records of the  Partnership or the Manager at its address as set
   forth  in  the  Master   Services   Agreement   or   applicable   management,
   administration,  leasing, and development services contract, and if delivered
   by hand (with delivery  receipt  required),  by telecopier  (confirmation  of
   receipt  requested),  or by certified  mail,  return  receipt  requested,  or
   Federal Express or similar expedited overnight commercial carrier or courier.

      (c) All  Communications  shall be deemed to have  been  properly  given or
   served,  if  delivered  by hand or mailed,  on the date of receipt or date of
   refusal  to  accept  shown on the  delivery  receipt  or return  receipt,  if
   delivered  by  Federal  Express  or similar  expedited  overnight  commercial
   carrier or courier,  on the date that is one Business Day after the date upon
   which the same  shall  have been  delivered  to  Federal  Express  or similar
   expedited overnight commercial carrier,  addressed to the recipient, with all
   shipping  charges  prepaid,  provided that the same is actually  received (or
   refused) by the recipient in the ordinary course,  and if sent by telecopier,
   on the date of confirmed  delivery.  The time to respond to any Communication
   given  pursuant  to this  Agreement  shall  run from the date of  receipt  or
   confirmed delivery, as applicable.

      (d) By giving to the Managing General Partner written notice thereof,  the
   parties  hereto and their  respective  successors  and assigns shall have the
   right from time to time and at any time during the term of this  Agreement to
   change the Person to receive  Communications  and their respective  addresses
   effective  upon  receipt by the other  parties of such  notice and each shall
   have the right to specify as its address any other address  within the United
   States of America.

Section 13.2 Applicable Law.

   This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with,  the
laws (other than the law governing  choice of law) of the State of Delaware.  In
the  event  of a  conflict  between  any  provision  of this  Agreement  and any
non-mandatory  provision of the Partnership Law, the provision of this Agreement
shall control and take precedence.

Section 13.3 Entire Agreement.

   This  Agreement  contains  the  entire  agreement  among the  parties  hereto
relative to the Partnership.

Section 13.4 Word Meanings; Gender.

   The words such as "herein," "hereinafter," "hereof," and "hereunder" refer to
this  Agreement as a whole and not merely to a  subdivision  in which such words
appear unless the context  otherwise  requires.  The singular  shall include the
plural and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter,  and vice
versa, unless the context otherwise requires.

Section 13.5 Section Titles.

   Section  titles are for  descriptive  purposes  only and shall not control or
alter the meaning of this Agreement as set forth in the text.


                                       48


<PAGE>



Section 13.6 Waiver.

   No consent or waiver, express or implied, by a Partner to or of any breach or
default by any other  Partner in the  performance  by such other  Partner of its
obligations  hereunder shall be deemed or construed to be a consent or waiver to
or of any other breach or default in the  performance  by such other  Partner of
the same or any other obligation of such Partner hereunder.  Failure on the part
of a Partner to object to any act or  failure to act of any other  Partner or to
declare  such other  Partner in default,  irrespective  of how long such failure
continues,  shall  not  constitute  a  waiver  by  such  Partner  of its  rights
hereunder.

Section 13.7 Separability of Provisions.

   Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered separable and if for any
reason  any  provision  or  provisions  herein  are  determined  to be  invalid,
unenforceable,  or illegal  under any existing or future law,  such  invalidity,
unenforceability,  or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect the
other portions of this Agreement.

Section 13.8 Binding Agreement.

   Subject to the  restrictions  on Transfers set forth herein,  this  Agreement
shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the  undersigned  Partners and
their respective heirs, executors,  personal  representatives,  successors,  and
assigns.  Whenever,  in this instrument,  a reference to any party or Partner is
made,  such  reference  shall be deemed to include a reference to the  permitted
heirs,  executors,  personal  representatives,  successors,  and assigns of such
party or Partner.

Section 13.9 Equitable Remedies.

   Except as otherwise  provided in this  Agreement,  the rights and remedies of
the Partners hereunder shall not be mutually exclusive,  i.e., the exercise of a
right or remedy  under any given  provision  hereof shall not preclude or impair
exercise of any other right or remedy  hereunder.  Each of the Partners confirms
that  damages  at law may not  always  be an  adequate  remedy  for a breach  or
threatened breach of this Agreement and agrees that, in the event of a breach or
threatened breach of any provision hereof, the respective rights and obligations
hereunder  shall be enforceable by specific  performance,  injunction,  or other
equitable  remedy,  but nothing  herein  contained is intended to, nor shall it,
limit or  affect  any  rights at law or by  statute  or  otherwise  of any party
aggrieved  as  against  the  other  for a breach  or  threatened  breach  of any
provision hereof.

Section 13.10 Partition.

   No Partner nor any  successor-in-interest  to a Partner  shall have the right
while this Agreement  remains in effect to have any property of the  Partnership
partitioned,  or to file a complaint or institute  any  proceeding  at law or in
equity to have such property of the Partnership  partitioned,  and each Partner,
on behalf of itself  and its  successors  and  assigns,  hereby  waives any such
right. It is the intention of the Partners that the rights of the parties hereto
and their  successors-in-interest  to Partnership property, as among themselves,
shall be  governed  by the terms of this  Agreement,  and that the rights of the
Partners  and their  successors-in-interest  to  Transfer  any  interest  in the
Partnership  shall be subject to the limitations and  restrictions  set forth in
this Agreement.

Section 13.11 Amendment.

   Except as otherwise provided in Sections 1.1, 4.5(a), 8.1, 8.2, 8.4, 8.5, and
Article X hereof,  a proposed  amendment  to this  Agreement  may be adopted and
effective as an amendment hereto if it receives the written  concurrence of each
Appointing  Person.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  but  except as  otherwise
provided in Sections 1.1, 4.5(a),  8.1, 8.2, 8.4, 8.5, and Article X hereof, (i)
no such  amendment  shall change a Partner's  Percentage  Interest or increase a
Partner's  obligation  to  contribute to the capital of (or require a Partner to
loan to) the Partnership or change the proviso at the end of Section 4.2 hereof,
or change the provisions  hereof relating to the allocation of Profits,  Losses,
or other items, or change the  distribution  provisions of Section 5.2(a) hereof
except for the timing of such  distributions  within the Partnership Fiscal Year
and within


                                       49

<PAGE>



thirty  (30) Days  thereafter  and except for the timing of  notices,  including
notices  to  be  given   pursuant  to  Section  6.4  hereof,   with  respect  to
distributions,  or change the provisions of Section  8.5(a)  hereof,  or cause a
limited partner to become a general  partner,  or remove a Partner,  or remove a
Partner's right to consent,  approve,  or vote or right to assign any such right
as herein provided, or change the ability of a Partner to assign its Partnership
Interest as provided in Article VIII  hereof,  without,  in each such case,  the
written concurrence of each Partner, if any, whose Partnership  Interest will be
directly and adversely affected by such amendment,  (ii) no such amendment shall
change the provisions of Section  8.1(c) hereof without the written  concurrence
of those  Partners  holding in the aggregate a Percentage  Interest  equal to at
least the sum of (x) the Percentage Interest held by TCO at the time of any such
amendment  plus (y)  ninety-five  percent  (95%) of the  difference  between one
hundred  percent (100%) and the  Percentage  Interest held by TCO at the time of
any such  amendment,  and (iii) no such amendment  shall permit a combination of
Units of Partnership Interest where the fair market value of each resulting Unit
of Partnership  Interest is in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000)
or change the  provisions  of this  Section  13.11  without  in either  case the
written concurrence of each Partner.

Section 13.12 No Third Party Rights Created Hereby.

   The  provisions of this  Agreement are solely for the purpose of defining the
interests of the Partners, inter se; and no other person, firm, or entity (i.e.,
a party who is not a signatory hereto or a permitted successor to such signatory
hereto) shall have any right, power, title, or interest by way of subrogation or
otherwise,  in and  to the  rights,  powers,  titles,  and  provisions  of  this
Agreement.

Section 13.13 Liability of Partners.

   Except as otherwise  provided in this Agreement,  as among the Partners,  any
liability or debt of the Partnership  shall first be satisfied out of the assets
of the Partnership,  including the proceeds of any liability insurance which the
Partnership  may recover,  and  thereafter,  in accordance  with the  applicable
provisions of the Partnership Law.

Section 13.14 Additional Acts and Instruments.

   Each Partner  hereby agrees to do such further acts and things and to execute
any and all instruments necessary or desirable and as reasonably required in the
future to carry out the full intent and purpose of this Agreement.

Section 13.15 Agreement in Counterparts.

   This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts,  all of which
as so executed shall constitute one (1) Agreement, binding on all of the parties
hereto,  notwithstanding  that all the parties are not signatory to the original
or the same counterpart;  provided, however, that no provision of this Agreement
shall become effective and binding unless and until all parties hereto have duly
executed  this  Agreement,  at which  time  this  Agreement  shall  then  become
effective and binding as of the date first above written.

Section 13.16 Attorneys-In-Fact.

   Any Partner may execute a document or instrument or take any action  required
or  permitted  to be executed or taken under the terms of this  Agreement by and
through an  attorney-in-fact  duly  appointed  for such purpose (or for purposes
including  such  purpose)  under  the  terms  of a  written  power  of  attorney
(including any power of attorney granted herein).

Section 13.17 Execution by Trustee.

   Any trustee  executing this  Agreement  shall be considered as executing this
Agreement  solely in his  capacity  as a  trustee  of the trust of which he is a
trustee, and such trustee shall have no personal liability hereunder.


                                       50


<PAGE>



Section 13.18 Lost Partnership Interest Certificates.

   In the event that any Partnership Interest Certificate shall be lost, stolen,
or  destroyed,  the Managing  General  Partner may  authorize  the issuance of a
substitute Partnership Interest Certificate in place of the Partnership Interest
Certificate so lost, stolen, or destroyed.  In each such case, the applicant for
a substitute  Partnership  Interest  Certificate  shall  furnish to the Managing
General  Partner  evidence  to  their   satisfaction  of  the  loss,  theft,  or
destruction  of  such  Partnership  Interest  Certificate  and of the  ownership
thereof, and also such security or indemnity as they may reasonably require.


                                       51

<PAGE>



   IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned  Appointing  Persons, in accordance with
Section 13.11 of the Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement,  as amended, on
behalf of all of the Partners, have executed this Agreement as of the date first
above written.

                                              TAUBMAN CENTERS, INC., a Michigan
                                              corporation

                                              By: /s/ LISA A. PAYNE
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                  Lisa A. Payne

                                              Its: Executive Vice President and
                                                   Chief Financial Officer

                                              TG PARTNERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,
                                              a Delaware limited partnership

                                              By: TG Michigan, Inc., a Michigan
                                              corporation, managing general
                                              partner

                                              By: /s/ ROBERT S. TAUBMAN
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                   Robert S. Taubman

                                              Its: President and Chief Executive
                                                   Officer

                                              TAUB-CO MANAGEMENT, INC., a
                                              Michigan corporation

                                              By: /s/ ROBERT S. TAUBMAN
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                  Robert S. Taubman

                                              Its: President and Chief Executive
                                                   Officer


                                       52





                                                                  Exhibit 12 (a)


                              TAUBMAN CENTERS, INC.

          Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Preferred Stock Dividends
                          (in thousands, except ratio)



                                                       Nine Months Ended
                                                       September 30, 1998
                                                       ------------------

Net Earnings from Continuing Operations                     $23,886

Preferred Stock Dividends                                    12,450

Ratio of Earnings to Preferred Stock Dividends                  1.9


Note: The Company did not have any fixed  charges  during the nine months  ended
      September 30, 1997.







                                                                  Exhibit 12 (b)


                  THE TAUBMAN REALTY GROUP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Distributions
                          (in thousands, except ratios)



                                                  Nine Months Ended September 30
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                        1998         1997
                                                        ----         ----



Net Earnings from Continuing Operations (1)         $ 1,150,385      $  68,795
 Add back:
  Fixed charges                                         115,094         91,710
  Amortization of previously
   capitalized interest (2)                               1,842          1,487

 Deduct:
  Capitalized interest (2)                              (13,699)       (10,649)
                                                    -----------      ---------
   Earnings Available for Fixed Charges
    and Preferred Distributions                     $ 1,253,622      $ 151,343
                                                    ===========      =========

Fixed Charges
 Mortgage notes and other                           $    66,662      $  54,002
 Capitalized interest                                    12,830          6,798
 Interest portion of rent expense                         5,258          5,595
 Proportionate share of Unconsolidated
  Joint Ventures' fixed charges                          30,344         25,315
                                                    -----------      ---------
   Total Fixed Charges                              $   115,094      $  91,710
                                                    ===========      =========

Preferred Distributions                                  12,450
                                                    -----------      ---------
 Total Fixed Charges and Preferred
   Distributions                                    $   127,544      $  91,710
                                                    ===========      =========

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and
 Preferred Distributions                                   9.8             1.7



- -----------------
(1)  Amount  includes the  approximately  $1.1 billion gain on the GMPT Exchange
     that was recognized during the nine months ended September 30, 1998.
(2)  Amounts   include  TRG's  pro  rata  share  of  capitalized   interest  and
     amortization of previously capitalized interest of the Unconsolidated Joint
     Ventures.



<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>

     THIS SCHEDULE  CONTAINS SUMMARY  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  EXTRACTED FROM THE
TAUBMAN  CENTERS,  INC.  BALANCE  SHEET AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND THE TAUBMAN
CENTERS,  INC.  STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED  SEPTEMBER 30,
1998 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

</LEGEND>
<CIK>                                        0000890319
<NAME>                            TAUBMAN CENTERS, INC.
<MULTIPLIER>                                      1,000
<CURRENCY>                                 U.S. DOLLARS
       
<S>                                         <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                     9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                           DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                              JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                SEP-30-1998
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                       1
<CASH>                                           33,804
<SECURITIES>                                          0
<RECEIVABLES>                                    23,063
<ALLOWANCES>                                        386
<INVENTORY>                                           0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                      0 <F1>
<PP&E>                                        1,371,790
<DEPRECIATION>                                  167,259
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                1,378,381
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                 0 <F1>
<BONDS>                                         683,465
                                 0
                                          80
<COMMON>                                            529
<OTHER-SE>                                      526,728
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                  1,378,381
<SALES>                                               0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                 24,655
<CGS>                                                 0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                         0
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                    188
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                      0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                    0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  23,886
<INCOME-TAX>                                          0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              23,886
<DISCONTINUED>                                        0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                 (20,066)
<CHANGES>                                             0
<NET-INCOME>                                      3,820
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      (.17)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      (.17)
<FN>
<F1>        THE COMPANY HAS AN UNCLASSIFIED BALANCE SHEET.
</FN>
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission